Sie sind auf Seite 1von 416

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

Hardware Release 1.6 April 2002

Corporate Headquarters Cisco Systems, Inc. 170 West Tasman Drive San Jose, CA 95134-1706 USA http://www.cisco.com Tel: 408 526-4000 800 553-NETS (6387) Fax: 408 526-4100

Text Part Number: 78-13120-02

THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. ALL STATEMENTS, INFORMATION, AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE PRESENTED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. USERS MUST TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS. THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN THE INFORMATION PACKET THAT SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE. IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE OR LIMITED WARRANTY, CONTACT YOUR CISCO REPRESENTATIVE FOR A COPY. Modifications to this product not authorized by Cisco Systems, Inc. could void the FCC approval and negate your authority to operate the product. The Cisco implementation of TCP header compression is an adaptation of a program developed by the University of California, Berkeley (UCB) as part of UCBs public domain version of the UNIX operating system. All rights reserved. Copyright 1981, Regents of the University of California. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER WARRANTY HEREIN, ALL DOCUMENT FILES AND SOFTWARE OF THESE SUPPLIERS ARE PROVIDED AS IS WITH ALL FAULTS. CISCO AND THE ABOVE-NAMED SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THOSE OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OR ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE, OR TRADE PRACTICE. IN NO EVENT SHALL CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS OR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO DATA ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THIS MANUAL, EVEN IF CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. AccessPath, AtmDirector, Browse with Me, CCDA, CCDE, CCDP, CCIE, CCNA, CCNP, CCSI, CD-PAC, CiscoLink, the Cisco NetWorks logo, the Cisco Powered Network logo, Cisco Systems Networking Academy, the Cisco Systems Networking Academy logo, Fast Step, Follow Me Browsing, FormShare, FrameShare, GigaStack, IGX, Internet Quotient, IP/VC, iQ Breakthrough, iQ Expertise, iQ FastTrack, the iQ Logo, iQ Net Readiness Scorecard, MGX, the Networkers logo, Packet , RateMUX, ScriptBuilder, ScriptShare, SlideCast, SMARTnet, TransPath, Unity, Voice LAN, Wavelength Router, and WebViewer are trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc.; Changing the Way We Work, Live, Play, and Learn, Discover All Thats Possible, and Empowering the Internet Generation, are service marks of Cisco Systems, Inc.; and Aironet, ASIST, BPX, Catalyst, Cisco, the Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert logo, Cisco IOS, the Cisco IOS logo, Cisco Systems, Cisco Systems Capital, the Cisco Systems logo, Enterprise/Solver, EtherChannel, EtherSwitch, FastHub, FastSwitch, IOS, IP/TV, LightStream, MICA, Network Registrar, PIX, Post-Routing, Pre-Routing, Registrar, StrataView Plus, Stratm, SwitchProbe, TeleRouter, and VCO are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the U.S. and certain other countries. All other brands, names, or trademarks mentioned in this document or Web site are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (0104R) Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual Copyright 2001, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

C O N T E N T S

Preface

xxv

Safety Summary xxv General Safety Precautions xxv Electrical Safety Precautions xxv Optical Safety Precautions xxvi Laser Safety Features xxvii ESD Precautions xxviii Safety Symbols and Labels xxviii Area Warning Sign xxviii Electrical Safety Labels xxix Front and Back Door Safety Labels Subrack Safety Labels xxx Module Safety Labels xxxi Conventions
xxxii xxxiii

xxix

Documentation InfoSet Structure

Obtaining Documentation xxxiv World Wide Web xxxiv Ordering Documentation xxxiv Documentation Feedback xxxiv Obtaining Technical Assistance xxxv Cisco.com xxxv Technical Assistance Center xxxv Contacting TAC by Telephone xxxvi Contacting TAC Using the Cisco TAC Website
1

xxxvi

CHAPTER

Introduction

1-1 1-1

Purpose of This Publication Manual Structure


1-1

References 1-2 Applicable Standards 1-2 Additional ONS 15800 System Information 1-2 Related Standards References About Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing

1-2

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

iii

Contents

CHAPTER

Preinstallation

2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1

Equipment Verification Equipment Handling Unpacking Modules Guidelines


2-2 2-2

Site Preparation
3

CHAPTER

Site Installation

3-1

General Installation Information 3-3 Common Platform Installation Information 3-3 Standard System Installation Information 3-3 General Installation Instructions 3-3 General Module Installation Instructions 3-3 General Optical Cabling Procedures 3-6 Backplane Optical Cabling 3-6 Front Panel Optical Cabling 3-7 Order of Installation 3-9 2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Installation 3-9 Backplane Optical Connections 3-9 32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site Without RXT Modules 3-9 32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site with RXT Modules 3-11 Module Installation 3-13 32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site Without RXT Modules 3-13 32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site with RXT Modules 3-13 Front-Panel Optical Connections 3-14 32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site Without RXT Modules 3-14 32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site with RXT Modules 3-17 2.5-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Installation 3-22 Backplane Optical Connections 3-22 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 2 Fibers 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 4 Fibers Module Installation Instructions 3-24 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 2 Fibers 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 4 Fibers Front-Panel Optical Connections 3-25 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 2 Fibers 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 4 Fibers 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation
3-26

3-22 3-23

3-24 3-25

3-25 3-25

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

iv

78-13120-02

Contents

Backplane Optical Connections 3-26 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 4-Channel Add/Drop 3-26 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Blue-Band Demultiplex 3-28 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Red-Band Demultiplex 3-29 Module Installation Instructions 3-31 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 4-Channel Add/Drop 3-31 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Blue-Band Demultiplex 3-32 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Red-Band Demultiplex 3-32 Front-Panel Optical Connections 3-32 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 4-Channel Add/Drop 3-32 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Blue-Band Demultiplex 3-35 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Red-Band Demultiplex 3-37 2.5-Gbps Regeneration Site Installation 3-43 Backplane Optical Connections 3-43 Module Installation Instructions 3-46 Front-Panel Optical Connections 3-47 10-Gbps Terminal Site Installation 3-49 Backplane Optical Connections 3-49 16-Channel Terminal Site Without RXT Modules 3-49 32-Channel Terminal Site Without RXT Modules 3-51 32-Channel Terminal Site with RXT Modules 3-53 Module Installation Instructions 3-55 16-Channel Terminal Site Without RXT Modules 3-55 32-Channel Terminal Site Without RXT Modules 3-55 32-Channel Terminal Site with RXT Modules 3-56 Front-Panel Optical Connections 3-56 16-Channel Terminal Site Without RXT Modules 3-56 32-Channel Terminal Site Without RXT Modules 3-57 32-Channel Terminal Site with RXT Modules 3-60 10-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Installation 3-63 Backplane Optical Connections 3-63 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 2 Fibers 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 4 Fibers Module Installation Instructions 3-66 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 2 Fibers 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 4 Fibers Front-Panel Optical Connections 3-66 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 2 Fibers 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 4 Fibers

3-63 3-65

3-66 3-66

3-67 3-67

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

Contents

10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation 3-68 Backplane Optical Connections 3-68 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 4-Channel Add/Drop 3-68 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Blue-Band Demultiplex 3-70 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Red-Band Demultiplex 3-72 Module Installation Instructions 3-74 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 4-Channel Add/Drop 3-75 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Blue-Band Demultiplex 3-75 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Red-Band Demultiplex 3-75 Front-Panel Optical Connections 3-75 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 4-Channel Add/Drop 3-76 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Blue-Band Demultiplex 3-77 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Red-Band Demultiplex 3-79 10-Gbps Regeneration Site Installation 3-84 Backplane Optical Connections 3-84 Module Installation Instructions 3-87 Front-Panel Optical Connections 3-87
4

CHAPTER

Site Setup and Test

4-1 4-1

Installation Setup and Testing Requirements for All Sites

2.5-Gbps Setup and Test 4-2 2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Setup and Test 4-2 Module Communication Setup 4-2 CMP Module Configuration 4-4 Amplifier Power Control Setup 4-6 Output Power Criteria 4-7 Multiplexer Output Power Verification 4-9 Red-Band Channel Transmission Verification 4-9 Blue-Band Channel Transmission Verification 4-11 TPA-R Module OSC Output Power Measurement 4-11 Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Safety Override 4-12 Red-Band and Blue-Band Laser Safety Shutdown Test 4-12 PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement 4-13 TPA-R Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement 4-14 TPA-R Module Combined Output Power Measurement 4-15 TPA-R Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement 4-15 2.5-Gbps Optical Line Site Setup and Test 4-15 Module Communication Setup 4-16 CMP Module Configuration 4-17

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

vi

78-13120-02

Contents

The NE inventory is defined only on the CMP master module. 4-19 Amplifier Power Control Setup 4-20 Output Power Criteria 4-21 East-to-West LSM-W Module OSC Output Power Measurement 4-22 West-to-East LSM-W Module OSC Output Power Measurement 4-23 East-to-West PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement 4-24 West-to-East PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement 4-25 Setup for East-to-West Laser Safety Manual Override and Amplifier Activation 4-25 East-to-West RBA Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement 4-26 East-to-West RBA Module Combined Output Power Measurement 4-26 East-to-West RBA Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement 4-27 Deactivating the East-to-West Manual Safety Override and Reinstalling the LSM-W Module 4-27 Setup for West-to-East Laser Safety Manual Override and Amplifier Activation 4-27 West-to-East RBA Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement 4-28 West-to-East RBA Module Combined Output Power Measurement 4-28 West-to-East RBA Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement 4-29 Deactivating the West-to-East Manual Safety Override and Reinstalling LSM-W Module 4-29 Mid-Amplifier Loss Verification 4-29 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Setup and Test 4-31 Module Communication Setup 4-32 CMP Module Configuration 4-33 The NE inventory is defined only on the CMP master module. 4-36 Amplifier Power Control Setup 4-36 Output Power Criteria 4-37 East-to-West LSM-W Module OSC Output Power Measurement 4-38 West-to-East LSM-W Module OSC Output Power Measurement 4-40 East-to-West PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement 4-41 West-to-East PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement 4-41 Setup for the East-to-West Laser Safety Manual Override and Amplifier Activation 4-42 East-to-West RBA Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement 4-42 East-to-West RBA Module Combined Output Power Measurement 4-42 East-to-West RBA Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement 4-43 Deactivating the West-to-East Manual Safety Override and Reinstalling the LSM-W Module 4-43 Setup for the West-to-East Laser Safety Manual Override Setup and Amplifier Activation 4-43 West-to-East RBA Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement 4-44 West-to-East RBA Module Combined Output Power Measurement 4-44 West-to-East RBA Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement 4-45 Deactivating the Manual Safety Override and Reinstalling the LSM-W Module 4-45
Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

vii

Contents

Mid-Amplifier Loss Verification 4-45 Setting the Working Point for the East-to-West ADA Module 4-46 Setting the Working Point for the West-to-East ADA Module 4-47 East-to-West Inserted-Channels Equalization 4-47 West-to-East Inserted-Channels Equalization 4-49 2.5-Gbps Regeneration Site Setup and Test 4-50 Module Communication Setup 4-51 CMP Module Configuration 4-52 Amplifier Power Control Setup 4-55 Output Power Criteria 4-56 Multiplexer Output Power Verification 4-57 Red-Band Channel Transmission Verification 4-58 Blue-Band Channel Transmission Verification 4-60 TPA-R Module OSC Output Power Measurement 4-60 Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Safety Override 4-61 Red-Band and Blue-Band Laser Safety Shutdown Test 4-61 PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement 4-62 TPA-R Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement 4-63 TPA-R Module Combined Output Power Measurement 4-63 TPA-R Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement 4-63 10-Gbps Setup and Test 4-64 10-Gbps Terminal Site Setup and Test 4-64 Module Communication Setup 4-64 CMP Module Configuration 4-66 Amplifier Power Control Setup 4-68 Output Power Criteria 4-71 Multiplexer Output Power Verification 4-72 Red-Band Channel Transmission Verification 4-73 Blue-Band Channel Transmission Verification 4-75 TPA-R Module OSC Output Power Measurement 4-75 Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Safety Override 4-76 Red-Band and Blue-Band Laser Safety Shutdown Test 4-76 PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement 4-77 TPA-R Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement 4-78 TPA-R Module Combined Output Power Measurement 4-78 TPA-R Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement 4-78 RBA-10G Module Output Power Measurement 4-79 BBA-10G Module Output Power Measurement 4-79 Mid-Amplifier Loss Verification 4-80 Booster Amplifier Threshold Settings 4-82
Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

viii

78-13120-02

Contents

10-Gbps Optical Line Site Setup and Test 4-83 Module Communication Setup 4-84 CMP Module Configuration 4-85 Amplifier Power Control Setup 4-88 Output Power Criteria 4-91 East-to-West LSM-W Module OSC Output Power Measurement 4-92 West-to-East LSM-W Module OSC Output Power Measurement 4-93 East-to-West PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement 4-94 West-to-East PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement 4-95 Setup for East-to-West Laser Safety Manual Override and Amplifier Activation 4-95 East-to-West RBA Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement 4-96 East-to-West RBA Module Combined Output Power Measurement 4-96 East-to-West RBA Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement 4-97 Deactivating the East-to-West Manual Safety Override and Reinstalling the LSM-W Module 4-97 Setup for West-to-East Laser Safety Manual Override and Amplifier Activation 4-97 West-to-East RBA Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement 4-98 West-to-East RBA Module Combined Output Power Measurement 4-98 West-to-East RBA Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement 4-99 Deactivating the West-to-East Manual Safety Override and Reinstalling LSM-W Module 4-99 Mid-Amplifier Loss Verification 4-99 Booster Amplifier Threshold Settings 4-101 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Setup and Test 4-103 Module Communication Setup 4-104 CMP Module Configuration 4-105 Amplifier Power Control Setup 4-108 Output Power Criteria 4-111 East-to-West LSM-W Module OSC Output Power Measurement 4-112 West-to-East LSM-W Module OSC Output Power Measurement 4-113 East-to-West PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement 4-114 West-to-East PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement 4-115 Setup for the East-to-West Laser Safety Manual Override and Amplifier Activation 4-115 East-to-West RBA Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement 4-116 East-to-West RBA Module Combined Output Power Measurement 4-116 East-to-West RBA Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement 4-117 Deactivating the West-to-East Manual Safety Override and Reinstalling the LSM-W Module 4-117 Setup for the West-to-East Laser Safety Manual Override Setup and Amplifier Activation 4-117 West-to-East RBA Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement 4-118 West-to-East RBA Module Combined Output Power Measurement 4-118
Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

ix

Contents

West-to-East RBA Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement 4-119 Deactivating the Manual Safety Override and Reinstalling the LSM-W Module Setting the Working Point for the East-to-West ADA Module 4-119 Setting the Working Point for the West-to-East ADA Module 4-120 East-to-West Inserted-Channels Equalization 4-120 West-to-East Inserted-Channels Equalization 4-122 Mid-Amplifier Loss Measurement 4-123 Amplifier Regulation 4-125 Booster Amplifier Threshold Settings 4-127 10-Gbps Regeneration Site Setup and Test 4-128 Module Communication Setup 4-129 CMP Module Configuration 4-130 Amplifier Power Control Setup 4-133 Output Power Criteria 4-136 Multiplexer Output Power Verification 4-137 Red-Band Channel Transmission Verification 4-138 Blue-Band Channel Transmission Verification 4-139 TPA-R Module OSC Output Power Measurement 4-139 Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Safety Override 4-140 Red-Band and Blue-Band Laser Safety Shutdown Test 4-140 PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement 4-141 TPA-R Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement 4-142 TPA-R Module Combined Output Power Measurement 4-143 TPA-R Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement 4-143 RBA-10G Module Output Power Measurement 4-143 BBA-10G Module Output Power Measurement 4-144 Mid-Amplifier Loss Verification 4-144 Booster Amplifier Threshold Settings 4-146
5

4-119

CHAPTER

Site-to-Site Testing

5-1 5-1 5-2

Installation Test Prerequisites System Testing Requirements

General Site-to-Site Testing 5-2 Line Service Modem Status Test 5-2 Demultiplexer Test 5-3 Optical Service Channel Test 5-5 Orderwire Communications Test 5-6 Ethernet Connection Test 5-6 Network Operation Center Visibility Test

5-7

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

78-13120-02

Contents

2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Testing 5-8 Terminal Site to Terminal Site 5-8 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-8 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-9 OSNR Measurement 5-10 Bit Error Rate Test 5-11 Terminal Site to Optical Line Amplification Site 5-11 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-11 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-12 Terminal Site to Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 5-13 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-13 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-13 PRE-L Module Threshold Test 5-14 Red- and Blue-Band OSNR Measurement 5-15 Terminal Site to Regeneration Site 5-16 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-16 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-17 2.5-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Testing 5-18 Optical Line Amplification Site to Terminal Site 5-18 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-19 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-19 Optical Line Amplification Site to Optical Line Amplification Site 5-20 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-20 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-20 Optical Line Amplification Site to Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 5-21 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-21 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-22 PRE-L Module Threshold Test 5-23 Optical Line Amplification Site to Regeneration Site 5-24 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-24 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-24 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing 5-25 Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site to Terminal Site 5-26 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-26 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-26 PRE-L Module Threshold Test 5-27 Red- and Blue-Band OSNR Measurement 5-31 Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site to Optical Line Amplification Site Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-32 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-32

5-32

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

xi

Contents

PRE-L Module Threshold Test 5-34 Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site to Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-37 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-37 PRE-L Module Threshold Test 5-38 Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site to Regeneration Site 5-40 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-40 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-40 PRE-L Module Threshold Test 5-41 Channel Output Power Measurement 5-44 Measuring East-to-West Isolated-Channel Output Power 5-44 Measuring East-to-West Dropped-Channel Output Power 5-47 Measuring West-to-East Isolated-Channel Output Power 5-48 Measuring West-to-East Dropped-Channel Output Power 5-49 2.5-Gbps Regeneration Site Testing 5-50 Regeneration Site to Terminal Site 5-51 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-51 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-51 Regeneration Site to Optical Line Amplification Site 5-52 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-52 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-53 Regeneration Site to Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 5-54 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-54 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-54 PRE-L Module Threshold Test 5-55 Regeneration Site to Regeneration Site 5-56 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-56 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-57 10-Gbps Terminal Site Testing 5-58 Terminal Site to Terminal Site 5-58 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-58 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-59 OSNR Measurement 5-60 Bit Error Rate Test 5-61 Terminal Site to Optical Line Amplification Site 5-61 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-61 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-62 Terminal Site to Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 5-63 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-63 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-63
Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-37

xii

78-13120-02

Contents

PRE-L Module Threshold Test 5-64 Red- and Blue-Band OSNR Measurement 5-66 Terminal Site to Regeneration Site 5-67 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-67 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-67 10-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Testing 5-68 Optical Line Amplification Site to Terminal Site 5-69 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-69 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-69 Optical Line Amplification Site to Optical Line Amplification Site 5-70 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-70 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-71 Optical Line Amplification Site to Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 5-72 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-72 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-72 PRE-L Module Threshold Test 5-73 Optical Line Amplification Site to Regeneration Site 5-74 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-74 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-75 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing 5-76 Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site to Terminal Site 5-76 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-77 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-77 PRE-L Module Threshold Test 5-78 PRed- and Blue-Band OSNR Measurement 5-81 Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site to Optical Line Amplification Site 5-82 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-82 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-83 PRE-L Module Threshold Test 5-84 Red- and Blue-Band OSNR Measurement 5-87 Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site to Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 5-88 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-88 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-88 PRE-L Module Threshold Test 5-90 Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site to Regeneration Site 5-91 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-91 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-92 PRE-L Module Threshold Test 5-93 Channel Output Power Measurement 5-96 Measuring East-to-West Isolated-Channel Output Power 5-96
Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

xiii

Contents

Measuring East-to-West Dropped-Channel Output Power 5-98 Measuring West-to-East Isolated-Channel Output Power 5-99 Measuring West-to-East Dropped-Channel Output Power 5-100 ADA Module Output Power Test 5-101 10-Gbps Regeneration Site Testing 5-101 Regeneration Site to Terminal Site 5-102 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-102 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-103 Regeneration Site to Optical Line Amplification Site 5-104 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-104 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-104 Regeneration Site to Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 5-105 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-105 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-106 PRE-L Module Threshold Test 5-106 Regeneration Site to Regeneration Site 5-108 Span Budget Test Using an OTDR 5-108 Span Budget Test Without an OTDR 5-108
6

CHAPTER

Site Uninstall

6-1 6-1

Tools and Test Equipment Required Tools 6-1 Test Equipment 6-1

2.5 Gbps Site Uninstall 6-1 Terminal Site 6-2 Test Setup 6-2 Uninstall Test 6-2 Optical Line Amplification Site 6-4 Test Setup 6-4 Uninstall Test 6-4 Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 6-6 Test Setup 6-6 Uninstall Test 6-6 Regeneration Site 6-8 Test Setup 6-8 Uninstall Test 6-9 10-Gbps Site Uninstall 6-10 Terminal Site 6-10 Test Setup 6-10

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

xiv

78-13120-02

Contents

Uninstall Test 6-11 Optical Line Amplification Site 6-12 Test Setup 6-12 Uninstall Test 6-13 Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 6-14 Test Setup 6-14 Uninstall Test 6-15 Regeneration Site 6-16 Test Setup 6-17 Uninstall Test 6-17 System Uninstall 6-18 Uninstall Preparation 6-18 Uninstall Procedure 6-18 Packaging and Preparation for Shipment Packaging Tips 6-22 Packaging Racks 6-22 Packaging Modules 6-23 Packaging Cables 6-23 Storage
6-23 6-22

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

xv

Contents

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

xvi

78-13120-02

F I G U R E S

Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 4 Figure 5 Figure 6 Figure 7 Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 3-1 Figure 3-2 Figure 4-1 Figure 4-2 Figure 4-3 Figure 4-4 Figure 4-5 Figure 4-6 Figure 4-7 Figure 4-8 Figure 4-9 Figure 4-10 Figure 4-11 Figure 4-12 Figure 4-13 Figure 4-14 Figure 4-15 Figure 4-16 Figure 4-17 Figure 4-18 Figure 4-19 Figure 4-20

Cisco ONS 15800/15801 System Startup Warning Sample Laser-Controlled Area Warning Sign Electrical Energy Hazard Symbol Attention Symbol
xxix xxix xxviii

xxvii

Danger Label on Front and Back Doors of Cisco ONS 15800 Subracks Danger Label on Front and Back Doors of Cisco ONS 15801 Subracks ONS 15800 System Backplane Safety Label ONS 15801 System Backplane Safety Label Backplane Aperture Laser Safety Label E-2000 Module Connectors Optical Cable Routing
3-8 4-5 4-10 4-10 3-5 xxxi xxx xxx

xxix xxx

CMP Module Node Attributes

Red-Band Channel Transmission Test Setup TPA-R Module OSC Measurement Setup CMP Module Node Attributes
4-19

Terminal Site Laser Safety Manual Override Connection


4-12

East-to-West Setup for Amplifier Output Power Measurement West-to-East Amplifier Output Power Measurement Setup CMP Module Node Attributes
4-35

4-23

4-24

East-to-West Setup to Measure OSC Output Power Measurement West-to-East OSC Output Power Measurement Setup
4-40

4-39

East-to-West Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Connections Typical Spectrum Analyzer Plot from the OADM-P4-Rx Module West-to-East Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Connections CMP Module Node Attributes
4-54 4-59 4-59

4-48 4-49 4-50

Red-Band Channel Transmission Test Setup TPA-R Module OSC Measurement Setup CMP Module Node Attributes
4-67

Terminal Site Laser Safety Manual Override Connection


4-60

Red-Band Channel Transmission Test Setup

4-74 4-74

Terminal Site Laser Safety Manual Override Connection

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

xvii

Figures

Figure 4-21 Figure 4-22 Figure 4-23 Figure 4-24 Figure 4-25 Figure 4-26 Figure 4-27 Figure 4-28 Figure 4-29 Figure 4-30 Figure 4-31 Figure 4-32 Figure 4-33 Figure 4-34 Figure 5-1 Figure 5-2 Figure 5-3 Figure 5-4 Figure 5-5 Figure 5-6 Figure 5-7 Figure 5-8 Figure 5-9 Figure 6-1 Figure 6-2

TPA-R Module OSC Measurement Setup CMP Module Node Attributes


4-87

4-75

East-to-West Setup for Amplifier Output Power Measurement West-to-East Amplifier Output Power Measurement Setup CMP Module Node Attributes
4-107

4-93

4-94

East-to-West Setup to Measure OSC Output Power Measurement West-to-East OSC Output Power Measurement Setup
4-114

4-112

East-to-West Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Connections Typical Spectrum Analyzer Plot from the OADM-P4-Rx Module West-to-East Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Connections CMP Module Node Attributes
4-132 4-138 4-139

4-121 4-122 4-123

Red-Band Channel Transmission Test Setup TPA-R Module OSC Measurement Setup

Terminal Site Laser Safety Manual Override Connection


4-140 5-4

Demultiplexer Output Measurement Test Setup

East-to-West Site Connections for Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites Sample OSA Plot for PRE-L Module MON Port Channels Typical Spectrum Analyzer Plot Showing Noise Floor West-to-East Isolated-Channel Measurement Setup
5-46 5-47 5-49

5-45

East-to-West Site Connections for Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites Sample OSA Plot for PRE-L Module MON Port Channels Typical Spectrum Analyzer Plot Showing Noise Floor West-to-East Isolated-Channel Measurement Setup Rack Installation on Concrete Flooring
6-21 6-22 5-97 5-98 5-100

5-96

Rack Installation on Raised Computer Flooring

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

xviii

78-13120-02

T A B L E S

Table 3-1 Table 3-2 Table 3-3 Table 3-4 Table 3-5 Table 3-6 Table 3-7 Table 3-8 Table 3-9 Table 3-10 Table 3-11 Table 3-12 Table 3-13 Table 3-14 Table 3-15 Table 3-16 Table 3-17 Table 3-18 Table 3-19 Table 3-20 Table 3-21 Table 3-22 Table 3-23 Table 3-24 Table 3-25 Table 3-26 Table 3-27 Table 3-28 Table 3-29 Table 3-30 Table 3-31

Module Name and Acronym List

3-1 3-10

32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site Without RXT Modules 32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site with RXT Modules 32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site with RXT Modules 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 2 Fibers 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 4 Fibers 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 2 Fibers 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 4 Fibers
3-22 3-24 3-25 3-26

3-12 3-14

32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site Without RXT Modules

3-17

32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 4-Channel Add/Drop

3-27 3-28 3-29

32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Blue-Band Demultiplex 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Red-Band Demultiplex 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 4-Channel Add/Drop
3-33

32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Blue-Band Demultiplex 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Red-Band Demultiplex 32-Channel Red and Blue Band Regeneration Site 32-Channel Red and Blue Band Regeneration Site 16-Channel Terminal Site Without RXT Modules 32-Channel Terminal Site Without RXT Modules 32-Channel Terminal Site with RXT Modules 16-Channel Terminal Site Without RXT Modules 32-Channel Terminal Site Without RXT Modules 32-Channel Terminal Site with RXT Modules
3-44 3-47 3-50 3-51

3-35 3-38

3-54 3-56 3-58

3-60 3-64 3-65 3-67 3-67 3-69 3-71 3-72

32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 2 Fibers 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 4 Fibers 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 2 Fibers 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 4 Fibers

32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 4-Channel Add/Drop

32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Blue-Band Demultiplex 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Red-Band Demultiplex 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 4-Channel Add/Drop
3-76

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

xix

Tables

Table 3-32 Table 3-33 Table 3-34 Table 3-35 Table 4-1 Table 4-2 Table 4-3 Table 4-4 Table 4-5 Table 4-6 Table 4-7 Table 4-8 Table 4-9 Table 4-10 Table 4-11 Table 4-12 Table 4-13 Table 4-14 Table 4-15 Table 4-16 Table 4-17 Table 4-18 Table 4-19 Table 4-20 Table 4-21 Table 4-22 Table 4-23 Table 4-24 Table 4-25 Table 4-26 Table 4-27 Table 4-28 Table 4-29 Table 4-30 Table 4-31

32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Blue-Band Demultiplex 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Red-Band Demultiplex 32-Channel Regeneration Site 32-Channel Regeneration Site Amplifier Line Direction Settings
3-85 3-88 4-3 4-4 4-6

3-78 3-80

Optical System IDTransponder Type Priority List

2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (No FEC) (Without RXT Modules) 2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (No FEC) (With RXT Modules) 2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (OOB-FEC)
4-7 4-8 4-9 4-14 4-7

Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Terminal Sites Pass-or-Fail Criteria for Multiplexer Output Power Amplifier Line Direction Settings
4-17

Terminal Site Output Power Range for the PRE-L Module Optical System IDTransponder Type Priority List
4-18

2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (No FEC) (Without RXT Modules) 2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (No FEC) (With RXT Modules) 2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (OOB-FEC)
4-21

4-20

4-20

Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Optical Line Amplification Sites Optical Line Amplification Site Output Power Range of PRE-L Module Amplifier MAL Regulation
4-30 4-33 4-34

4-22 4-25

Amplifier Line Direction Settings

Optical System IDTransponder Type Priority List

2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (No FEC) (Without RXT Modules) 2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (No FEC) (With RXT Modules) 2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (OOB-FEC)
4-37

4-36

4-36

Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites

4-38 4-39 4-41

Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Output Power Range of the RBA Module Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Output Power Range of the PRE-L Module Amplifier MAL Regulation
4-46 4-48

Inserted-Channels Strength Specification Amplifier Line Direction Settings


4-52

Optical System IDTransponder Type Priority List

4-53 4-55

2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (No FEC) (Without RXT Modules) 2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (No FEC) (With RXT Modules) 2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (OOB-FEC)
4-56

4-55

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

xx

78-13120-02

Tables

Table 4-32 Table 4-33 Table 4-34 Table 4-35 Table 4-36 Table 4-37 Table 4-38 Table 4-39 Table 4-40 Table 4-41 Table 4-42 Table 4-43 Table 4-44 Table 4-45 Table 4-46 Table 4-47 Table 4-48 Table 4-49 Table 4-50 Table 4-51 Table 4-52 Table 4-53 Table 4-54 Table 4-55 Table 4-56 Table 4-57 Table 4-58 Table 4-59 Table 4-60 Table 4-61 Table 4-62 Table 4-63 Table 4-64 Table 4-65 Table 4-66

Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Regeneration Sites Pass-or-Fail Criteria for Multiplexer Output Power Amplifier Line Direction Settings
4-65 4-66 4-58

4-57

Terminal Site Output Power Range for the PRE-L Module Optical System IDTransponder Type Priority List 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (No FEC) 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (IB-FEC) 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC)
4-69 4-70

4-62

4-68

10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC) Full Channel Count Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Terminal Sites Pass-or-Fail Criteria for Multiplexer Output Power Amplifier MAL Regulation
4-80 4-72 4-73 4-77

4-70 4-70

10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC) Reduced Channel Count

Terminal Site Output Power Range for the PRE-L Module

RBA and RBA-10G Module Input Power Threshold Setting for MAL Higher than 15 dB RBA Module Nominal Output Power
4-82 4-82

4-82

RBA-10G Module Nominal Output Power BBA Module Nominal Output Power Amplifier Line Direction Settings
4-83

BBA and BBA-10G Module Input Power Threshold Setting for MAL Higher than 15 dB BBA-10G Module Nominal Output Power
4-85 4-86 4-83

4-83

Optical System IDTransponder Type Priority List 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (No FEC) 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (IB-FEC) 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC)
4-89

4-88

4-89 4-90 4-90

10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC) Full Channel Count Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Optical Line Amplification Sites Optical Line Amplification Site Output Power Range of PRE-L Module Amplifier MAL Regulation
4-100

10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC) Reduced Channel Count


4-91 4-95

RBA Module Input Power Threshold Setting for MAL Higher than 15 dB RBA Module Nominal Output Power BBA Module Nominal Output Power Amplifier Line Direction Settings
4-102

4-102

BBA Module Input Power Threshold Setting for MAL Higher than 15 dB
4-103 4-105

4-102

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

xxi

Tables

Table 4-67 Table 4-68 Table 4-69 Table 4-70 Table 4-71 Table 4-72 Table 4-73 Table 4-74 Table 4-75 Table 4-76 Table 4-77 Table 4-78 Table 4-79 Table 4-80 Table 4-81 Table 4-82 Table 4-83 Table 4-84 Table 4-85 Table 4-86 Table 4-87 Table 4-88 Table 4-89 Table 4-90 Table 4-91 Table 4-92 Table 4-93 Table 4-94 Table 4-95 Table 4-96 Table 4-97 Table 4-98 Table 4-99 Table 4-100 Table 4-101

Optical System IDTransponder Type Priority List 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (No FEC) 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (IB-FEC) 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC)

4-106

4-108 4-109 4-109 4-110 4-110 4-111 4-113 4-113

10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC) Full Channel Count Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites

10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC) Reduced Channel Count Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Output Power Range of the RBA Module Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Output Power Range of the PRE-L Module Inserted-Channels Strength Specification Amplifier MAL Regulation
4-124 4-121

Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Output Power Range of the RBA-10G Module

4-115

Power Class Regulation of RBA-10G Modules in 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites Power Regulation of ADA Modules in 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites RBA-10G Module Input Power Threshold Setting for MAL Higher than 15 dB RBA Module Nominal Output Power
4-127 4-127 4-128 4-127 4-126

4-126

RBA-10G Module Nominal Output Power BBA Module Nominal Output Power Amplifier Line Direction Settings

BBA Module Input Power Threshold Setting for MAL Higher than 15 dB
4-128 4-130 4-131

Optical System IDTransponder Type Priority List 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (No FEC) 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (IB-FEC) 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC)

4-133 4-134 4-134 4-135 4-135

10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC) Full Channel Count Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Regeneration Sites Pass-or-Fail Criteria for Multiplexer Output Power Amplifier MAL Regulation
4-145 4-138 4-142 4-136

10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC) Reduced Channel Count

Terminal Site Output Power Range for the PRE-L Module

RBA and RBA-10G Module Input Power Threshold Setting for MAL Higher than 15 dB RBA Module Nominal Output Power
4-146 4-147

4-146

RBA-10G Module Nominal Output Power BBA Module Nominal Output Power

BBA and BBA-10G Module Input Power Threshold Setting for MAL Higher than 15 dB
4-147

4-147

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

xxii

78-13120-02

Tables

Table 4-102 Table 5-1 Table 5-2 Table 5-3 Table 5-4 Table 5-5 Table 5-6 Table 5-7 Table 5-8 Table 5-9 Table 5-10 Table 5-11 Table 5-12 Table 5-13 Table 5-14 Table 5-15 Table 5-16 Table 5-17 Table 5-18 Table 5-19 Table 5-20 Table 5-21 Table 5-22 Table 5-23 Table 5-24 Table 6-1 Table 6-2

BBA-10G Module Nominal Output Power

4-147 5-4 5-5

Demultiplexer Optical Output Power Criteria for 2.5-Gbps Channels OSNR Pass or Fail Criteria
5-10

Power Class Regulation for Receive Site Amplifiers (BBA-10G and RBA-10G)

PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Precede Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Precede Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Follow Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites

5-14 5-23 5-28

PRE-L Module Thresholds for All Sites That Follow-Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites With Full Blue-Band Demultiplexing 5-29 PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Follow Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites
5-34

PRE-L Module Thresholds for All Sites That Follow-Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites With Full Blue-Band Demultiplexing 5-36 PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Precede Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Follow Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites
5-39 5-42

PRE-L Module Thresholds for All Sites That Follow-Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites With Full Blue-Band Demultiplexing 5-43 s for Sites That Precede Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites OSNR Pass or Fail Criteria
5-60 5-64 5-73 5-78 5-55

PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Precede Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Precede Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Follow Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites

PRE-L Module Thresholds for All Sites That Follow-Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites With Full Blue-Band Demultiplexing 5-80 PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Follow Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites
5-84

PRE-L Module Thresholds for All Sites That Follow-Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites With Full Blue-Band Demultiplexing 5-86 PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Precede Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Follow Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites
5-90 5-93

PRE-L Module Thresholds for All Sites That Follow-Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites With Full Blue-Band Demultiplexing 5-95 PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Precede Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites Output Power Range of TPA-R Module Output Power Range of TPA-R Module
6-3 6-11 5-107

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

xxiii

Tables

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

xxiv

78-13120-02

Preface
This section provides the following information:

Safety SummarySafety precautions and safety labeling for the Cisco ONS 15800/15801 system ConventionsWriting conventions used throughout the documentation InfoSet Documentation InfoSet StructureDescription of the documents contained in the InfoSet Obtaining DocumentationInformation on how to obtain product documentation Obtaining Technical AssistanceInformation on how to obtain technical assistance

Safety Summary
This section covers safety considerations to ensure safe operation of the Cisco ONS 15800/15801 system. Personnel should not perform any procedures in this manual unless they understand all safety precautions, practices, and warnings for the system equipment.

General Safety Precautions


The following general safety precautions are not related to any specific procedures and do not appear elsewhere in this publication. These are recommended precautions that personnel must understand and apply during installation, testing, and use of the Cisco ONS 15800/15801 system.

Know and understand electrical safety, wiring, and connection practices. Be familiar with modern methods of resuscitation. This information can be obtained from the Red Cross or its local equivalent. This knowledge is imperative for personnel working with or near equipment with voltage levels capable of causing injury or death.

Electrical Safety Precautions


The following electrical safety precautions, procedures, and rules are required when working on the Cisco ONS 15800/15801 system:

The Cisco ONS 15800/15801 system must be connected to a power supply that never exceeds voltage limits. The Cisco ONS 15800/15801 system power must be supplied by a power supply system with reinforced insulation.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

xxv

Preface Safety Summary

The Cisco ONS 15800/15801 system must be installed and used in a controlled access location. Access must be limited to service personnel and users that have been instructed about the reasons for the controlled access and any precautions that must be taken. Touching electrical connectors or other exposed electrical circuitry inside the system subracks can cause injury to personnel. All doors must be closed and locked when the equipment is switched ON. A disconnection device (fuse) must be present on the power supply line. The power supply line fuse must be removed before wiring. The power supply line fuse must be removed before disconnecting the earth ground for maintenance or installation purposes. Do not touch anything inside the subrack or introduce anything into the subrack (except modules) when it is turned ON. If module removal is necessary, replace the empty slot with a blank panel immediately. All Cisco ONS 15800/15801 system electrical interfaces are intended to be connected to local devices, that is, devices in the same room or in the same building as the ONS 15800/15801 system (not in unprotected environments).

Optical Safety Precautions


The following optical safety precautions, procedures, and rules are required when working on the Cisco ONS 15800/15801 system:

Terminate all fiber outputs properly before connecting fiber inputs. Disconnect the fiber input connector before disconnecting the fiber output connector. Ensure that the fiber output is safely terminated before reconnecting the fiber input. Handle glass fiber with care. It is subject to breakage if mishandled. Permanent equipment damage can result from using broken fiber. Protect skin from exposed glass fiber. It can penetrate the skin. Limit personnel having access to light-wave transmission systems. These personnel are to be authorized and properly trained if access to laser emission is required. Limit the use of laser test equipment to authorized, trained personnel during installation and service. This precaution includes using the optical loss test set and the optical time domain reflectometer equipment. Exclude all unauthorized personnel from the immediate laser radiation area during service and installation when there is a possibility that the system may become energized. Consider the immediate service area to be a temporary laser-controlled area. Cisco laser equipment functions in the 1550-nm window, which is considered invisible radiation. Personnel cannot see the laser light being emitted by a fiber, a pigtail, or a bulkhead connector. Use appropriate eye protection during fiber optic system installation or maintenance whenever there is potential for laser exposure, as recommended by health and safety procedures. Observe this precaution, appropriate to the class of equipment, whether warning labels have or have not been posted. Eye protection must meet a wavelength specification of 800 to 1800 nm and have an optical density greater than two. Protective glasses such as the Laser-Gard Green CO2 (LGE Spectacle, LGS Goggle, LGW wraparound, or LGF Full-View) or an equivalent type of covering equipment is recommended.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

xxvi

78-13120-02

Preface Safety Summary

Laser Safety Features


When a fiber break or cut occurs in the Cisco ONS 15800/15801 system, the automatic laser shutdown feature activates. An optical safety circuit reduces optical power to a safer level in the direction toward the fiber break. This optical power is reduced to a Class I hazard within one second of break detection. At the Class I level, the system is considered safe. Once the system reaches the output power shutdown condition triggered by the automatic laser shutdown, the optical system signal can be manually restarted.

Caution

When restarting the system manually, such as after an automatic laser shutdown, avoid using an optical power level capable of causing any potential hazard until the line disruption has been eliminated. The output power must be maintained under the Class IIIa upper limit. A software code is required to turn on the laser in the manual startup procedure. In accordance with safety rules, a dialog box like the one in Figure 1 appears with warning messages about laser radiation.
Figure 1 Cisco ONS 15800/15801 System Startup Warning

COMMAND EXECUTION WILL ACTIVATE LASER RADIATION AVOID EXPOSURE TO BEAM Execute Cancel

When the system is manually restarted after broken fiber is repaired:


The manual startup turns the units on in a reduced class (I or IIIa). The safety override operates at a reduced power level for installation and maintenance. Optical power increases to the maximum only if the line continuity is verified from the system interlocking procedure.

Protections against accidental exposure to dangerous optical radiation during the startup procedure include:

The required startup software code The interlocks provided by optical connectors The automatic laser shutdown feature Proper training for personnel with access to restricted locations

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

64278

xxvii

Preface Safety Summary

ESD Precautions
Some Cisco ONS 15800/15801 components are classified as Class 0 ESD-sensitive devices. Follow these rules when handling ESD-sensitive devices:

Assume that all solid-state electronic devices are ESD-sensitive. Use a grounded wrist strap (or equivalent equipment) while working with ESD-sensitive devices. Transport, store, and handle ESD-sensitive devices in static-safe environments.

Safety Symbols and Labels


Cisco ONS 15800/15801 equipment is clearly labeled with warnings about the equipment radiation level. All warning labels must be read and understood by personnel before working with the equipment. Cisco ONS 15800/15801 systems transmitting 10-Gbps channels operate with higher optical power than systems transmitting 2.5-Gbps channels. The warning labels differ for these transmission speeds and power levels.

Area Warning Sign


Signs explaining the existence of a potential laser hazard should be posted prominently at the entrance to the service area and in the vicinity of the installation area where laser-furnished fiber optic equipment is installed, in accordance with IEC 60825. Since the service area is a temporary laser-controlled area, these signs should signal that access is limited to authorized personnel. A sample sign is illustrated in Figure 2. The symbol for a laser hazard is to be prominently displayed at the top of this sign.
Figure 2 Sample Laser-Controlled Area Warning Sign

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

xxviii

64283

Controlled Laser Area Access by unauthorized staff is not permitted. Protective eyeglasses must be worn in this area.

78-13120-02

Preface Safety Summary

Electrical Safety Labels


The Cisco ONS 15800/15801 equipment is labeled with hazard symbols to alert personnel to electrical hazards. Additionally, the Cisco ONS 15800/15801 equipment is labeled with attention symbols to alert personnel to potential hazards. The electrical energy hazard symbol alerts personnel to electrical hazards within the Cisco ONS 15800/15801 system equipment. The potential for electrical hazards exists when equipment doors are open, when power supply cables are disconnected, and when a module is removed and replaced. The electrical energy hazard symbol is illustrated in Figure 3.
Figure 3 Electrical Energy Hazard Symbol

The attention symbol label alerts personnel to exercise caution while working on the Cisco ONS 15800/15801 system. The attention symbol is illustrated in Figure 4.
Figure 4 Attention Symbol

Front and Back Door Safety Labels


The doors of the Cisco ONS 15800/15801 system subracks are labeled with laser radiation warnings. The front and back doors of subracks have danger labels similar to the ones shown in Figures 5 and 6.
Figure 5 Danger Label on Front and Back Doors of Cisco ONS 15800 Subracks

64288
INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION AVOID DIRECT EXPOSURE TO BEAM Maximum output power 50 mW Wavelength range 1280-1605 nm CLASS IIIb LASER PRODUCT

Avoid exposure - invisible laser radiation is emitted from optical connectors This product conforms to all applicable standards under 21 CFR 1040.10 WARNING FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS OF TECHNICAL MANUAL DO NOT DISCONNECT OUTPUT WHEN LASER IS ON DO NOT SWITCH ON LASER UNLESS OUTPUT IS CONNECTED

64287

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

268

xxix

Preface Safety Summary

Figure 6

Danger Label on Front and Back Doors of Cisco ONS 15801 Subracks

Subrack Safety Labels


The backplanes of the Cisco ONS 15800/15801 subracks are also labeled to warn against exposure to laser radiation. The backplanes have danger labels similar to the ones shown in Figures 7 and 8.
Figure 7 ONS 15800 System Backplane Safety Label
Avoid exposure - invisible laser radiation is emitted from optical connectors This product conforms to all applicable standards under 21 CFR 1040.10
INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION AVOID DIRECT EXPOSURE TO BEAM Maximum output power 50 mW Wavelength range 1280-1605 nm CLASS IIIb LASER PRODUCT

Figure 8

ONS 15801 System Backplane Safety Label


INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM OR VIEW DIRECTLY WITH OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS HAZARD LEVEL 3A
Maximum output power 50 mW - Wavelength range 1460-1605 nm This product has been labeled in accordance with IEC publication 60825-2 1995

WARNING
64286

DO NOT DISCONNECT OUTPUT WHEN LASER IS ON DO NOT SWITCH ON LASER UNLESS OUTPUT IS CONNECTED

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

xxx

64276

WARNING FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS OF TECHNICAL MANUAL DO NOT DISCONNECT OUTPUT WHEN LASER IS ON DO NOT SWITCH ON LASER UNLESS OUTPUT IS CONNECTED

64285

78-13120-02

Preface Safety Summary

The label illustrated in Figure 9 is placed on the backplane near ports with a laser radiation hazard.
Figure 9 Backplane Aperture Laser Safety Label

AVOID EXPOSURE
64277

INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION EMITTED FROM THIS APERTURE

Module Safety Labels


The Cisco ONS 15800/15801 modules are individually labeled with safety warnings. The labels differ according to the following factors:

Type of hazard (such as laser radiation) Module wavelength range Laser class (if applicable) Applicable safety standard citation Module maximum output power

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

xxxi

Preface Conventions

Conventions
This publication uses the following conventions: Convention boldface italic [ ] Application Commands and keywords. Command input that is supplied by the user. Keywords or arguments that appear within square brackets are optional. A choice of keywords (represented by x) appears in braces separated by vertical bars. The user must select one. The control key. For example, where hold down the Control key while pressing the D key. Ctrl + D is written. Examples of information displayed on the screen. Examples of information that the user must enter. Command parameters that must be replaced by module-specific codes.

{x|x|x}

Ctrl

screen font

boldface screen font < >

Warning

Means danger. The user is in a situation that could cause bodily injury. Before working on any equipment, be aware of the hazards involved with electrical circuitry and optical lasers and be familiar with standard practices for preventing accidents.

Caution

Means reader be careful. In this situation, the user might do something that could result in equipment damage or loss of data.

Note

Means reader take note. Notes contain helpful suggestions or references to material not covered in the manual.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

xxxii

78-13120-02

Preface Documentation InfoSet Structure

Documentation InfoSet Structure


Cisco Optical Networking System 15800 and 15801 Series DWDM Documentation InfoSet contains the following manual types:

System DescriptionsProvides an overview of operation, engineering, administration, maintenance, performance, system-level technical specifications, supervision tools, and craft terminal software associated with the system. System Technical SpecificationsSummarizes system-level and module-level technical specifications, including supervision, analog and digital alarm threshold settings, engineering specifications, and system performance. Common Platform Installation ManualsProvides procedures for installing and configuring components common to all systems. Also includes safety, unpacking and storage, equipment and site verification, power and grounding, and post-installation procedures. Installation, Setup, and Test ManualsProvides procedures for installing, setting up, and testing standard hardware and software components within a system. Also includes safety, unpacking and storage, equipment and site verification, power and grounding, and post-installation procedures. System Configuration ManualsDescriptions and detailed illustrations of standard system configurations. Module HandbooksEach handbook provides functional descriptions, technical specifications, and system relationship information for a single hardware module. Each handbook also provides installation, removal, and configuration procedures associated with the module. Message ManualProvides a reference guide for software commands and responses between software and firmware during setup, polling, and reporting on the system. Software Installation ManualsEach manual provides installation and removal information for a specific software application. Software Administrator ManualsEach manual describes the operation, security implementation, and management of a software product at a system administrator access level.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

xxxiii

Preface Obtaining Documentation

Obtaining Documentation
The following sections provide sources for obtaining documentation from Cisco Systems.

World Wide Web


You can access the most current Cisco documentation on the World Wide Web at the following sites:

http://www.cisco.com http://www-china.cisco.com http://www-europe.cisco.com

Ordering Documentation
Cisco Optical Networking System documentation is available in a CD-ROM package that is available in the following ways:

Registered Cisco Direct Customers can order Cisco Product documentation from the Networking Products MarketPlace: http://www.cisco.com/cgi-bin/order/order_root.pl Registered Cisco.com users can order the Documentation CD-ROM through the online Subscription Store: http://www.cisco.com/go/subscription Nonregistered Cisco.com users can order documentation through a local account representative by calling Cisco corporate headquarters (California, USA) at 408 526-7208 or, in North America, by calling 800 553-NETS(6387).

Documentation Feedback
If you are reading Cisco product documentation on the World Wide Web, you can submit technical comments electronically. Click Feedback in the toolbar and select Documentation. After you complete the form, click Submit to send it to Cisco. You can e-mail your comments to bug-doc@cisco.com. We appreciate your comments.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

xxxiv

78-13120-02

Preface Obtaining Technical Assistance

Obtaining Technical Assistance


Cisco provides Cisco.com as a starting point for all technical assistance. Customers and partners can obtain documentation, troubleshooting tips, and sample configurations from online tools. For Cisco.com registered users, additional troubleshooting tools are available from the TAC website.

Cisco.com
Cisco.com is the foundation of a suite of interactive, networked services that provides immediate, open access to Cisco information and resources at anytime, from anywhere in the world. This highly integrated Internet application is a powerful, easy-to-use tool for doing business with Cisco. Cisco.com provides a broad range of features and services to help customers and partners streamline business processes and improve productivity. Through Cisco.com, you can find information about Cisco and our networking solutions, services, and programs. In addition, you can resolve technical issues with online technical support, download and test software packages, and order Cisco learning materials and merchandise. Valuable online skill assessment, training, and certification programs are also available. Customers and partners can self-register on Cisco.com to obtain additional personalized information and services. Registered users can order products, check on the status of an order, access technical support, and view benefits specific to their relationships with Cisco. To access Cisco.com, go to the following website: http://www.cisco.com To register for Cisco.com, go to the following website: http://www.cisco.com/register/

Technical Assistance Center


The Cisco Technical assistance Center (TAC) website is available to all customers who need technical assistance with a Cisco product or technology that is under warranty or covered by a maintenance contract. Technical assistance and customer service for Cisco ONG products are available from these sources:

Optical Networking Group (ONG) TAC in the United States: 1-877-323-7368 Europe, Middle East, and Asia (EMEA) ONG TAC: +32 2704 5601 Customer Service in the United States and Canada: 1-800-553-NETS (1-800-553-6387) Customer Service in all other countries: 1-408-526-7208 Customer Service global e-mail: cs-rep@cisco.com

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

xxxv

Preface Obtaining Technical Assistance

Contacting TAC by Telephone


If you have a priority level 1 (P1) or priority level 2 (P2) problem, contact TAC by telephone and immediately open a case. P1 and P2 level problems are defined as follows:

P1Production network is down, causing a critical impact to business operations if service is not restored quickly. No workaround is available. P2Production network is severely degraded, affecting significant aspects of business operations. No workaround is available.

Contacting TAC Using the Cisco TAC Website


Use the Cisco TAC website to find answers to priority level 3 (P3) or priority level 4 (P4) problems: http://www.cisco.com/tac P3 and P4 level problems are defined as follows:

P3Network performance is degraded. Network functionality is noticeably impaired, but most business operations continue. P4Information or assistance about Cisco product capabilities, product installation, or basic product configuration is needed.

If the technical issue cannot be resolved by using the TAC online resources, Cisco.com registered users can open a case online by using the TAC Case Open tool at the following website: http://www.cisco.com/tac/caseopen

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

xxxvi

78-13120-02

C H A P T E R

Introduction
This chapter provides general scope and assistance information for the installation, setup, and test of the Cisco ONS 15800, a dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) optical amplifier system.

Purpose of This Publication


This publication provides general and specific installation, setup, and testing procedures for ONS 15800 system terminal sites, optical line amplification (OLA) sites, optical add/drop multiplexing (OADM) sites, and regeneration sites. Information in this publication is based on standard ONS 15800 system configurations.

Note

All Critical Safety Requirements and the Safety Summary section must be read and understood by all personnel who work on the ONS 15800 system. This publication is intended for use by the following:

Installation technicians Maintenance technicians Repair technicians

Manual Structure
The ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual is divided into six chapters:

IntroductionGives the purpose of this publication, its structure, standards referred to in the publication, and where to get help from Cisco Optical Networking Group (ONG). PreinstallationCovers site preparation and installation guidelines. Site InstallationCovers site installation procedures specific to each site type. Site Setup and TestGives detailed procedures for setting-up and testing each site type. Site-to-Site TestingGives detailed testing procedures for establishing and testing signal communication between sites. Site UninstallGives detailed procedures for uninstalling system sites.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

1-1

Chapter 1 References

Introduction

During installation and testing, refer to the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for directions to configure amplifier modules. After a site has been installed and tested, refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System to configure the network element (NE) software.

References
The ONS 15800 system design, construction, and performance adhere to the standards in the Applicable Standards section. Additional ONS 15800 system references are listed in the Additional ONS 15800 System Information section. Standards related to wavelength division multiplexing, but not cited in this manual, are listed in the Related Standards References About Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing section.

Applicable Standards
This manual refers to the following standards:

EIA/TIA-232 Telcordia GR-63-CORE (sections 4.14.7) Telcordia GR-1089-CORE (sections 24, 7, and 9)

Additional ONS 15800 System Information


The following manuals provide more information about the ONS 15800 system:

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Description Manual Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Technical Specifications Manual Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Configuration Manual ONS 15800 DWDM system module handbooks Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System Cisco Photonics Tool Kit Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System

Related Standards References About Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing


The following standards relate to DWDM and the ONS 15800 system but are not directly cited in this manual:

ANSI T1.105.03 ANSI T1.105.06 ANSI T1.315 ANSI Z.136-X, OSHA-USA BT HRD4 EN 55022

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

1-2

78-13120-02

Chapter 1

Introduction References

EN 60825-X, CEI (IEC)-ITA EN 61000-4-2.6 ETR 126 ETS 300 019 ETS 300 1191-4 ETS 300 132 ETS 300 232 ETS 300 253 ETS 300 386 ETS 300 462-3 ETS 300 493 ETS 300 671 ETS 300 672 ETS 300 746 ETS 300 781 FCC Part 15, Subpart A FDA-CFR Part 21, Subpart 1040.10 GR-1209-CORE GR-1377-CORE GR-253-CORE GR-2882-CORE GR-2883-CORE GR-2918-CORE GR-3112-CORE GR-326-CORE GR-947-CORE IEC 60478-X IEC 60825-X IEC 60874 IEC 61204 IEC 61280-2-4 IEC 61280-2-5 IEC 61290 IEC 61291 IEC 61292 IEC 61300-X-X ITU-T G.652 ITU-T G.653

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

1-3

Chapter 1 References

Introduction

ITU-T G.654 ITU-T G.655 ITU-T G.661 ITU-T G.662 ITU-T G.663 ITU-T G.664 ITU-T G.671 ITU-T G.681 ITU-T G.691 ITU-T G.692 ITU-T G.707 ITU-T G.784 ITU-T G.803 ITU-T G.805 ITU-T G.821 ITU-T G.823 ITU-T G.824 ITU-T G.825 ITU-T G.826 ITU-T G.827 ITU-T G.841 ITU-T G.842 ITU-T G.957 ITU-T G.958 ITU-T G.975 ITU-T M.3010 ITU-T M.3100 ITU-T V11 ITU-T X21 ITU-T-SG13-Opt-Arch NEBS Level 3 Telcordia GR-63-CORE (sections 4.14.7) Telcordia GR-1089-CORE (sections 2, 3, 4, 7, and 9) TS 101 009 TS 101 010

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

1-4

78-13120-02

C H A P T E R

Preinstallation
This chapter covers procedures to ensure correct verification, handling, and site preparation for the ONS 15800 system site installation. All detailed preinstallation procedures are covered in the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual. More information about technical specifications for the ONS 15800 system equipment is located in the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Technical Specifications Manual.

Equipment Verification
Once the ONS 15800 equipment has been received at the installation site, the correctness of the shipment should be verified immediately. The equipment can be verified by checking the information from the two labels on the outside of each shipping container. Detailed diagrams of the shipping labels are located in the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual.

Equipment Handling
The ONS 15800 system equipment is shipped in large containers. The largest components are the bays where subracks are to be mounted. Use the following precautions to prevent damage:

Lift containers by the rope handles at each end of the container. Wear gloves when lifting containers by the rope handles. Never use a forklift to handle a rack container. Never stack more than two rack containers.

Make sure rack containers are stacked squarely on top of each other.

Unpacking Modules
Use the following procedure when unpacking ONS 15800 modules.
Caution

When opening a module container, use caution to avoid damaging the contents.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

2-1

Chapter 2 Guidelines

Preinstallation

Caution

Static electricity can damage electro-optical equipment. While unpacking and handling optical and electrical modules, wear a properly grounded grounding wrist strap to discharge the static buildup. Each subrack is equipped with grounding wrist strap connectors. Before unpacking and installing modules or making system interconnections, connect the grounding wrist strap. The grounding wrist strap is designed to prevent equipment damage caused by static electricity.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Open the container and remove the module(s) and packing material. Carefully remove the protective foam packing material from the module(s). If any SC-PC/FC-PC adapters are included in the container, remove and retain them for use during installation of the module front-panel optical fiber jumper cabling (Chapter 3, Site Installation).

Guidelines
ONS 15800 installation personnel should be thoroughly familiar with the instructions in this manual before starting any work. Use the following general order of work when installing a site:

Read all safety precautions and observe them during equipment installation. Verify ONS 15800 equipment immediately upon arrival, prior to unpacking. Store equipment as specified if it will not be installed upon arrival. Perform installation procedures common to all platforms as described in the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual. Perform single-site setups as listed in Chapter 4, Site Setup and Test after installation. Perform multiple-site setups as listed in Chapter 5, Site-to-Site Testing. Make connections using the information in Chapter 3, Site Installation and in the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual. Configure software according to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System.

Site Preparation
Refer to the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual for instructions to prepare the site. This section contains general preparations and planning considerations for installing ONS 15800 equipment at a site. Proper installation of the ONS 15800 system depends upon the following considerations:

Conformity to all environmental specifications in the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Technical Specifications Manual. Capability of the floor or mounting area where the equipment will be installed to support the equipment weight load. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual for requirements. Conformity to necessary power requirements. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual for requirements.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

2-2

78-13120-02

Chapter 2

Preinstallation Site Preparation

Capability of the site to accommodate the heat dissipation requirements. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual for requirements. Provision of minimum clearances for front, back, and top rack access. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual for requirements.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

2-3

Chapter 2 Site Preparation

Preinstallation

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

2-4

78-13120-02

C H A P T E R

Site Installation

Note

The instructions in this chapter primarily address the installation of the ONS 15800 bays supplied by Cisco. Installation of electrical wiring, raceways, and other equipment not covered in this manual should follow all local, state, and federal codes and regulations. The procedures in this chapter apply to ONS 15800 common platforms that are preinstalled in bays. For instructions for installing an ONS 15800 system common platform, refer to the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual. Table 3-1 lists the ONS 15800 system module names and acronyms.
Table 3-1 Module Name and Acronym List

Module Name 1-channel Pass-through module 2-way Wavelength Combiner module 8-channel Wavelength DemultiplexerBlue band module 8-channel Wavelength MultiplexerBlue band module 24-channel Wavelength DemultiplexerLow lossRed band module 24-channel Wavelength DemultiplexerRed band module 24-channel Wavelength MultiplexerRed band module Add/Drop Amplifier module Battery Management module Battery Management BATMOD 1 Battery Management BATMOD 2 Battery Management frame Battery Management module subunit Blue-band Booster Amplifier module Blue-band Booster Amplifier10 Gbps module Control and Monitoring Processor module Control and Monitoring Processor2 Ethernet module Dispersion Compensating UnitBlue band module

Acronym 1PT-W 2WC-W 8WD-B 8WM-B 24WD-LLR 24WD-R 24WM-R ADA BAT BAT1 BAT2 BATFRM BATMOD BBA BBA-10G CMP-W CMP-W-2E DCU-B

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-1

Chapter 3

Site Installation

Table 3-1

Module Name and Acronym List (continued)

Module Name Dispersion Compensating UnitRed band module External Orderwire Interface module Input/Output Card module Line Extender Module10-GbpsForward Error Correction Line Extender Module10 GbpsB1 Monitoring Line Extender Module10 GbpsB1 Monitoring Line Extender Module10 GbpsHigh Output Power Line Extender Module10 GbpsHigh Output PowerB1 Monitoring Line Extender ModuleExternally Modulated Line Extender ModuleExternally ModulatedForward Error Correction Line Extender ModuleExternally ModulatedB1 Monitoring Line Service Modem module Optical Add/Drop MultiplexerPassive4 channels (09, 11, 13, 15) module Optical Add/Drop MultiplexerPassive4 channels (17, 19, 21, 23) module Optical Service ChannelPass-through module Optical SubrackDispersion Compensation Unit Optical SubrackMultiplexer Optical Switch Unit module Pre-Line Amplifier module Red-band Booster Amplifier module Red-band Booster Amplifier10 Gbps module Router Bridge Unit module Receive Transponder10 Gbps module Receive Transponder10 GbpsForward Error Correction module Receive Transponder10 GbpsB1 Monitoring module Receive Transponder10 Gbps High Output PowerB1 Monitoring module Receive TransponderDirectly Modulated module Receive TransponderDirectly ModulatedForward Error Correction module Receive TransponderDirectly Modulated Long HaulB1 Monitoring module Receive TransponderDirectly ModulatedB1 Monitoring module Receiver TransponderExternally ModulatedB1 monitoring module Subrack Common Functions module Transmit Power AmplifierBlue band module Transmit Power AmplifierRed band module Wavelength Converter Module10 Gbps Wavelength Converter Module10 GbpsForward Error Correction

Acronym DCU-R EOI-W IOC-W LEM-10G-Fxx LEM-10G-M LEM-10G-Mxx LEM-10H LEM-10H-Mxx LEM-EM LEM-EM-Fxx LEM-EM-Mxx LSM-W OADM-P4-R1 OADM-P4-R3 OSC-PT OSR-DCU OSR-MUX OSU-W PRE-L RBA RBA-10G RBU-W RXT-10G RXT-10G-F RXT-10G-M RXT-10H-M RXT-DM RXT-DM-F RXT-DMLH-M RXT-DM-M RXT-EM-M SCF-W TPA-B TPA-R WCM-10G WCM-10G-Fxx

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-2

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation General Installation Information

Table 3-1

Module Name and Acronym List (continued)

Module Name Wavelength Converter Module10 GbpsB1 Monitoring Wavelength Converter Module10 Gbps High Output Power Wavelength Converter Module10 Gbps High Output PowerB1 Monitoring Wavelength Converter ModuleExternally Modulated Wavelength Converter ModuleExternally ModulatedForward Error Correction Wavelength Converter ModuleExternally ModulatedB1 Monitoring

Acronym WCM-10G-Mxx WCM-10H WCM-10H-Mxx WCM-EM WCM-EM-Fxx WCM-EM-Mxx

General Installation Information


Before carrying out the procedures in this chapter, preinstallation procedures in Chapter 2, Preinstallation, and in the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual should be carried out.

Common Platform Installation Information


Common platform installation information can be found in the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual.

Standard System Installation Information


The site configurations for the ONS 15800 system are located in the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Configuration Manual. Module installation and optical cabling in this manual are standard for the system.

General Installation Instructions


This section provides the general installation instructions for the ONS 15800 system modules and optical cabling.

General Module Installation Instructions


Before modules are installed, information about each module should be recorded on a Module Information Sheet. Use this general procedure for installing modules in slots 116.

Warning

During initial installation, turn off power when installing modules. A shelf is energized with 48 VDC power when either of the BATMOD units is installed and switched ON. Touching electrical connectors or other exposed electrical circuitry inside the shelf when it is turned on can cause injury.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-3

Chapter 3 General Installation Instructions

Site Installation

Caution

While unpacking and handling optical or electrical modules, wear a grounded wrist strap. Attach the strap to a grounding source to discharge the static buildup. Each ONS 15800 system shelf is equipped with a grounding wrist strap connector. Grounding wrist straps are designed to prevent static electricity damage to equipment.

Caution

Static electricity can damage electro-optical modules. Leave modules inside electrostatic shipping bags when they will not be installed immediately.

Caution

Prevent contamination of optical connectors and adapters by installing a module immediately after the protective caps inside a slot are removed.

Caution

E-2000 connectors must be positioned properly before a module is installed. Failure to heed this caution can result in damage to bulkhead adapters in the subrack or to connectors on the module.

Note

These procedures cover the installation of modules in the OSR-W subrack slots 116 only. ONS 15800 bays are shipped with multiplexer modules already installed in the Optical SubrackMultiplexer (OSR-MUX).

Note

Install modules one at a time, from the left to right. Standard shelf configurations that indicate the location of modules in the various sites are shown in the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Configuration Manual. Double-check the location of modules in each site. Modules must be installed in their proper locations for a site to work properly.

Note

All backplane optical fiber jumper cable connections must be connected before the installation of the site modules. The steps in this module installation procedure apply to a single module. Repeat these steps to install each module in a shelf.

Step 1 Step 2

Use needle-nose pliers to remove the six protective caps covering the optical adapters inside the subrack slot where the module is to be installed. If the module to be installed has E-2000 connector(s) on the backplane, follow this procedure:
a.

Compare the position of the module E-2000 connector(s) to the connectors in Figure 3-1.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-4

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation General Installation Instructions

Figure 3-1

E-2000 Module Connectors

Module limits

Cover

Right position

Wrong position

b.

If an E-2000 connector is out of position, carefully reposition the connector. When a connector is correctly positioned, it has a limited amount of play between stops when the connector is gently moved back and forth.

Caution

Ensure that the pins on the backs of modules do not bend when using module ejector handles for seating. If the module does not fit perfectly, do not force it into the subrack. Look for the obstruction to the module path and clear it. Failure to heed this caution will cause damage to the module.

Note

Be sure the top and bottom module ejector handles are pulled out before placing the module into the guides. Otherwise, the module will not connect properly with the backplane. Verify that the module is in the correct position by checking that the logo on the module is readable from the front of the bay. Place the top-rear edge of the module into the top guide of the proper slot in the shelf. Tilt the lower-rear edge into the lower guide of the slot. Slowly slide the module about three-quarters of the way into the slot; then pull the module ejector handles outward. Push the module in and use the ejector handles to seat it in the slot. Make sure the backplane connectors mate properly.

Step 3

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

69022

3-5

Chapter 3 General Installation Instructions

Site Installation

Caution

To avoid cross-threading, align module screws with the mounting holes before installing them. To prevent stripping the threads, do not overtighten mounting screws. Hand-tighten both of the mounting screws on the module securely. Install a C06-W blanking plate on any unoccupied slot. Repeat this procedure to install each module in a shelf.

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

General Optical Cabling Procedures


The backplane optical cabling procedure is given in the Backplane Optical Cabling section. The front-panel optical cabling procedure is given in the Front Panel Optical Cabling section.

Warning

Never install optical cabling in a site while any BATMOD unit is turned ON. Failure to heed this warning will result in an optical safety hazard to personnel and damage to optical equipment.

Note

If a site requires optical cabling during installation, the appropriate optical cable kits are included in the shipping container. The following tools and supplies are required for the optical cabling procedures:

Optical cable kits packed in the bay shipping container(s) Optical connector cleaning kit (Refer to the supplement titled Optical Connector Cleaning Procedures available from Cisco Customer Service or Technical Assistance Center [TAC].) E-2000 optical connector handling adapter

Backplane Optical Cabling


Use this procedure to install optical cabling connectors on the subrack backplane.

Warning

Never install optical cabling in a site while any BATMOD unit is turned ON. Failure to heed this warning will result in an optical safety hazard to personnel and damage to optical equipment.

Caution

Never attempt to install backplane optical cabling with a module installed in the corresponding slot. Failure to heed this caution will result in equipment malfunction due to dispersion loss.

Note

This procedure is performed from the back of the shelf. Remove the back cover from the rear of the Optical Subrack (OSR-W).

Step 1

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-6

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation General Installation Instructions

Step 2

Remove the four screws holding the back panel on the Optical SubrackMultiplexer (OSR-MUX) subrack, and remove the panel.

Note

E-2000 connectors are installed in the back of the ONS 15800 shelves. SSC connectors are installed in the back of multiplexer modules. Determine the best route for the optical cables. Use the openings at the top and bottom of each shelf to route the cables from shelf to shelf.

Step 3

Note

E-2000 connectors are inspected and cleaned prior to shipment and should not require cleaning before being placed into service. However, after repeated matings or when degraded performance occurs, it may be necessary to clean the individual ferrules and mating sleeves. Clean and inspect optical connectors and adapters as described in your companys recommended procedures. If your company does not have these procedures, refer to the supplement titled Optical Connector Cleaning Procedures available from Cisco Customer Service. To install an SSC connector:
a.

Step 4

Remove the protective cap from the SSC connector.

Note

Clean and inspect optical connectors and bulkhead adapters as described in your companys recommended procedures. If your company does not have these procedures, refer to the supplement titled Optical Connector Cleaning Procedures available from Cisco Customer Service.
b. c.

Clean and inspect the optical connector. Match the key on the SSC connector with the slot in the multiplexer and insert the connector until it is seated securely.

Step 5 Step 6

To install an E-2000 connector, insert the end of the connector into the adapter and push until the connector seats. After all cables have been installed, reinstall the back covers on the subracks.

Front Panel Optical Cabling


Use this procedure to install front-panel cabling.
Step 1 Step 2

Open or remove shelf front covers. Remove cable duct covers (Figure 3-2) from both sides of each shelf in the bay(s) being cabled.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-7

Chapter 3 General Installation Instructions

Site Installation

Figure 3-2

Optical Cable Routing

Cable duct covers

Opening for fiber cabling (one on each side of shelf)

Optical cable holders

Note

Clean and inspect optical connectors and adapters as described in your companys recommended procedures. If your company does not have these procedures, refer to the supplement titled Optical Connector Cleaning Procedures available from Cisco TAC. Route an optical cable to the proper connection points, shelf-to-shelf through cabling openings, ducts, and holders. Reinstall shelf front covers and reattach the ground wire connections to the covers. Remove the protective cover from an optical cable connector. Clean and inspect the connector. Remove the protective cover from an SC or FC fiber-optic adapter. Clean and inspect the SC or FC adapter. Install the SC adapter on the end of the cable. Be sure that the key on the cable connector meets the cutout in the adapter screw threads. Lift the spring-loaded module connector cover at the proper connection location and insert the adapter-equipped connector into it. Be sure that the slot in the adapter is on the right side. Repeat this procedure for each front-panel optical cable connector. Reinstall all cable duct covers.

Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-8

69016

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Installation

Order of Installation
An ONS 15800 system site must be installed in the following order to prevent system malfunctions:

Optical fiber jumper cable backplane connections System modules Optical fiber jumper cable front-panel connections

2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Installation


This section describes the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connections, module installation instructions, and front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 2.5-Gbps terminal site configurations.

Backplane Optical Connections


This section provides the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 2.5-Gbps terminal site configurations.

32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site Without RXT Modules
Warning

Never install optical cabling in a site while any BATMOD unit is turned ON. Failure to heed this warning will result in an optical safety hazard to personnel and damage to optical equipment.

Caution

Never attempt to install backplane optical cabling with a module installed in the corresponding slot. Failure to heed this caution will result in equipment malfunction due to dispersion loss.

Note

A 2.5-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band terminal site without RXT modules can only be configured with WCM-EM-Mxx transponder modules.

Note

When delivered, all terminal sites are cabled as east terminal sites. To enable the site to function as a west terminal site, LSM-W module backplane cabling must be modified. To install the backplane optical fiber jumper cables in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band terminal sites without RXT modules use the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Backplane Optical Cabling section and the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-2.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-9

Chapter 3 2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Installation

Site Installation

Table 3-2

32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site Without RXT Modules

From Shelf 1.1 1.1 1.1 Slot 3 3 3 Module PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L Connector OPT3-20 OPT3-16 OPT3-24 Receive Direction

To Shelf 1.1 1.1 1.1 Slot 78 46 1314 Module 8WD-B 24WD-R LSM-W Connector OPT7-16 OPT4-16 East-West OPT13-2 West-East OPT13-16

Transmit Direction 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 WCM 01 WCM 02 WCM 03 WCM 04 WCM 05 WCM 06 WCM 07 WCM 08 WCM 09 WCM 10 WCM 11 WCM 12 WCM 13 WCM 14 WCM 15 WCM 16 WCM 17 WCM 18 WCM 19 WCM 20 WCM 21 WCM 22 WCM 23 WCM 24 WCM 25 WCM 26 WCM 27 OPT1-20 OPT2-20 OPT3-20 OPT4-20 OPT5-20 OPT6-20 OPT7-20 OPT8-20 OPT9-20 OPT10-20 OPT11-20 OPT12-20 OPT13-20 OPT14-20 OPT15-20 OPT16-20 OPT1-20 OPT2-20 OPT3-20 OPT4-20 OPT5-20 OPT6-20 OPT7-20 OPT8-20 OPT9-20 OPT10-20 OPT11-20 OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-10

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Installation

Table 3-2

32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site Without RXT Modules (continued)

From Shelf 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 OSR-MUX 1.1 OSR-MUX 1.1 Slot 12 13 14 15 16 2 2 3 1314 Module WCM 28 WCM 29 WCM 30 WCM 31 WCM 32 8WM-B TPA-B 24WM-R LSM-W Connector OPT12-20 OPT13-20 OPT14-20 OPT15-20 OPT16-20 OUT OPT2-20 OUT East-West OPT13-20 West-East OPT13-6

To Shelf OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 Slot 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 Module 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R TPA-B TPA-R TPA-R TPA-R Connector 28 29 30 31 32 OPT2-16 OPT1-20 OPT1-16 OPT1-24

32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site with RXT Modules
Warning

Never install optical cabling in a site while any BATMOD unit is turned ON. Failure to heed this warning will result in an optical safety hazard to personnel and damage to optical equipment.

Caution

Never attempt to install backplane optical cabling with a module installed in the corresponding slot. Failure to heed this caution will result in equipment malfunction due to dispersion loss.

Note

A 2.5-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band terminal site with RXT modules can be configured with either RXT-DM-F and WCM-EM-Fxx transponder modules or RXT-DM-M and WCM-EM-Mxx transponder modules.

Note

When delivered, all terminal sites are cabled as east terminal sites. To enable the site to function as a west terminal site, LSM-W module backplane cabling must be modified.

Note

Links that have span section losses greater than 28 dB need a BBA-10G installed between the PRE-L module and the 8WD-B module. Refer to the 10-Gbps installation procedures. To install the backplane optical fiber jumper cables in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band terminal sites with RXT modules use the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Backplane Optical Cabling section and the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-3.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-11

Chapter 3 2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Installation

Site Installation

Table 3-3

32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site with RXT Modules

From Shelf 1.1 1.1 1.1 Slot 3 3 3 Module PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L Connector OPT3-16 OPT3-20 OPT3-24 Receive Direction

To Shelf 1.1 1.1 1.1 Slot 46 78 1314 Module 24WD-R 8WD-B LSM-W Connector OPT4-16 OPT7-16 East-West OPT13-2 West-East OPT13-16

Transmit Direction 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 WCM 01 WCM 02 WCM 03 WCM 04 WCM 05 WCM 06 WCM 07 WCM 08 WCM 09 WCM 10 WCM 11 WCM 12 WCM 13 WCM 14 WCM 15 WCM 16 WCM 17 WCM 18 WCM 19 WCM 20 WCM 21 WCM 22 WCM 23 WCM 24 WCM 25 WCM 26 WCM 27 OPT1-20 OPT2-20 OPT3-20 OPT4-20 OPT5-20 OPT6-20 OPT7-20 OPT8-20 OPT9-20 OPT10-20 OPT11-20 OPT12-20 OPT13-20 OPT14-20 OPT15-20 OPT16-20 OPT1-20 OPT2-20 OPT3-20 OPT4-20 OPT5-20 OPT6-20 OPT7-20 OPT8-20 OPT9-20 OPT10-20 OPT11-20 OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-12

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Installation

Table 3-3

32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site with RXT Modules (continued)

From Shelf 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 OSR-MUX OSR-MUX 1.1 1.1 Slot 12 13 14 15 16 2 3 2 1314 Module WCM 28 WCM 29 WCM 30 WCM 31 WCM 32 8WM-B 24WM-R TPA-B LSM-W Connector OPT12-20 OPT13-20 OPT14-20 OPT15-20 OPT16-20 OUT OUT OPT2-20 East-West OPT13-20 West-East OPT13-6

To Shelf OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 Slot 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 Module 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R TPA-B TPA-R TPA-R TPA-R Connector 28 29 30 31 32 OPT2-16 OPT1-16 OPT1-20 OPT1-24

Module Installation
This section provides the module installation instructions for the 2.5-Gbps terminal site configurations.

32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site Without RXT Modules
Note

A 2.5-Gbps 32-channel terminal site without RXT modules can only be configured with WCM-EM-Mxx transponder modules. To install the modules in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band terminal sites without RXT modules use the module installation instructions in the General Module Installation Instructions section in conjunction with the configuration information in the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Configuration Manual.

32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site with RXT Modules
Note

A 2.5-Gbps 32-channel terminal site with RXT modules can be configured with either RXT-DM-F and WCM-EM-Fxx transponder modules or RXT-DM-M and WCM-EM-Mxx transponder modules. To install the modules in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band terminal sites with RXT modules use the module installation instructions in the General Module Installation Instructions section in conjunction with the configuration information in the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Configuration Manual.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-13

Chapter 3 2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Installation

Site Installation

Front-Panel Optical Connections


This section provides the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 2.5-Gbps terminal site configurations.

32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site Without RXT Modules
Warning

Never install optical cabling in a site while any BATMOD unit is turned ON. Failure to heed this warning will result in an optical safety hazard to personnel and damage to optical equipment.

Note

A 2.5-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band terminal site without RXT modules can only be configured with WCM-EM-Mxx transponder modules. To install the front-panel optical fiber jumper cables in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band terminal sites without RXT modules use the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Front Panel Optical Cabling section and the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-4.
Table 3-4 32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site Without RXT Modules

From Shelf Receive 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R OUT 1 OUT 2 OUT 3 OUT 4 OUT 5 OUT 6 OUT 7 OUT 8 OUT 9 OUT 10 OUT 11 OUT 12 OUT 13 OUT 14 OUT 15 OUT 16 OUT 17 Slot Module Connector Receive Direction

To Shelf 1.1 OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE Slot 3 Module PRE-L Connector IN

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-14

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Installation

Table 3-4

32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site Without RXT Modules (continued)

From Shelf 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 Slot 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 Module 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R Connector OUT 18 OUT 19 OUT 20 OUT 21 OUT 22 OUT 23 OUT 24 OUT 25 OUT 26 OUT 27 OUT 28 OUT 29 OUT 30 OUT 31 OUT 32

To Shelf OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 WCM 01 WCM 02 WCM 03 WCM 04 WCM 05 WCM 06 WCM 07 WCM 08 WCM 09 WCM 10 WCM 11 WCM 12 WCM 13 WCM 14 WCM 15 WCM 16 WCM 17 WCM 18 WCM 19 IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L Slot Module Connector

Transmit Direction SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-15

Chapter 3 2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Installation

Site Installation

Table 3-4

32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site Without RXT Modules (continued)

From Shelf Slot Module Connector SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm

To Shelf 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 Slot 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 Module WCM 20 WCM 21 WCM 22 WCM 23 WCM 24 WCM 25 WCM 26 WCM 27 WCM 28 WCM 29 WCM 30 WCM 31 WCM 32 WCM 01 WCM 02 WCM 03 WCM 04 WCM 05 WCM 06 WCM 07 WCM 08 WCM 09 WCM 10 WCM 11 WCM 12 WCM 13 WCM 14 WCM 15 WCM 16 WCM 17 WCM 18 WCM 19 WCM 20 WCM 21 WCM 22 Connector IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-16

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Installation

Table 3-4

32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site Without RXT Modules (continued)

From Shelf Slot Module Connector SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm 1.1 1 TPA-R OUT

To Shelf 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 Transmit Slot 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Module WCM 23 WCM 24 WCM 25 WCM 26 WCM 27 WCM 28 WCM 29 WCM 30 WCM 31 WCM 32 Connector IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H

32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site with RXT Modules
Warning

Never install optical cabling in a site while any BATMOD unit is turned ON. Failure to heed this warning will result in an optical safety hazard to personnel and damage to optical equipment.

Note

A 2.5-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band terminal site with RXT modules can be configured with either RXT-DM-F and WCM-EM-Fxx transponder modules or RXT-DM-M and WCM-EM-Mxx transponder modules. To install the front-panel optical fiber jumper cables in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band terminal sites with RXT modules use the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Front Panel Optical Cabling section and the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-5.
Table 3-5 32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site with RXT Modules

From Shelf Receive 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 78 78 78 78 78 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B OUT 1 OUT 2 OUT 3 OUT 4 OUT 5 Slot Module Connector Receive Direction

To Shelf 1.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 Slot 3 1 2 3 4 5 Module PRE-L RXT 01 RXT 02 RXT 03 RXT 04 RXT 05 Connector IN IN IN IN IN IN

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-17

Chapter 3 2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Installation

Site Installation

Table 3-5

32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site with RXT Modules (continued)

From Shelf 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 Slot 78 78 78 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Module 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R RXT 01 RXT 02 RXT 03 RXT 04 RXT 05 RXT 06 RXT 07 RXT 08 Connector OUT 6 OUT 7 OUT 8 OUT 9 OUT 10 OUT 11 OUT 12 OUT 13 OUT 14 OUT 15 OUT 16 OUT 17 OUT 18 OUT 19 OUT 20 OUT 21 OUT 22 OUT 23 OUT 24 OUT 25 OUT 26 OUT 27 OUT 28 OUT 29 OUT 30 OUT 31 OUT 32 OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT

To Shelf 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE Slot 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Module RXT 06 RXT 07 RXT 08 RXT 09 RXT 10 RXT 11 RXT 12 RXT 13 RXT 14 RXT 15 RXT 16 RXT 17 RXT 18 RXT 19 RXT 20 RXT 21 RXT 22 RXT 23 RXT 24 RXT 25 RXT 26 RXT 27 RXT 28 RXT 29 RXT 30 RXT 31 RXT 32 Connector IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-18

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Installation

Table 3-5

32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site with RXT Modules (continued)

From Shelf 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 Slot 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Module RXT 09 RXT 10 RXT 11 RXT 12 RXT 13 RXT 14 RXT 15 RXT 16 RXT 17 RXT 18 RXT 19 RXT 20 RXT 21 RXT 22 RXT 23 RXT 24 RXT 25 RXT 26 RXT 27 RXT 28 RXT 29 RXT 30 RXT 31 RXT 32 Connector OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT

To Shelf OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 WCM 01 WCM 02 WCM 03 WCM 04 WCM 05 WCM 06 WCM 07 WCM 08 WCM 09 WCM 10 IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L Slot Module Connector

Transmit Direction SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-19

Chapter 3 2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Installation

Site Installation

Table 3-5

32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site with RXT Modules (continued)

From Shelf Slot Module Connector SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm

To Shelf 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 Slot 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Module WCM 11 WCM 12 WCM 13 WCM 14 WCM 15 WCM 16 WCM 17 WCM 18 WCM 19 WCM 20 WCM 21 WCM 22 WCM 23 WCM 24 WCM 25 WCM 26 WCM 27 WCM 28 WCM 29 WCM 30 WCM 31 WCM 32 WCM 01 WCM 02 WCM 03 WCM 04 WCM 05 WCM 06 WCM 07 WCM 08 WCM 09 WCM 10 WCM 11 WCM 12 WCM 13 Connector IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-20

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Installation

Table 3-5

32-Channel Red and Blue Band Terminal Site with RXT Modules (continued)

From Shelf Slot Module Connector SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm 1.1 1 TPA-R OUT

To Shelf 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 Transmit Slot 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Module WCM 14 WCM 15 WCM 16 WCM 17 WCM 18 WCM 19 WCM 20 WCM 21 WCM 22 WCM 23 WCM 24 WCM 25 WCM 26 WCM 27 WCM 28 WCM 29 WCM 30 WCM 31 WCM 32 Connector IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-21

Chapter 3 2.5-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Installation

Site Installation

2.5-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Installation


This section describes the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connections, module installation instructions, and front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 2.5-Gbps OLA site configurations.

Backplane Optical Connections


This section provides the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 2.5-Gbps OLA site configurations.

32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 2 Fibers


Warning

Never install optical cabling in a site while any BATMOD unit is turned ON. Failure to heed this warning will result in an optical safety hazard to personnel and damage to optical equipment.

Caution

Never attempt to install backplane optical cabling with a module installed in the corresponding slot. Failure to heed this caution will result in equipment malfunction due to dispersion loss. To install the backplane optical fiber jumper cables in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OLA sites with two fibers use the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Backplane Optical Cabling section and the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-6.
Table 3-6 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 2 Fibers

From Shelf 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 Slot 1 1 1 3 1314 4 4 4 6 1314 Module PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L BBA LSM-W PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L BBA LSM-W Connector OPT1-16 OPT1-20 OPT1-24 OPT3-20 OPT13-20 OPT4-16 OPT4-20 OPT4-24 OPT6-20 OPT13-6 East-to-West

To Shelf 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 Slot 2 3 1314 2 2 5 6 1314 5 5 Module RBA BBA LSM-W RBA RBA RBA BBA LSM-W RBA RBA Connector OPT2-16 1 OPT3-16 OPT13-2 OPT2-20 OPT2-24 OPT5-16 OPT6-16 OPT13-16 OPT5-20 OPT5-24

West-to-East

1. Connection shall be performed using proper attenuated patchcord and/or GFF-R. If both must be used connection shall be made through an E-2000 adapter.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-22

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 2.5-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Installation

32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 4 Fibers


Warning

Never install optical cabling in a site while any BATMOD unit is turned ON. Failure to heed this warning will result in an optical safety hazard to personnel and damage to optical equipment.

Caution

Never attempt to install backplane optical cabling with a module installed in the corresponding slot. Failure to heed this caution will result in equipment malfunction due to dispersion loss. To install the backplane optical fiber jumper cables in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OLA sites with four fibers use the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Backplane Optical Cabling section and the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-7.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-23

Chapter 3 2.5-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Installation

Site Installation

Table 3-7

32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 4 Fibers

From Shelf 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 Slot 1 1 1 3 1314 4 4 4 6 1314 1 1 1 3 1314 4 4 4 6 1314 Module PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L BBA LSM-W PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L BBA LSM-W PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L BBA LSM-W PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L BBA LSM-W Connector OPT1-16 OPT1-20 OPT1-24 OPT3-20 OPT13-20 OPT4-16 OPT4-20 OPT4-24 OPT6-20 OPT13-6 OPT1-16 OPT1-20 OPT1-24 OPT3-20 OPT13-20 OPT4-16 OPT4-20 OPT4-24 OPT6-20 OPT13-6 East-to-West (Fiber Pair One)

To Shelf 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 Slot 2 3 1314 2 2 5 6 1314 5 5 2 3 1314 2 2 5 6 1314 5 5 Module RBA BBA LSM-W RBA RBA RBA BBA LSM-W RBA RBA RBA BBA LSM-W RBA RBA RBA BBA LSM-W RBA RBA Connector OPT2-16 1 OPT3-16 OPT13-2 OPT2-20 OPT2-24 OPT5-16 1 OPT6-16 OPT13-16 OPT5-20 OPT5-24 OPT2-16 1 OPT3-16 OPT13-2 OPT2-20 OPT2-24 OPT5-16 1 OPT6-16 OPT13-16 OPT5-20 OPT5-24

West-to-East (Fiber Pair One)

East-to-West (Fiber Pair Two)

West-to-East (Fiber Pair Two)

1. Connection shall be performed using proper attenuated patchcord and/or GFF-R. If both must be used connection shall be made through an E-2000 adapter.

Module Installation Instructions


This section provides the module installation instructions for the 2.5-Gbps OLA site configurations.

32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 2 Fibers


To install the modules in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OLA sites with two fibers use the module installation instructions in the General Module Installation Instructions section in conjunction with the configuration information in the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Configuration Manual.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-24

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 2.5-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Installation

32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 4 Fibers


To install the modules in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OLA sites with four fibers use the module installation instructions in the General Module Installation Instructions section in conjunction with the configuration information in the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Configuration Manual.

Front-Panel Optical Connections


This section provides the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 2.5-Gbps OLA site configurations.

32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 2 Fibers


Warning

Never install optical cabling in a site while any BATMOD unit is turned ON. Failure to heed this warning will result in an optical safety hazard to personnel and damage to optical equipment.

To install the front-panel optical fiber jumper cables in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OLA sites with two fibers use the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Front Panel Optical Cabling section and the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-8.
Table 3-8 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 2 Fibers

From Shelf Receive 1.1 Receive 1.1 5 RBA OUT 2 RBA OUT West-to-East Slot Module Connector East-to-West

To Shelf 1.1 Transmit 1.1 Transmit 4 PRE-L IN Slot 1 Module PRE-L Connector IN

32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 4 Fibers


Warning

Never install optical cabling in a site while any BATMOD unit is turned ON. Failure to heed this warning will result in an optical safety hazard to personnel and damage to optical equipment.

To install the front-panel optical fiber jumper cables in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OLA sites with four fibers use the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Front Panel Optical Cabling section and the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-9.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-25

Chapter 3 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation

Site Installation

Table 3-9

32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 4 Fibers

From Shelf Receive 1.1 Receive 1.1 Receive 1.2 Receive 1.2 5 RBA OUT 2 RBA OUT West-to-East (Fiber Pair Two) 5 RBA OUT East-to-West (Fiber Pair Two) 2 RBA OUT West-to-East (Fiber Pair One) Slot Module Connector East-to-West (Fiber Pair One)

To Shelf 1.1 Transmit 1.1 Transmit 1.2 Transmit 1.2 Transmit 4 PRE-L IN 1 PRE-L IN 4 PRE-L IN Slot 1 Module PRE-L Connector IN

2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation


This section describes the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connections, module installation instructions, and front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 2.5-Gbps OADM site configurations.

Backplane Optical Connections


This section provides the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 2.5-Gbps OADM site configurations.

32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 4-Channel Add/Drop


Warning

Never install optical cabling in a site while any BATMOD unit is turned ON. Failure to heed this warning will result in an optical safety hazard to personnel and damage to optical equipment.

Caution

Never attempt to install backplane optical cabling with a module installed in the corresponding slot. Failure to heed this caution will result in equipment malfunction due to dispersion loss.

Note

A 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with four channels added and dropped can be configured with either RXT-DM-F and WCM-EM-Fxx transponder modules or RXT-DM-M and WCM-EM-Mxx transponder modules.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-26

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation

To install the backplane optical fiber jumper cables in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OADM sites with four channels added and dropped use the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Backplane Optical Cabling section and the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-10.
Table 3-10 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 4-Channel Add/Drop

From Shelf 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.1 Slot 1 1 1 1 5 9 13 1 5 9 13 1 3 1314 4 4 4 3 7 11 15 3 7 11 15 3 6 1314 Module PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L WCM 09 WCM 11 WCM 13 WCM 15 WCM 17 WCM 19 WCM 21 WCM 23 OADM-P4 BBA LSM-W PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L WCM 09 WCM 11 WCM 13 WCM 15 WCM 17 WCM 19 WCM 21 WCM 23 OADM-P4 BBA LSM-W Connector OPT1-16 OPT1-20 OPT1-24 OPT1-20 OPT5-20 OPT9-20 OPT13-20 OPT1-20 OPT5-20 OPT9-20 OPT13-20 OPT1-20 OPT3-20 OPT13-20 OPT1-16 OPT1-20 OPT1-24 OPT3-20 OPT7-20 OPT11-20 OPT15-20 OPT3-20 OPT7-20 OPT11-20 OPT15-20 OPT3-20 OPT6-20 OPT13-6 East-to-West

To Shelf 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 Slot 1 3 1314 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 6 1314 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 5 2 5 Module OADM-P4 BBA LSM-W OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 RBA RBA RBA OADM-P4 BBA LSM-W OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 RBA RBA RBA Connector OPT1-16 OPT3-16 OPT13-2 OPT1-2 OPT1-6 OPT1-10 OPT1-24 OPT1-2 OPT1-6 OPT1-10 OPT1-24 OPT2-16 OPT2-20 OPT2-24 OPT1-16 OPT3-16 OPT13-16 OPT3-2 OPT3-6 OPT3-10 OPT3-24 OPT3-2 OPT3-6 OPT3-10 OPT3-24 OPT5-16 OPT5-20 OPT5-24

West-to-East

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-27

Chapter 3 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation

Site Installation

32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Blue-Band Demultiplex


Warning

Never install optical cabling in a site while any BATMOD unit is turned ON. Failure to heed this warning will result in an optical safety hazard to personnel and damage to optical equipment.

Caution

Never attempt to install backplane optical cabling with a module installed in the corresponding slot. Failure to heed this caution will result in equipment malfunction due to dispersion loss.

Note

A 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with full blue-band demultiplexing can be configured with either RXT-DM-F and WCM-EM-Fxx transponder modules or RXT-DM-M and WCM-EM-Mxx transponder modules. To install the backplane optical fiber jumper cables in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OADM sites with full blue-band demultiplexing use the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Backplane Optical Cabling section and the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-11.
Table 3-11 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Blue-Band Demultiplex

From Shelf East-to-West 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 OSR-MUX 1.1 1.1 West-to-East 1.1 1.1 1.1 4 4 4 PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L OPT4-16 OPT4-20 OPT4-24 1 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 3 1314 PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L WCM 01 WCM 02 WCM 03 WCM 04 WCM 05 WCM 06 WCM 07 WCM 08 8WM-B TPA-B LSM-W OPT1-16 OPT1-20 OPT1-24 OPT1-20 OPT2-20 OPT3-20 OPT4-20 OPT5-20 OPT6-20 OPT7-20 OPT8-20 OUT OPT3-20 OPT13-20 Slot Module Connector

To Shelf 1.1 1.2 1.1 OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.1 Slot 2 1-2 1314 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 2 5 9-10 1314 Module RBA 8WD-B LSM-W 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B TPA-B RBA RBA RBA 8WD-B LSM-W Connector OPT2-16 OPT1-16 OPT13-2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 OPT3-16 OPT2-20 OPT2-24 OPT5-16 OPT9-16 OPT13-16

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-28

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation

Table 3-11 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Blue-Band Demultiplex (continued)

From Shelf 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 OSR-MUX 1.1 1.1 Slot 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 2 6 1314 Module WCM 01 WCM 02 WCM 03 WCM 04 WCM 05 WCM 06 WCM 07 WCM 08 8WM-B TPA-B LSM-W Connector OPT9-20 OPT10-20 OPT11-20 OPT12-20 OPT13-20 OPT14-20 OPT15-20 OPT16-20 OUT OPT6-20 OPT13-6

To Shelf OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX 1.1 1.1 1.1 Slot 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 6 5 5 Module 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B TPA-B RBA RBA Connector 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 OPT6-16 OPT5-20 OPT5-24

32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Red-Band Demultiplex


Warning

Never install optical cabling in a site while any BATMOD unit is turned ON. Failure to heed this warning will result in an optical safety hazard to personnel and damage to optical equipment.

Caution

Never attempt to install backplane optical cabling with a module installed in the corresponding slot. Failure to heed this caution will result in equipment malfunction due to dispersion loss.

Note

A 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with full red-band demultiplexing can be configured with either RXT-DM-F and WCM-EM-Fxx transponder modules or RXT-DM-M and WCM-EM-Mxx transponder modules. To install the backplane optical fiber jumper cables in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OADM sites with full red-band demultiplexing use the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Backplane Optical Cabling section and the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-12.
Table 3-12 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Red-Band Demultiplex

From Shelf East-to-West 1.1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1 PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L OPT1-16 OPT1-20 OPT1-24 Slot Module Connector

To Shelf 1.2 1.1 1.1 Slot 3-5 3 1314 Module 24WD-R BBA LSM-W Connector OPT3-16 OPT3-16 OPT13-2

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-29

Chapter 3 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation

Site Installation

Table 3-12 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Red-Band Demultiplex (continued)

From Shelf 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 OSR-MUX1 1.1 1.1 West-to-East 1.1 1.1 1.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 4 4 4 9 10 11 12 PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L WCM 09 WCM 10 WCM 11 WCM 12 OPT4-16 OPT4-20 OPT4-24 OPT9-20 OPT10-20 OPT11-20 OPT12-20 Slot 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 5 6 7 8 3 3 1314 Module WCM 09 WCM 10 WCM 11 WCM 12 WCM 13 WCM 14 WCM 15 WCM 16 WCM 17 WCM 18 WCM 19 WCM 20 WCM 21 WCM 22 WCM 23 WCM 24 WCM 25 WCM 26 WCM 27 WCM 28 WCM 29 WCM 30 WCM 31 WCM 32 24WM-R BBA LSM-W Connector OPT1-20 OPT2-20 OPT3-20 OPT4-20 OPT1-20 OPT2-20 OPT3-20 OPT4-20 OPT5-20 OPT6-20 OPT7-20 OPT8-20 OPT9-20 OPT10-20 OPT11-20 OPT12-20 OPT13-20 OPT14-20 OPT15-20 OPT16-20 OPT5-20 OPT6-20 OPT7-20 OPT8-20 OUT OPT3-20 OPT13-20

To Shelf OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.1 1.1 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 Slot 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 12-14 6 1314 3 3 3 3 Module 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R TPA-R TPA-R TPA-R 24WD-R BBA LSM-W 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R Connector 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 OPT2-16 OPT2-20 OPT2-24 OPT12-16 OPT6-16 OPT13-16 9 10 11 12

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-30

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation

Table 3-12 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Red-Band Demultiplex (continued)

From Shelf 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 1.1 OSR-MUX2 1.1 1.1 Slot 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 13 14 15 16 6 3 6 1314 Module WCM 13 WCM 14 WCM 15 WCM 16 WCM 17 WCM 18 WCM 19 WCM 20 WCM 21 WCM 22 WCM 23 WCM 24 WCM 25 WCM 26 WCM 27 WCM 28 WCM 29 WCM 30 WCM 31 WCM 32 BBA 24WM-R BBA LSM-W Connector OPT1-20 OPT2-20 OPT3-20 OPT4-20 OPT5-20 OPT6-20 OPT7-20 OPT8-20 OPT9-20 OPT10-20 OPT11-20 OPT12-20 OPT13-20 OPT14-20 OPT15-20 OPT16-20 OPT13-20 OPT14-20 OPT15-20 OPT16-20 OPT6-20 OUT OPT6-20 OPT13-6

To Shelf OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 Slot 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 2 5 Module 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R TPA-R TPA-R TPA-R TPA-R Connector 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 OPT5-20 OPT5-16 OPT2-20 OPT5-24

Module Installation Instructions


This section provides the module installation instructions for the 2.5-Gbps OADM site configurations.

32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 4-Channel Add/Drop


Note

A 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with four channels added and dropped can be configured with either RXT-DM-F and WCM-EM-Fxx transponder modules or RXT-DM-M and WCM-EM-Mxx transponder modules.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-31

Chapter 3 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation

Site Installation

To install the modules in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OADM sites with four channels added and dropped use the module installation instructions in the General Module Installation Instructions section in conjunction with the configuration information in the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Configuration Manual.

32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Blue-Band Demultiplex


Note

A 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with full blue-band demultiplexing can be configured with either RXT-DM-F and WCM-EM-Fxx transponder modules or RXT-DM-M and WCM-EM-Mxx transponder modules. To install the modules in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OADM sites with full blue-band demultiplexing use the module installation instructions in the General Module Installation Instructions section in conjunction with the configuration information in the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Configuration Manual.

32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Red-Band Demultiplex


Note

A 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with full red-band demultiplexing can be configured with either RXT-DM-F and WCM-EM-Fxx transponder modules or RXT-DM-M and WCM-EM-Mxx transponder modules. To install the modules in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OADM sites with full red-band demultiplexing use the module installation instructions in the General Module Installation Instructions section in conjunction with the configuration information in the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Configuration Manual.

Front-Panel Optical Connections


This section provides the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 2.5-Gbps OADM site configurations.

32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 4-Channel Add/Drop


Warning

Never install optical cabling in a site while any BATMOD unit is turned ON. Failure to heed this warning will result in an optical safety hazard to personnel and damage to optical equipment.

Note

A 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with four channels added and dropped can be configured with either RXT-DM-F and WCM-EM-Fxx transponder modules or RXT-DM-M and WCM-EM-Mxx transponder modules. To install the front-panel optical fiber jumper cables in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OADM sites with four channels added and dropped use the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Front Panel Optical Cabling section and the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-13.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-32

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation

Table 3-13 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 4-Channel Add/Drop

From Shelf Receive 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1 1 1 1 2 6 10 14 1 1 1 1 2 6 10 14 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 RXT 09 RXT 11 RXT 13 RXT 15 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 RXT 17 RXT 19 RXT 21 RXT 23 OUT 9 OUT 11 OUT 13 OUT 15 OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT 17 OUT 19 OUT 21 OUT 23 OUT OUT OUT OUT Slot Module Connector East-to-West

To Shelf 1.1 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 ADA OUT 1.2 1 5 9 13 1 5 9 13 1 5 9 13 1 5 9 13 2 WCM 09 WCM 11 WCM 13 WCM 15 WCM 09 WCM 11 WCM 13 WCM 15 WCM 17 WCM 19 WCM 21 WCM 23 WCM 17 WCM 19 WCM 21 WCM 23 ADA IN L IN L IN L IN L IN H IN H IN H IN H IN L IN L IN L IN L IN H IN H IN H IN H IN 2 2 6 10 14 RXT 17 RXT 19 RXT 21 RXT 23 IN IN IN IN Slot 1 2 6 10 14 Module PRE-L RXT 09 RXT 11 RXT 13 RXT 15 Connector IN IN IN IN IN

SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm 1.2 1 OADM-P4

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-33

Chapter 3 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation

Site Installation

Table 3-13 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 4-Channel Add/Drop (continued)

From Shelf 1.2 1.1 Receive 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 3 3 3 1 4 8 12 16 3 3 3 1 4 8 12 16 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 RXT 09 RXT 11 RXT 13 RXT 15 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 RXT 17 RXT 19 RXT 21 RXT 23 OUT 9 OUT 11 OUT 13 OUT 15 OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT 17 OUT 19 OUT 21 OUT 23 OUT OUT OUT OUT Slot 2 2 Module ADA RBA Connector OUT 2 OUT

To Shelf 1.2 Transmit 1.1 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 3 7 11 15 3 7 11 15 3 7 11 15 3 7 11 WCM 09 WCM 11 WCM 13 WCM 15 WCM 09 WCM 11 WCM 13 WCM 15 WCM 17 WCM 19 WCM 21 WCM 23 WCM 17 WCM 19 WCM 21 IN L IN L IN L IN L IN H IN H IN H IN H IN L IN L IN L IN L IN H IN H IN H 4 8 12 16 RXT 17 RXT 19 RXT 21 RXT 23 IN IN IN IN 4 4 8 12 16 PRE-L RXT 09 RXT 11 RXT 13 RXT 15 IN IN IN IN IN Slot 1 Module OADM-P4 Connector ADA IN

West-to-East

SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-34

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation

Table 3-13 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 4-Channel Add/Drop (continued)

From Shelf 1.2 1.2 1.1 Slot 3 2 5 Module OADM-P4 ADA RBA Connector ADA OUT OUT 1 OUT SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm

To Shelf 1.3 1.2 1.2 Transmit Slot 15 2 3 Module WCM 23 ADA OADM-P4 Connector IN H IN 1 ADA IN

32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Blue-Band Demultiplex


Note

Never install optical cabling in a site while any BATMOD unit is turned ON. Failure to heed this warning will result in an optical safety hazard to personnel and damage to optical equipment.

Note

A 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with full blue-band demultiplexing can be configured with either RXT-DM-F and WCM-EM-Fxx transponder modules or RXT-DM-M and WCM-EM-Mxx transponder modules. To install the front-panel optical fiber jumper cables in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OADM sites with full blue-band demultiplexing use the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Front Panel Optical Cabling section and the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-14.
Table 3-14 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Blue-Band Demultiplex

From Shelf Receive 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1 2 3 4 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B RXT 01 RXT 02 RXT 03 RXT 04 OUT 1 OUT 2 OUT 3 OUT 4 OUT 5 OUT 6 OUT 7 OUT 8 OUT OUT OUT OUT Slot Module Connector East-to-West

To Shelf 1.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE Slot 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Module PRE-L RXT 01 RXT 02 RXT 03 RXT 04 RXT 05 RXT 06 RXT 07 RXT 08 Connector IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-35

Chapter 3 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation

Site Installation

Table 3-14 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Blue-Band Demultiplex (continued)

From Shelf 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 Slot 5 6 7 8 Module RXT 05 RXT 06 RXT 07 RXT 08 Connector OUT OUT OUT OUT

To Shelf OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 OUT Transmit 1.1 910 910 910 910 910 910 910 910 9 10 11 12 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B RXT 01 RXT 02 RXT 03 RXT 04 OUT 1 OUT 2 OUT 3 OUT 4 OUT 5 OUT 6 OUT 7 OUT 8 OUT OUT OUT OUT 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE 4 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 PRE-L RXT 01 RXT 02 RXT 03 RXT 04 RXT 05 RXT 06 RXT 07 RXT 08 IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 WCM 01 WCM 02 WCM 03 WCM 04 WCM 05 WCM 06 WCM 07 WCM 08 WCM 01 WCM 02 WCM 03 WCM 04 WCM 05 WCM 06 WCM 07 WCM 08 IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H Slot Module Connector

SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm 1.1 Receive 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2 RBA West-to-East

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-36

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation

Table 3-14 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Blue-Band Demultiplex (continued)

From Shelf 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 Slot 13 14 15 16 Module RXT 05 RXT 06 RXT 07 RXT 08 Connector OUT OUT OUT OUT

To Shelf OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 OUT Transmit 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 WCM 01 WCM 02 WCM 03 WCM 04 WCM 05 WCM 06 WCM 07 WCM 08 WCM 01 WCM 02 WCM 03 WCM 04 WCM 05 WCM 06 WCM 07 WCM 08 IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H Slot Module Connector

SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm 1.1 5 RBA

32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Red-Band Demultiplex


Warning

Never install optical cabling in a site while any BATMOD unit is turned ON. Failure to heed this warning will result in an optical safety hazard to personnel and damage to optical equipment.

Note

A 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with full red-band demultiplexing can be configured with either RXT-DM-F and WCM-EM-Fxx transponder modules or RXT-DM-M and WCM-EM-Mxx transponder modules. To install the front-panel optical fiber jumper cables in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel OADM sites with full red-band demultiplexing use the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Front Panel Optical Cabling section and the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-15.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-37

Chapter 3 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation

Site Installation

Table 3-15 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Red-Band Demultiplex

From Shelf Receive 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R RXT 09 RXT 10 RXT 11 RXT 12 RXT 13 RXT 14 RXT 15 RXT 16 RXT 17 OUT 9 OUT 10 OUT 11 OUT 12 OUT 13 OUT 14 OUT 15 OUT 16 OUT 17 OUT 18 OUT 19 OUT 20 OUT 21 OUT 22 OUT 23 OUT 24 OUT 25 OUT 26 OUT 27 OUT 28 OUT 29 OUT 30 OUT 31 OUT 32 OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT Slot Module Connector East-to-West

To Shelf 1.1 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 1.2 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE Slot 1 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 9 5 6 7 8 Module PRE-L RXT 09 RXT 10 RXT 11 RXT 12 RXT 13 RXT 14 RXT 15 RXT 16 RXT 17 RXT 18 RXT 19 RXT 20 RXT 21 RXT 22 RXT 23 RXT 24 RXT 25 RXT 26 RXT 27 RXT 28 RXT 29 RXT 30 RXT 31 RXT 32 Connector IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-38

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation

Table 3-15 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Red-Band Demultiplex (continued)

From Shelf 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 1.2 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 Slot 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 9 5 6 7 8 Module RXT 18 RXT 19 RXT 20 RXT 21 RXT 22 RXT 23 RXT 24 RXT 25 RXT 26 RXT 27 RXT 28 RXT 29 RXT 30 RXT 31 RXT 32 Connector OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT

To Shelf OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 WCM 09 WCM 10 WCM 11 WCM 12 WCM 13 WCM 14 WCM 15 WCM 16 WCM 17 WCM 18 WCM 19 WCM 20 WCM 21 WCM 22 WCM 23 WCM 24 WCM 25 WCM 26 WCM 27 WCM 28 IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L Slot Module Connector

SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-39

Chapter 3 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation

Site Installation

Table 3-15 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Red-Band Demultiplex (continued)

From Shelf Slot Module Connector SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm 1.1 Receive 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1214 1214 1214 1214 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R OUT 9 OUT 10 OUT 11 OUT 12 2 TPA-R OUT West-to-East

To Shelf 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 Transmit 1.1 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 4 9 10 11 12 PRE-L RXT 09 RXT 10 RXT 11 RXT 12 IN IN IN IN IN Slot 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 5 6 7 8 Module WCM 29 WCM 30 WCM 31 WCM 32 WCM 09 WCM 10 WCM 11 WCM 12 WCM 13 WCM 14 WCM 15 WCM 16 WCM 17 WCM 18 WCM 19 WCM 20 WCM 21 WCM 22 WCM 23 WCM 24 WCM 25 WCM 26 WCM 27 WCM 28 WCM 29 WCM 30 WCM 31 WCM 32 Connector IN L IN L IN L IN L IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-40

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation

Table 3-15 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Red-Band Demultiplex (continued)

From Shelf 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 Slot 1214 1214 1214 1214 1214 1214 1214 1214 1214 1214 1214 1214 1214 1214 1214 1214 1214 1214 1214 1214 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Module 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R RXT 09 RXT 10 RXT 11 RXT 12 RXT 13 RXT 14 RXT 15 RXT 16 RXT 17 RXT 18 RXT 19 RXT 20 RXT 21 RXT 22 RXT 23 Connector OUT 13 OUT 14 OUT 15 OUT 16 OUT 17 OUT 18 OUT 19 OUT 20 OUT 21 OUT 22 OUT 23 OUT 24 OUT 25 OUT 26 OUT 27 OUT 28 OUT 29 OUT 30 OUT 31 OUT 32 OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT

To Shelf 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE Slot 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 13 14 15 16 Module RXT 13 RXT 14 RXT 15 RXT 16 RXT 17 RXT 18 RXT 19 RXT 20 RXT 21 RXT 22 RXT 23 RXT 24 RXT 25 RXT 26 RXT 27 RXT 28 RXT 29 RXT 30 RXT 31 RXT 32 Connector IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-41

Chapter 3 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation

Site Installation

Table 3-15 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Red-Band Demultiplex (continued)

From Shelf 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 Slot 12 13 14 15 16 13 14 15 16 Module RXT 24 RXT 25 RXT 26 RXT 27 RXT 28 RXT 29 RXT 30 RXT 31 RXT 32 Connector OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT

To Shelf OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 13 14 15 16 9 10 WCM 09 WCM 10 WCM 11 WCM 12 WCM 13 WCM 14 WCM 15 WCM 16 WCM 17 WCM 18 WCM 19 WCM 20 WCM 21 WCM 22 WCM 23 WCM 24 WCM 25 WCM 26 WCM 27 WCM 28 WCM 29 WCM 30 WCM 31 WCM 32 WCM 09 WCM 10 IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN L IN H IN H Slot Module Connector

SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1300 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-42

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 2.5-Gbps Regeneration Site Installation

Table 3-15 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Red-Band Demultiplex (continued)

From Shelf Slot Module Connector SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm 1.1 5 TPA-R OUT

To Shelf 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 Transmit Slot 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 13 14 15 16 Module WCM 11 WCM 12 WCM 13 WCM 14 WCM 15 WCM 16 WCM 17 WCM 18 WCM 19 WCM 20 WCM 21 WCM 22 WCM 23 WCM 24 WCM 25 WCM 26 WCM 27 WCM 28 WCM 29 WCM 30 WCM 31 WCM 32 Connector IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H IN H

2.5-Gbps Regeneration Site Installation


This section describes the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connections, module installation instructions, and front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 2.5-Gbps regeneration site configurations.

Backplane Optical Connections


This section provides the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 2.5-Gbps 32-channel red and blue Band regeneration site.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-43

Chapter 3 2.5-Gbps Regeneration Site Installation

Site Installation

Warning

Never install optical cabling in a site while any BATMOD unit is turned ON. Failure to heed this warning will result in an optical safety hazard to personnel and damage to optical equipment.

Caution

Never attempt to install backplane optical cabling with a module installed in the corresponding slot. Failure to heed this caution will result in equipment malfunction due to dispersion loss.

Note

A 2.5-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band regeneration site can be configured with either LEM-EM-Fxx or LEM-EM-Mxx transponder modules.

Note

Links that have span section losses greater than 28 dB need a BBA-10G installed between the PRE-L module and the 8WD-B module. Refer to the 10-Gbps installation procedures. To install the backplane optical fiber jumper cables in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band regeneration sites use the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Backplane Optical Cabling section and the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-16.
Table 3-16 32-Channel Red and Blue Band Regeneration Site

From Shelf East-to-West 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 3 3 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L LEM 01 LEM 02 LEM 03 LEM 04 LEM 05 LEM 06 LEM 07 LEM 08 LEM 09 LEM 10 LEM 11 LEM 12 LEM 13 LEM 14 OPT3-16 OPT3-20 OPT3-24 OPT1-20 OPT2-20 OPT3-20 OPT4-20 OPT5-20 OPT6-20 OPT7-20 OPT8-20 OPT9-20 OPT10-20 OPT11-20 OPT12-20 OPT13-20 OPT14-20 Slot Module Connector

To Shelf 2.1 2.1 1.1 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 Slot 46 78 1314 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 Module 24WD-R 8WD-B LSM-W 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R Connector OPT4-16 OPT7-16 OPT13-2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-44

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 2.5-Gbps Regeneration Site Installation

Table 3-16 32-Channel Red and Blue Band Regeneration Site (continued)

From Shelf 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 1.1 1.1 West-to-East 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 3 3 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L LEM 01 LEM 02 LEM 03 LEM 04 LEM 05 LEM 06 LEM 07 LEM 08 LEM 09 OPT3-16 OPT3-20 OPT3-24 OPT1-20 OPT2-20 OPT3-20 OPT4-20 OPT5-20 OPT6-20 OPT7-20 OPT8-20 OPT9-20 Slot 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 2 3 2 1314 Module LEM 15 LEM 16 LEM 17 LEM 18 LEM 19 LEM 20 LEM 21 LEM 22 LEM 23 LEM 24 LEM 25 LEM 26 LEM 27 LEM 28 LEM 29 LEM 30 LEM 31 LEM 32 8WM-B 24WM-R TPA-B LSM-W Connector OPT15-20 OPT16-20 OPT1-20 OPT2-20 OPT3-20 OPT4-20 OPT5-20 OPT6-20 OPT7-20 OPT8-20 OPT9-20 OPT10-20 OPT11-20 OPT12-20 OPT13-20 OPT14-20 OPT15-20 OPT16-20 OUT OUT OPT2-20 OPT13-20

To Shelf OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 Slot 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 46 78 1314 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 Module 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R TPA-B TPA-R TPA-R TPA-R 24WD-R 8WD-B LSM-W 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 24WM-R Connector 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 OPT2-16 OPT1-16 OPT1-20 OPT1-24 OPT4-16 OPT7-16 OPT13-16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-45

Chapter 3 2.5-Gbps Regeneration Site Installation

Site Installation

Table 3-16 32-Channel Red and Blue Band Regeneration Site (continued)

From Shelf 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 2.1 1.1 Slot 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 2 3 2 1314 Module LEM 10 LEM 11 LEM 12 LEM 13 LEM 14 LEM 15 LEM 16 LEM 17 LEM 18 LEM 19 LEM 20 LEM 21 LEM 22 LEM 23 LEM 24 LEM 25 LEM 26 LEM 27 LEM 28 LEM 29 LEM 30 LEM 31 LEM 32 8WM-B 24WM-R TPA-B LSM-W Connector OPT10-20 OPT11-20 OPT12-20 OPT13-20 OPT14-20 OPT15-20 OPT16-20 OPT1-20 OPT2-20 OPT3-20 OPT4-20 OPT5-20 OPT6-20 OPT7-20 OPT8-20 OPT9-20 OPT10-20 OPT11-20 OPT12-20 OPT13-20 OPT14-20 OPT15-20 OPT16-20 OUT OUT OPT2-20 OPT13-6

To Shelf OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 Slot 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 Module 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R TPA-B TPA-R TPA-R TPA-R Connector 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 OPT2-16 OPT1-16 OPT1-20 OPT1-24

Module Installation Instructions


This section provides the module installation instructions for the 2.5-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band regeneration site.

Note

A 2.5-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band regeneration site can be configured with either LEM-EM-Fxx or LEM-EM-Mxx transponder modules.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-46

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 2.5-Gbps Regeneration Site Installation

To install the modules in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band regeneration sites use the module installation instructions in the General Module Installation Instructions section in conjunction with the configuration information in the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Configuration Manual.

Front-Panel Optical Connections


This section provides the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 2.5-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band regeneration site.

Warning

Never install optical cabling in a site while any BATMOD unit is turned ON. Failure to heed this warning will result in an optical safety hazard to personnel and damage to optical equipment.

Note

A 2.5-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band regeneration site can be configured with either LEM-EM-Fxx or LEM-EM-Mxx transponder modules. To install the front-panel optical fiber jumper cables in 2.5-Gbps 32-channel red and blue band regeneration sites use the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Front Panel Optical Cabling section and the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection information inTable 3-17.
Table 3-17 32-Channel Red and Blue Band Regeneration Site

From Shelf Receive 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R OUT 1 OUT 2 OUT 3 OUT 4 OUT 5 OUT 6 OUT 7 OUT 8 OUT 9 OUT 10 OUT 11 OUT 12 OUT 13 OUT 14 OUT 15 OUT 16 Slot Module Connector East-to-West

To Shelf 2.1 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 Slot 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Module PRE-L LEM 01 LEM 02 LEM 03 LEM 04 LEM 05 LEM 06 LEM 07 LEM 08 LEM 09 LEM 10 LEM 11 LEM 12 LEM 13 LEM 14 LEM 15 LEM 16 Connector IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-47

Chapter 3 2.5-Gbps Regeneration Site Installation

Site Installation

Table 3-17 32-Channel Red and Blue Band Regeneration Site (continued)

From Shelf 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.1 Receive 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R OUT 1 OUT 2 OUT 3 OUT 4 OUT 5 OUT 6 OUT 7 OUT 8 OUT 9 OUT 10 OUT 11 OUT 12 OUT 13 OUT 14 OUT 15 OUT 16 Slot 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 1 Module 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R TPA-R Connector OUT 17 OUT 18 OUT 19 OUT 20 OUT 21 OUT 22 OUT 23 OUT 24 OUT 25 OUT 26 OUT 27 OUT 28 OUT 29 OUT 30 OUT 31 OUT 32 OUT

To Shelf 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 Transmit 1.1 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 PRE-L LEM 01 LEM 02 LEM 03 LEM 04 LEM 05 LEM 06 LEM 07 LEM 08 LEM 09 LEM 10 LEM 11 LEM 12 LEM 13 LEM 14 LEM 15 LEM 16 IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN Slot 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Module LEM 17 LEM 18 LEM 19 LEM 20 LEM 21 LEM 22 LEM 23 LEM 24 LEM 25 LEM 26 LEM 27 LEM 28 LEM 29 LEM 30 LEM 31 LEM 32 Connector IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN

West-to-East

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-48

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 10-Gbps Terminal Site Installation

Table 3-17 32-Channel Red and Blue Band Regeneration Site (continued)

From Shelf 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 2.1 Slot 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 1 Module 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R 24WD-R TPA-R Connector OUT 17 OUT 18 OUT 19 OUT 20 OUT 21 OUT 22 OUT 23 OUT 24 OUT 25 OUT 26 OUT 27 OUT 28 OUT 29 OUT 30 OUT 31 OUT 32 OUT

To Shelf 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 Transmit Slot 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Module LEM 17 LEM 18 LEM 19 LEM 20 LEM 21 LEM 22 LEM 23 LEM 24 LEM 25 LEM 26 LEM 27 LEM 28 LEM 29 LEM 30 LEM 31 LEM 32 Connector IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN

10-Gbps Terminal Site Installation


This section describes the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection, module installation instructions, and front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 10-Gbps terminal site configurations.

Backplane Optical Connections


This section provides the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 10-Gbps terminal site configurations.

16-Channel Terminal Site Without RXT Modules


Warning

Never install optical cabling in a site while any BATMOD unit is turned ON. Failure to heed this warning will result in an optical safety hazard to personnel and damage to optical equipment.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-49

Chapter 3 10-Gbps Terminal Site Installation

Site Installation

Caution

Never attempt to install backplane optical cabling with a module installed in the corresponding slot. Failure to heed this caution will result in equipment malfunction due to dispersion loss.

Note

A 10-Gbps 16-channel terminal site without RXT modules can only be configured with WCM-10H-Mxx transponder modules.

Note

When delivered, all terminal sites are cabled as east terminal sites. To enable the site to function as a west terminal site, LSM-W module backplane cabling must be modified. To install the backplane optical fiber jumper cables in 10-Gbps 16-channel terminal sites without RXT modules use the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Backplane Optical Cabling section and the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-18.
Table 3-18 16-Channel Terminal Site Without RXT Modules

From Shelf 1.1 1.1 Slot 3 3 Module PRE-L PRE-L Connector OPT3-16 OPT3-24 Receive Direction

To Shelf OSR-DCU 1.1 Slot 1 1314 Module DCU-R LSM-W Connector IN1 East-West OPT13-2 West-East OPT13-16

OSR-DCU 1.1 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1 9 12 34 56 78 910 1112 1314 1516 12 34 56 78 910 1112

DCU-R RBA-10G WCM 13 WCM 14 WCM 15 WCM 16 WCM 17 WCM 18 WCM 19 WCM 20 WCM 21 WCM 22 WCM 23 WCM 24 WCM 25 WCM 26

OUT OPT9-20 OPT1-6 OPT3-6 OPT5-6 OPT7-6 OPT9-6 OPT11-6 OPT13-6 OPT15-6 OPT1-6 OPT3-6 OPT5-6 OPT7-6 OPT9-6 OPT11-6

1.1 1.1 OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX

9 45 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

RBA-10G 24WD-LLR 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R

OPT9-16 OPT4-16 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

Transmit Direction

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-50

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 10-Gbps Terminal Site Installation

Table 3-18 16-Channel Terminal Site Without RXT Modules (continued)

From Shelf 1.2 1.2 OSR-MUX 1.1 Slot 1314 1516 3 1314 Module WCM 27 WCM 28 24WM-R LSM-W Connector OPT13-6 OPT15-6 OUT East-West OPT13-20 West-East OPT13-6

To Shelf OSR-MUX OSR-MUX 1.1 1.1 Slot 3 3 1 1 Module 24WM-R 24WM-R TPA-R TPA-R Connector 27 28 OPT1-16 OPT1-24

1. Refer to cabling procedure in 10-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Backplane Cabling ProceduresEast-to-West section.

32-Channel Terminal Site Without RXT Modules


Warning

Never install optical cabling in a site while any BATMOD unit is turned ON. Failure to heed this warning will result in an optical safety hazard to personnel and damage to optical equipment.

Caution

Never attempt to install backplane optical cabling with a module installed in the corresponding slot. Failure to heed this caution will result in equipment malfunction due to dispersion loss.

Note

A 10-Gbps 32-channel terminal site without RXT modules can be configured with either WCM-10G-Mxx or WCM-10H-Mxx (red-band only) transponder modules.

Note

When delivered, all terminal sites are cabled as east terminal sites. To enable the site to function as a west terminal site, LSM-W module backplane cabling must be modified. To install the backplane optical fiber jumper cables in 10-Gbps 32-channel terminal sites without RXT modules use the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Backplane Optical Cabling section and the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-19.
Table 3-19 32-Channel Terminal Site Without RXT Modules

From Shelf 1.1 1.1 Slot 3 3 Module PRE-L PRE-L Connector OPT3-20 OPT3-16 Receive Direction

To Shelf OSR-DCU OSR-DCU Slot 2 1 Module DCU-B DCU-R Connector IN IN1

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-51

Chapter 3 10-Gbps Terminal Site Installation

Site Installation

Table 3-19 32-Channel Terminal Site Without RXT Modules (continued)

From Shelf 1.1 Slot 3 Module PRE-L Connector OPT3-24

To Shelf 1.1 Slot 1314 Module LSM-W Connector East-West OPT13-2 West-East OPT13-16

OSR-DCU OSR-DCU 2.1 2.1 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

2 1 8 1 12 34 56 78 910 1112 1314 1516 12 34 56 78 12 34 56 78 910 1112 1314 1516 12 34 56 78 910 1112 1314

DCU-B DCU-R BBA-10G RBA-10G WCM 01 WCM 02 WCM 03 WCM 04 WCM 05 WCM 06 WCM 07 WCM 08 WCM 09 WCM 10 WCM 11 WCM 12 WCM 13 WCM 14 WCM 15 WCM 16 WCM 17 WCM 18 WCM 19 WCM 20 WCM 21 WCM 22 WCM 23 WCM 24 WCM 25 WCM 26 WCM 27

OUT OUT OPT8-20 OPT1-20 OPT1-6 OPT3-6 OPT5-6 OPT7-6 OPT9-6 OPT11-6 OPT13-6 OPT15-6 OPT1-6 OPT3-6 OPT5-6 OPT7-6 OPT1-6 OPT3-6 OPT5-6 OPT7-6 OPT9-6 OPT11-6 OPT13-6 OPT15-6 OPT1-6 OPT3-6 OPT5-6 OPT7-6 OPT9-6 OPT11-6 OPT13-6

2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1

8 1 1011 35 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

BBA-10G RBA-10G 8WD-B 24WD-LLR 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R

OPT8-16 OPT1-16 OPT10-16 OPT3-16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

Transmit Direction

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-52

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 10-Gbps Terminal Site Installation

Table 3-19 32-Channel Terminal Site Without RXT Modules (continued)

From Shelf 1.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX1 1.1 1.2 Slot 1516 910 1112 1314 1516 2 3 2 1314 Module WCM 28 WCM 29 WCM 30 WCM 31 WCM 32 8WM-B 24WM-R TPA-B LSM-W Connector OPT15-6 OPT9-6 OPT11-6 OPT13-6 OPT15-6 OUT OUT OPT2-20 East-West OPT13-20 West-East OPT13-6

To Shelf OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 Slot 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 Module 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R TPA-B TPA-R TPA-R TPA-R Connector 28 29 30 31 32 OPT2-16 OPT1-16 OPT1-20 OPT1-24

1. Refer to cabling procedure in the 10-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Backplane Cabling ProceduresEast-to-West section.

32-Channel Terminal Site with RXT Modules


Warning

Never install optical cabling in a site while any BATMOD unit is turned ON. Failure to heed this warning will result in an optical safety hazard to personnel and damage to optical equipment.

Caution

Never attempt to install backplane optical cabling with a module installed in the corresponding slot. Failure to heed this caution will result in equipment malfunction due to dispersion loss.

Note

A 10-Gbps 32-channel terminal site with RXT modules can be configured with either RXT-10G-F and WCM-10G-Fxx transponder modules or RXT-10G-M and WCM-10G-Mxx (or WCM-10H-Mxx [red-band only]) transponder modules.

Note

When delivered, all terminal sites are cabled as east terminal sites. To enable the site to function as a west terminal site, LSM-W module backplane cabling must be modified. To install the backplane optical fiber jumper cables in 10-Gbps 32-channel terminal sites with RXT modules use the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Backplane Optical Cabling section and the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-20.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-53

Chapter 3 10-Gbps Terminal Site Installation

Site Installation

Table 3-20 32-Channel Terminal Site with RXT Modules

From Shelf 1.1 1.1 1.1 Slot 3 3 3 Module PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L Connector OPT3-16 OPT3-20 OPT3-24 Receive Direction

To Shelf OSR-DCU1 OSR-DCU1 1.1 Slot 1 2 1314 Module DCU-R DCU-B LSM-W Connector IN1 IN East-West OPT13-2 West-East OPT13-16

OSR-DCU1 OSR-DCU1 1.1 1.1 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1

1 2 9 10 1-2 5-6 9-10 13-14 1-2 5-6 9-10 13-14 1-2 5-6 9-10 13-14 1-2 5-6 9-10 13-14 1-2 5-6 9-10 13-14 1-2 5-6 9-10

DCU-R DCU-B RBA-10G BBA-10G WCM 01 WCM 02 WCM 03 WCM 04 WCM 05 WCM 06 WCM 07 WCM 08 WCM 09 WCM 10 WCM 11 WCM 12 WCM 13 WCM 14 WCM 15 WCM 16 WCM 17 WCM 18 WCM 19 WCM 20 WCM 21 WCM 22 WCM 23

OUT OUT OPT9-20 OPT10-20 OPT1-6 OPT5-6 OPT9-6 OPT13-6 OPT1-6 OPT5-6 OPT9-6 OPT13-6 OPT1-6 OPT5-6 OPT9-6 OPT13-6 OPT1-6 OPT5-6 OPT9-6 OPT13-6 OPT1-6 OPT5-6 OPT9-6 OPT13-6 OPT1-6 OPT5-6 OPT9-6

1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 OSR-MUX4 OSR-MUX4 OSR-MUX4 OSR-MUX4 OSR-MUX4 OSR-MUX4 OSR-MUX4 OSR-MUX4 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1

9 10 4-6 7-8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

RBA-10G BBA-10G 24WD-LLR 8WD-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R

OPT9-16 OPT10-16 OPT4-16 OPT7-16 IN 1 IN 2 IN 3 IN 4 IN 5 IN 6 IN 7 IN 8 IN 9 IN 10 IN 11 IN 12 IN 13 IN 14 IN 15 IN 16 IN 17 IN 18 IN 19 IN 20 IN 21 IN 22 IN 23

Transmit Direction

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-54

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 10-Gbps Terminal Site Installation

Table 3-20 32-Channel Terminal Site with RXT Modules (continued)

From Shelf 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 OSR-MUX4 OSR-MUX1 TPA-B 1.2 Slot 13-14 1-2 5-6 9-10 13-14 1-2 5-6 9-10 13-14 1 3 2 1314 Module WCM 24 WCM 25 WCM 26 WCM 27 WCM 28 WCM 29 WCM 30 WCM 31 WCM 32 8WM-B 24WM-R TPA-B LSM-W Connector OPT13-6 OPT1-6 OPT5-6 OPT9-6 OPT13-6 OPT1-6 OPT5-6 OPT9-6 OPT13-6 OUT OUT OPT-20 East-West OPT13-20 West-East OPT13-6

To Shelf OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 Slot 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 Module 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R TPA-B TPA-R TPA-R TPA-R Connector IN 24 IN 25 IN 26 IN 27 IN 28 IN 29 IN 30 IN 31 IN 32 OPT2-16 OPT1-16 OPT1-20 OPT1-24

1. Refer to cabling procedure in the 10-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Backplane Cabling ProceduresEast-to-West section.

Module Installation Instructions


This section provides the module installation instructions for the 10-Gbps terminal site configurations.

16-Channel Terminal Site Without RXT Modules


Note

A 10-Gbps 16-channel terminal site without RXT modules can be configured with either WCM-10G-Mxx or WCM-10H-Mxx transponder modules. To install the modules in 10-Gbps 16-channel terminal sites without RXT modules use the module installation instructions in the General Module Installation Instructions section in conjunction with the configuration information in the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Configuration Manual.

32-Channel Terminal Site Without RXT Modules


Note

A 10-Gbps 32-channel terminal site without RXT modules can be configured with either WCM-10G-Mxx or WCM-10H-Mxx transponder modules.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-55

Chapter 3 10-Gbps Terminal Site Installation

Site Installation

To install the modules in 10-Gbps 32-channel terminal sites without RXT modules use the module installation instructions in the General Module Installation Instructions section in conjunction with the configuration information in the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Configuration Manual.

32-Channel Terminal Site with RXT Modules


Note

A 10-Gbps 32-channel terminal site with RXT modules can be configured with either RXT-10G-F and WCM-10G-Fxx transponder modules or RXT-10G-M and WCM-10G-Mxx (or WCM-10H-Mxx) transponder modules. To install the modules in 10-Gbps 32-channel terminal sites with RXT modules use the module installation instructions in the General Module Installation Instructions section in conjunction with the configuration information in the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Configuration Manual.

Front-Panel Optical Connections


This section provides the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 10-Gbps terminal site configurations.

16-Channel Terminal Site Without RXT Modules


Warning

Never install optical cabling in a site while any BATMOD unit is turned ON. Failure to heed this warning will result in an optical safety hazard to personnel and damage to optical equipment.

Note

A 10-Gbps 16-channel terminal site without RXT modules can be configured with either WCM-10G-Mxx or WCM-10H-Mxx transponder modules. To install the front-panel optical fiber jumper cables in 10-Gbps 16-channel terminal sites without RXT modules use the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Front Panel Optical Cabling section and the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-21.
Table 3-21 16-Channel Terminal Site Without RXT Modules

From Shelf Receive 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 45 45 45 45 45 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR OUT 13 OUT 14 OUT 15 OUT 16 OUT 17 Slot Module Connector Receive Direction

To Shelf 1.1 OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE Slot 3 Module PRE-L Connector IN

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-56

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 10-Gbps Terminal Site Installation

Table 3-21 16-Channel Terminal Site Without RXT Modules (continued)

From Shelf 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 Slot 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 Module 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR Connector OUT 18 OUT 19 OUT 20 OUT 21 OUT 22 OUT 23 OUT 24 OUT 25 OUT 26 OUT 27 OUT 28

To Shelf OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 OUT Transmit 12 34 56 78 910 1112 1314 1516 12 34 56 78 910 1112 1314 1516 WCM 13 WCM 14 WCM 15 WCM 16 WCM 17 WCM 18 WCM 19 WCM 20 WCM 21 WCM 22 WCM 23 WCM 24 WCM 25 WCM 26 WCM 27 WCM 28 IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN Slot Module Connector

Transmit Direction SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm 1.1 1 TPA-R

32-Channel Terminal Site Without RXT Modules


Warning

Never install optical cabling in a site while any BATMOD unit is turned ON. Failure to heed this warning will result in an optical safety hazard to personnel and damage to optical equipment.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-57

Chapter 3 10-Gbps Terminal Site Installation

Site Installation

Note

A 10-Gbps 32-channel terminal site without RXT modules can be configured with either WCM-10G-Mxx or WCM-10H-Mxx (red-band only) transponder modules. To install the front-panel optical fiber jumper cables in 10-Gbps 32-channel terminal sites without RXT modules use the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Front Panel Optical Cabling section and the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-22.
Table 3-22 32-Channel Terminal Site Without RXT Modules

From Shelf Receive 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1011 1011 1011 1011 1011 1011 1011 1011 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR OUT 1 OUT 2 OUT 3 OUT 4 OUT 5 OUT 6 OUT 7 OUT 8 OUT 9 OUT 10 OUT 11 OUT 12 OUT 13 OUT 14 OUT 15 OUT 16 OUT 17 OUT 18 OUT 19 OUT 20 OUT 21 OUT 22 OUT 23 OUT 24 OUT 25 OUT 26 OUT 27 Slot Module Connector Receive Direction

To Shelf 1.1 OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE Slot 3 Module PRE-L Connector IN

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-58

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 10-Gbps Terminal Site Installation

Table 3-22 32-Channel Terminal Site Without RXT Modules (continued)

From Shelf 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 Slot 35 35 35 35 35 Module 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR Connector OUT 28 OUT 29 OUT 30 OUT 31 OUT 32

To Shelf OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.2 12 34 56 78 910 1112 1314 1516 12 34 56 78 12 34 56 78 910 1112 1314 1516 12 34 56 78 910 1112 1314 1516 910 WCM 01 WCM 02 WCM 03 WCM 04 WCM 05 WCM 06 WCM 07 WCM 08 WCM 09 WCM 10 WCM 11 WCM 12 WCM 13 WCM 14 WCM 15 WCM 16 WCM 17 WCM 18 WCM 19 WCM 20 WCM 21 WCM 22 WCM 23 WCM 24 WCM 25 WCM 26 WCM 27 WCM 28 WCM 29 IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN Slot Module Connector

Transmit Direction SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-59

Chapter 3 10-Gbps Terminal Site Installation

Site Installation

Table 3-22 32-Channel Terminal Site Without RXT Modules (continued)

From Shelf Slot Module Connector SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm 1.1 1 TPA-R OUT

To Shelf 2.2 2.2 2.2 Transmit Slot 1112 1314 1516 Module WCM 30 WCM 31 WCM 32 Connector IN IN IN

32-Channel Terminal Site with RXT Modules


Warning

Never install optical cabling in a site while any BATMOD unit is turned ON. Failure to heed this warning will result in an optical safety hazard to personnel and damage to optical equipment.

Note

A 10-Gbps 32-channel terminal site with RXT modules can be configured with either RXT-10G-F and WCM-10G-Fxx transponder modules or RXT-10G-M and WCM-10G-Mxx (or WCM-10H-Mxx [red-band only]) transponder modules. To install the front-panel optical fiber jumper cables in 10-Gbps 32-channel terminal sites with RXT modules use the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Front Panel Optical Cabling section and the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-23.
Table 3-23 32-Channel Terminal Site with RXT Modules

From Shelf Receive 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 7-8 7-8 7-8 7-8 7-8 7-8 7-8 7-8 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR OUT 1 OUT 2 OUT 3 OUT 4 OUT 5 OUT 6 OUT 7 OUT 8 OUT 9 OUT 10 OUT 11 OUT 12 OUT 13 Slot Module Connector Receive Direction

To Shelf 1.1 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 1.3 Slot 3 3-4 7-8 11-12 15-16 3-4 7-8 11-12 15-16 3-4 7-8 11-12 15-16 3-4 Module PRE-L RXT 01 RXT 02 RXT 03 RXT 04 RXT 05 RXT 06 RXT 07 RXT 08 RXT 09 RXT 10 RXT 11 RXT 12 RXT 13 Connector IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-60

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 10-Gbps Terminal Site Installation

Table 3-23 32-Channel Terminal Site with RXT Modules (continued)

From Shelf 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 Slot 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 3-4 7-8 11-12 15-16 3-4 7-8 11-12 15-16 3-4 7-8 11-12 15-16 3-4 7-8 11-12 15-16 Module 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR RXT 01 RXT 02 RXT 03 RXT 04 RXT 05 RXT 06 RXT 07 RXT 08 RXT 09 RXT 10 RXT 11 RXT 12 RXT 13 RXT 14 RXT 15 RXT 16 Connector OUT 14 OUT 15 OUT 16 OUT 17 OUT 18 OUT 19 OUT 20 OUT 21 OUT 22 OUT 23 OUT 24 OUT 25 OUT 26 OUT 27 OUT 28 OUT 29 OUT 30 OUT 31 OUT 32 OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT

To Shelf 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE Slot 7-8 11-12 15-16 3-4 7-8 11-12 15-16 3-4 7-8 11-12 15-16 3-4 7-8 11-12 15-16 3-4 7-8 11-12 15-16 Module RXT 14 RXT 15 RXT 16 RXT 17 RXT 18 RXT 19 RXT 20 RXT 21 RXT 22 RXT 23 RXT 24 RXT 25 RXT 26 RXT 27 RXT 28 RXT 29 RXT 30 RXT 31 RXT 32 Connector IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-61

Chapter 3 10-Gbps Terminal Site Installation

Site Installation

Table 3-23 32-Channel Terminal Site with RXT Modules (continued)

From Shelf 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 Slot 3-4 7-8 11-12 15-16 3-4 7-8 11-12 15-16 3-4 7-8 11-12 15-16 3-4 7-8 11-12 15-16 Module RXT 17 RXT 18 RXT 19 RXT 20 RXT 21 RXT 22 RXT 23 RXT 24 RXT 25 RXT 26 RXT 27 RXT 28 RXT 29 RXT 30 RXT 31 RXT 32 Connector OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT

To Shelf OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1-2 5-6 9-10 13-14 1-2 5-6 9-10 13-14 1-2 5-6 9-10 13-14 1-2 5-6 9-10 13-14 1-2 5-6 WCM 01 WCM 02 WCM 03 WCM 04 WCM 05 WCM 06 WCM 07 WCM 08 WCM 09 WCM 10 WCM 11 WCM 12 WCM 13 WCM 14 WCM 15 WCM 16 WCM 17 WCM 18 IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN Slot Module Connector

Transmit Direction SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-62

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 10-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Installation

Table 3-23 32-Channel Terminal Site with RXT Modules (continued)

From Shelf Slot Module Connector SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm 1.1 1 TPA-R OUT

To Shelf 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 Transmit Slot 9-10 13-14 1-2 5-6 9-10 13-14 1-2 5-6 9-10 13-14 1-2 5-6 9-10 13-14 Module WCM 19 WCM 20 WCM 21 WCM 22 WCM 23 WCM 24 WCM 25 WCM 26 WCM 27 WCM 28 WCM 29 WCM 30 WCM 31 WCM 32 Connector IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN

10-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Installation


This section describes the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connections, module installation instructions, and front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 10-Gbps OLA site configurations.

Backplane Optical Connections


This section provides the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 10-Gbps OLA site configurations.

32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 2 Fibers


Warning

Never install optical cabling in a site while any BATMOD unit is turned ON. Failure to heed this warning will result in an optical safety hazard to personnel and damage to optical equipment.

Caution

Never attempt to install backplane optical cabling with a module installed in the corresponding slot. Failure to heed this caution will result in equipment malfunction due to dispersion loss.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-63

Chapter 3 10-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Installation

Site Installation

To install the backplane optical fiber jumper cables in 10-Gbps 32-channel OLA sites with two fibers use the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Backplane Optical Cabling section and the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-24.
Table 3-24 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 2 Fibers

From Shelf East-to-West 1.1 1.1 1.1 OSR-DCU2 OSR-DCU1 1.1 1.1 West-to-East 1.1 1.1 1.1 OSR-DCU2 OSR-DCU1 1.1 1.1 4 4 4 2 2 6 1314 PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L DCU-B DCU-R BBA LSM-W OPT4-16 OPT4-20 OPT4-24 OUT OUT OPT6-20 OPT2-6 1 1 1 1 1 3 1314 PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L DCU-B DCU-R BBA LSM-W OPT1-16 OPT1-20 OPT1-24 OUT OUT OPT3-20 OPT2-20 Slot Module Connector

To Shelf OSR-DCU1 OSR-DCU2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 OSR-DCU1 OSR-DCU2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 Slot 1 1 1314 3 2 2 2 2 2 1314 6 5 5 5 Module DCU-R DCU-B LSM-W BBA RBA RBA RBA DCU-R DCU-B LSM-W BBA RBA RBA RBA Connector IN1 IN OPT13-2 OPT3-16 OPT2-16 OPT2-20 OPT2-24 IN1 IN OPT13-16 OPT6-16 OPT5-16 OPT5-20 OPT5-24

1. Refer to cabling procedure in the 10-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Backplane Cabling ProceduresEast-to-West section.

10-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Backplane Cabling ProceduresEast-to-West


Cable as follows if a GFF-R or attenuators ARE NOT required between the PRE-L module and RBA-10G module:

Connect the PRE-L module OUT port (red band) to the DCU-R module IN port with an E-2000 non-attenuated patchcord. Connect the PRE-L module OUT port (red band) OPTxx-16 to the GFF-R Adapter IN connector using E-2000 non-attenuated patchcord. Connect the GFF-R Adapter OUT connector to the DCU-R IN port using the GFF-R patchcord or the properly attenuated patchcord.

Cable as follows if the GFF-R or attenuators ARE required:


Cable as follows if both the GFF-R and attenuators are required:


Step 1

Connect the PRE-L module OUT port (red band) OPTxx-16 to the first GFF-R Adapter IN connector using an E-2000 non-attenuated patchcord.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-64

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 10-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Installation

Step 2 Step 3

Connect the first GFF-R Adapter OUT connector to the second GFF-R Adapter IN connector using an E-2000 attenuated patchcord. Connect the second GFF-R Adapter OUT connector to the DCU-R module the GFF-R patchcord.

10-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Backplane Cabling ProceduresWest-to-East


Repeat the procedures used for East-to-West with West-to-East modules.

32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 4 Fibers


Warning

Never install optical cabling in a site while any BATMOD unit is turned ON. Failure to heed this warning will result in an optical safety hazard to personnel and damage to optical equipment.

Caution

Never attempt to install backplane optical cabling with a module installed in the corresponding slot. Failure to heed this caution will result in equipment malfunction due to dispersion loss. To install the backplane optical fiber jumper cables in 10-Gbps 32-channel OLA sites with four fibers use the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Backplane Optical Cabling section and the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-25.
Table 3-25 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 4 Fibers

From Shelf 1.1 1.1 1.1 OSR-DCU2 OSR-DCU1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 OSR-DCU2 OSR-DCU1 1.1 1.1 Slot 1 1 1 1 1 3 1314 4 4 4 2 2 6 1314 Module PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L DCU-B DCU-R BBA LSM-W PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L DCU-B DCU-R BBA LSM-W Connector OPT1-16 OPT1-20 OPT1-24 OUT OUT OPT3-20 OPT2-20 OPT4-16 OPT4-20 OPT4-24 OUT OUT OPT6-20 OPT2-6 East-to-West (Fiber Pair One)

To Shelf OSR-DCU1 OSR-DCU2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 OSR-DCU1 OSR-DCU2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 Slot 1 1 1314 3 2 2 2 2 2 1314 6 5 5 5 Module DCU-R DCU-B LSM-W BBA RBA RBA RBA DCU-R DCU-B LSM-W BBA RBA RBA RBA Connector IN1 IN OPT13-2 OPT3-16 OPT2-16 OPT2-20 OPT2-24 IN1 IN OPT13-16 OPT6-16 OPT5-16 OPT5-20 OPT5-24

West-to-East (Fiber Pair One)

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-65

Chapter 3 10-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Installation

Site Installation

Table 3-25 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 4 Fibers (continued)

From Shelf 1.2 1.2 1.2 OSR-DCU5 OSR-DCU4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 OSR-DCU5 OSR-DCU4 1.2 1.2 Slot 1 1 1 1 1 3 1314 4 4 4 2 2 6 1314 Module PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L DCU-B DCU-R BBA LSM-W PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L DCU-B DCU-R BBA LSM-W Connector OPT1-16 OPT1-20 OPT1-24 OUT OUT OPT3-20 OPT2-20 OPT4-16 OPT4-20 OPT4-24 OUT OUT OPT6-20 OPT2-6 East-to-West (Fiber Pair Two)

To Shelf OSR-DCU4 OSR-DCU5 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 OSR-DCU4 OSR-DCU5 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 Slot 1 1 1314 3 2 2 2 2 2 1314 6 5 5 5 Module DCU-R DCU-B LSM-W BBA RBA RBA RBA DCU-R DCU-B LSM-W BBA RBA RBA RBA Connector IN1 IN OPT13-2 OPT3-16 OPT2-16 OPT2-20 OPT2-24 IN1 IN OPT13-16 OPT6-16 OPT5-16 OPT5-20 OPT5-24

West-to-East (Fiber Pair Two)

1. Refer to cabling procedure in the 10-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Backplane Cabling ProceduresEast-to-West section.

Module Installation Instructions


This section provides the module installation instructions for the 10-Gbps OLA site configurations.

32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 2 Fibers


To install the modules in 10-Gbps 32-channel OLA sites with two fibers use the module installation instructions in the General Module Installation Instructions section in conjunction with the configuration information in the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Configuration Manual.

32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 4 Fibers


To install the modules in 10-Gbps 32-channel OLA sites with four fibers use the module installation instructions in the General Module Installation Instructions section in conjunction with the configuration information in the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Configuration Manual.

Front-Panel Optical Connections


This section provides the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 10-Gbps OLA site configurations.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-66

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 10-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Installation

32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 2 Fibers


Warning

Never install optical cabling in a site while any BATMOD unit is turned ON. Failure to heed this warning will result in an optical safety hazard to personnel and damage to optical equipment.

To install the front-panel optical fiber jumper cables in 10-Gbps 32-channel OLA sites with two fibers use the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Front Panel Optical Cabling section and the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-26.
Table 3-26 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 2 Fibers

From Shelf Receive 1.1 Receive 1.1 5 RBA OUT 2 RBA OUT West-to-East Slot Module Connector East-to-West

To Shelf 1.1 Transmit 1.1 Transmit 4 PRE-L IN Slot 1 Module PRE-L Connector IN

32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 4 Fibers


Warning

Never install optical cabling in a site while any BATMOD unit is turned ON. Failure to heed this warning will result in an optical safety hazard to personnel and damage to optical equipment.

To install the front-panel optical fiber jumper cables in 10-Gbps 32-channel OLA sites with four fibers use the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Front Panel Optical Cabling section and the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-27.
Table 3-27 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 4 Fibers

From Shelf Receive 1.1 Receive 1.1 Receive 1.1 2 RBA OUT West-to-East (Fiber Pair Two) 5 RBA OUT East-to-West (Fiber Pair Two) 2 RBA OUT West-to-East (Fiber Pair One) Slot Module Connector East-to-West (Fiber Pair One)

To Shelf 1.1 Transmit 1.1 Transmit 1.1 Transmit 1 PRE-L IN 4 PRE-L IN Slot 1 Module PRE-L Connector IN

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-67

Chapter 3 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation

Site Installation

Table 3-27 32-Channel Optical Line Amplification Site 4 Fibers (continued)

From Shelf Receive 1.1 5 RBA OUT Slot Module Connector

To Shelf 1.1 Transmit Slot 4 Module PRE-L Connector IN

10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation


This section describes the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connections, module installation instructions, and front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 10-Gbps OADM site configurations.

Backplane Optical Connections


This section provides the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 10-Gbps OADM site configurations.

32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 4-Channel Add/Drop


Warning

Never install optical cabling in a site while any BATMOD unit is turned ON. Failure to heed this warning will result in an optical safety hazard to personnel and damage to optical equipment.

Caution

Never attempt to install backplane optical cabling with a module installed in the corresponding slot. Failure to heed this caution will result in equipment malfunction due to dispersion loss.

Note

A 10-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with four channels added or dropped can be configured with either RXT-10G-F and WCM-10G-Fxx transponder modules or RXT-10G-M and WCM-10G-Mxx transponder modules.

Note

A 10-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with four channels added or dropped can be configured with either an OADM-P4-R1 (channels 09, 11, 13, 15) OADM module or OADM-P4-R3 (channels 17, 19, 21, 23) OADM module. To install the backplane optical fiber jumper cables in 10-Gbps 32-channel OADM sites with four channels added and dropped use the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Backplane Optical Cabling section and the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-28.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-68

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation

Table 3-28 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 4-Channel Add/Drop

From Shelf East-to-West 1.1 1.1 1.1 OSR-DCU3 OSR-DCU1 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 2.1 1.2 OSR-DCU2 1.1 1.1 West-to-East 1.1 1.1 1.1 OSR-DCU3 OSR-DCU1 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 2.1 1.2 OSR-DCU2 1.1 1.1 4 4 4 2 2 5 13-14 5-6 13-14 5-6 7 2 6 1314 PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L DCU-B DCU-R1 RBA-10G WCM 09 WCM 11 WCM 13 WCM 15 OADM-P4 DCU-R2 BBA LSM-W OPT4-16 OPT4-20 OPT4-24 OUT OUT OPT5-20 OPT13-6 OPT5-6 OPT13-6 OPT5-6 OPT7-20 OUT2 OPT6-20 OPT13-6 1 1 1 1 1 1 910 12 910 12 3 1 3 1314 PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L DCU-B DCU-R1 RBA-10G WCM 09 WCM 11 WCM 13 WCM 15 OADM-P4 DCU-R2 BBA LSM-W OPT1-16 OPT1-20 OPT1-24 OUT OUT OPT1-20 OPT9-6 OPT1-6 OPT9-6 OPT1-6 OPT3-20 OUT
2

To Slot Module Connector Shelf OSR-DCU1 OSR-DCU3 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 OSR-DCU2 1.1 1.1 1.1 OSR-DCU1 OSR-DCU3 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 OSR-DCU2 1.1 1.1 1.1 Slot 1 1 1314 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 2 2 1314 6 5 7 7 7 7 7 2 5 5 5 Module DCU-R1 DCU-B LSM-W BBA RBA-10G OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 DCU-R2 RBA RBA RBA DCU-R1 DCU-B LSM-W BBA RBA-10G OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 DCU-R2 RBA RBA RBA Connector IN1 IN OPT13-2 OPT3-16 OPT1-16 OPT3-16 OPT3-2 OPT3-6 OPT3-10 OPT3-24 IN OPT2-16 OPT2-20 OPT2-24 IN1 IN OPT13-16 OPT6-16 OPT5-16 OPT7-16 OPT7-2 OPT7-6 OPT7-10 OPT7-24 IN OPT5-16 OPT5-20 OPT5-24

OPT3-20 OPT13-20

1. Refer to the MAL1 connection procedure in the 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site MAL1 Connections section. 2. Refer to the MAL2 connection procedure in the 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site MAL2 Connections section.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-69

Chapter 3 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation

Site Installation

32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site MAL1 Connections


Cable as follows if a GFF-R or attenuators ARE NOT required between the PRE-L module and RBA-10G module:

Connect the PRE-L module OUT port red band (OPTxx-16) to the DCU-R1 module IN port with an E-2000 non-attenuated patchcord.

Cable as follows if the GFF-R or attenuators ARE required:


Connect the PRE-L module OUT port red band (OPTxx-16) to the GFF-R Adapter IN connector using an non-attenuated patchcord. Connect the GFF-R adapter OUT connector to the DCU-R1 IN port using the GFF-R patchcord or the proper attenuated patchcord.

Cable as follows if both the GFF-R and attenuators are required:


Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect the PRE-L module OUT port red band (OPTxx-16) to the GFF-R1 Adapter IN connector using the proper E-2000 attenuated patchcord. Connect the GFF-R Adapter OUT connector to the DCU-R IN port using the GFF-R. Repeat the procedure for West-to-East modules and connections (General for all 4.9.1.1.1).

32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site MAL2 Connections


Make the following backplane connections:
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5

Connect the RBA-10G module OUT port to the OADM-P4 module IN port using a 3 dB attenuated patchcord. Connect the OADM-P4 module OUT port to the first GFF-R Adapter IN connector using a non-attenuated patchcord. If attenuation is required connect the first GFF-R Adapter OUT connector to the second GFF-R Adapter IN connector using proper attenuated patchcord. Connect the final GFF-R Adapter OUT connector to the DCU-R2 module IN port (if required) or to the RBA IN port (OPTxx-16) if the DCU-R2 is not required using the GFF-R. Repeat the procedure for west-to-east modules and connections.

32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Blue-Band Demultiplex


Warning

Never install optical cabling in a site while any BATMOD unit is turned ON. Failure to heed this warning will result in an optical safety hazard to personnel and damage to optical equipment.

Caution

Never attempt to install backplane optical cabling with a module installed in the corresponding slot. Failure to heed this caution will result in equipment malfunction due to dispersion loss.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-70

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation

Note

A 10-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with full blue-band demultiplexing can be configured with either RXT-10G-F and WCM-10G-Fxx transponder modules or RXT-10G-M and WCM-10G-Mxx transponder modules. To install the backplane optical fiber jumper cables in 10-Gbps 32-channel OADM sites with full blue-band demultiplexing use the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Backplane Optical Cabling section and the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-29.
Table 3-29 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Blue-Band Demultiplex

From Shelf East-to-West 1.1 1.1 1.1 OSR-DCU3 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 OSR-MUX OSR-DCU2 1.1 1.1 West-to-East 1.1 1.1 1.1 OSR-DCU3 2.1 2.3 2.3 2.3 4 4 4 2 9 12 34 56 PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L DCU-B BBA-10G WCM 01 WCM 02 WCM 03 OPT4-16 OPT4-20 OPT4-24 OUT OPT9-20 OPT1-6 OPT3-6 OPT5-6 1 1 1 1 1 12 34 56 78 910 1112 1314 1516 1 1 3 1314 PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L DCU-B BBA-10G WCM 01 WCM 02 WCM 03 WCM 04 WCM 05 WCM 06 WCM 07 WCM 08 8WM-B DCU-R TPA-B LSM-W OPT1-16 OPT1-20 OPT1-24 OUT OPT1-20 OPT1-6 OPT3-6 OPT5-6 OPT7-6 OPT9-6 OPT11-6 OPT13-6 OPT15-6 OUT OUT OPT3-20 OPT2-20 Slot Module Connector

To Shelf OSR-DCU2 OSR-DCU3 1.1 2.1 2.1 OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 OSR-DCU2 OSR-DCU3 1.1 2.1 2.1 OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX Slot 1 1 1314 1 3-4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 2 2 2 2 1314 9 11-12 2 2 2 Module DCU-R DCU-B LSM-W BBA-10G 8WD-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B TPA-B RBA RBA RBA DCU-R DCU-B LSM-W BBA-10G 8WD-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B Connector IN1 IN OPT13-2 OPT1-16 OPT2-16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 OPT3-16 OPT2-16 OPT2-20 OPT2-24 IN1 IN OPT13-16 OPT9-16 OPT11-16 1 2 3

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-71

Chapter 3 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation

Site Installation

Table 3-29 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Blue-Band Demultiplex (continued)

From Shelf 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 OSR-MUX OSR-DCU2 1.1 1.1 Slot 78 910 1112 1314 1516 2 2 6 1314 Module WCM 04 WCM 05 WCM 06 WCM 07 WCM 08 8WM-B DCU-R TPA-B LSM-W Connector OPT7-6 OPT9-6 OPT11-6 OPT13-6 OPT15-6 OUT OUT OPT6-20 OPT2-6

To Shelf OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX OSR-MUX 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 Slot 2 2 2 2 2 6 5 5 2 Module 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B TPA-B RBA RBA RBA Connector 4 5 6 7 8 OPT6-16 OPT5-16 OPT5-20 OPT2-24

1. Refer to cabling procedure in the 10-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Backplane Cabling ProceduresEast-to-West section.

32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Red-Band Demultiplex


Warning

Never install optical cabling in a site while any BATMOD unit is turned ON. Failure to heed this warning will result in an optical safety hazard to personnel and damage to optical equipment.

Caution

Never attempt to install backplane optical cabling with a module installed in the corresponding slot. Failure to heed this caution will result in equipment malfunction due to dispersion loss.

Note

A 10-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with full red-band demultiplexing can be configured with either RXT-10G-F and WCM-10G-Fxx transponder modules or RXT-10G-M and WCM-10G-Mxx (or WCM-10H-Mxx [red-band only]) transponder modules. To install the backplane optical fiber jumper cables in 10-Gbps 32-channel OADM sites with full red-band demultiplexing use the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Backplane Optical Cabling section and the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-30.
Table 3-30 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Red-Band Demultiplex

From Shelf East-to-West 1.1 1.1 1.1 1 1 1 PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L OPT1-16 OPT1-20 OPT1-24 Slot Module Connector

To Shelf OSR-DCU2 OSR-DCU3 1.1 Slot 1 1 13-14 Module DCU-R DCU-B LSM-W Connector IN1 IN OPT13-2

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-72

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation

Table 3-30 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Red-Band Demultiplex (continued)

From Shelf OSR-DCU2 OSR-DCU3 1.2 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 OSR-MUX1 1.1 1.1 West-to-East 1.1 1.1 1.1 OSR-DCU2 4 4 4 2 PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L DCU-R OPT4-16 OPT4-20 OPT4-24 OUT Slot 1 1 1 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 3 3 13-14 Module DCU-R DCU-B RBA-10G WCM 09 WCM 10 WCM 11 WCM 12 WCM 13 WCM 14 WCM 15 WCM 16 WCM 17 WCM 18 WCM 19 WCM 20 WCM 21 WCM 22 WCM 23 WCM 24 WCM 25 WCM 26 WCM 27 WCM 28 WCM 29 WCM 30 WCM 31 WCM 32 24WM-R BBA LSM-W Connector OUT OUT OPT1-20 OPT1-6 OPT3-6 OPT5-6 OPT7-6 OPT9-6 OPT11-6 OPT13-6 OPT15-6 OPT1-6 OPT3-6 OPT5-6 OPT7-6 OPT9-6 OPT11-6 OPT13-6 OPT15-6 OPT1-6 OPT3-6 OPT5-6 OPT7-6 OPT9-6 OPT11-6 OPT13-6 OPT15-6 OUT OPT3-20 OPT13-20

To Shelf 1.2 1.1 1.2 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 1.1 1.1 1.1 OSR-DCU2 OSR-DCU3 1.1 1.2 Slot 1 3 3-4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 13-14 2 Module RBA-10G BBA 24WD-LLR 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R TPA-R TPA-R TPA-R DCU-R DCU-B LSM-W RBA-10G Connector OPT1-16 OPT3-16 OPT3-16 IN 9 IN 10 IN 11 IN 12 IN 13 IN 14 IN 15 IN 16 IN 17 IN 18 IN 19 IN 20 IN 21 IN 22 IN 23 IN 24 IN 25 IN 26 IN 27 IN 28 IN 29 IN 30 IN 31 IN 32 OPT2-16 OPT2-20 OPT2-24 IN1 IN OPT13-16 OPT2-16

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-73

Chapter 3 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation

Site Installation

Table 3-30 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Red-Band Demultiplex (continued)

From Shelf OSR-DCU3 1.2 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 OSR-MUX2 1.1 1.1 Slot 2 2 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 3 6 13-14 Module DCU-B RBA-10G WCM 09 WCM 10 WCM 11 WCM 12 WCM 13 WCM 14 WCM 15 WCM 16 WCM 17 WCM 18 WCM 19 WCM 20 WCM 21 WCM 22 WCM 23 WCM 24 WCM 25 WCM 26 WCM 27 WCM 28 WCM 29 WCM 30 WCM 31 WCM 32 24WM-R BBA LSM-W Connector OUT OPT2-20 OPT1-6 OPT3-6 OPT5-6 OPT7-6 OPT9-6 OPT11-6 OPT13-6 OPT15-6 OPT1-6 OPT3-6 OPT5-6 OPT7-6 OPT9-6 OPT11-6 OPT13-6 OPT15-6 OPT1-6 OPT3-6 OPT5-6 OPT7-6 OPT9-6 OPT11-6 OPT13-6 OPT15-6 OUT OPT6-20 OPT13-6

To Shelf 1.1 1.2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 1.1 1.1 1.1 Slot 6 12-14 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 Module BBA 24WD-LLR 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R TPA-R TPA-R TPA-R Connector OPT6-16 OPT12-16 IN 9 IN 10 IN 11 IN 12 IN 13 IN 14 IN 15 IN 16 IN 17 IN 18 IN 19 IN 20 IN 21 IN 22 IN 23 IN 24 IN 25 IN 26 IN 27 IN 28 IN 29 IN 30 IN 31 IN 32 OPT5-16 OPT5-20 OPT5-24

1. Refer to cabling procedure in the 10-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Backplane Cabling ProceduresEast-to-West section.

Module Installation Instructions


This section provides the module installation instructions for the 10-Gbps OADM site configurations.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-74

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation

32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 4-Channel Add/Drop


Note

A 10-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with four channels added or dropped can be configured with either RXT-10G-F and WCM-10G-Fxx transponder modules or RXT-10G-M and WCM-10G-Mxx transponder modules.

Note

A 10-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with four channels added or dropped can be configured with either an OADM-P4-R1 (channels 09, 11, 13, 15) OADM module or OADM-P4-R3 (channels 17, 19, 21, 23) OADM module. To install the modules in 10-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with four channels added and dropped use the module installation instructions in the General Module Installation Instructions section in conjunction with the configuration information in the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Configuration Manual.

32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Blue-Band Demultiplex


Note

A 10-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with full blue-band demultiplexing can be configured with either RXT-10G-F and WCM-10G-Fxx transponder modules or RXT-10G-M and WCM-10G-Mxx transponder modules. To install the modules in 10-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with full blue-band demultiplexing use the module installation instructions in the General Module Installation Instructions section in conjunction with the configuration information in the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Configuration Manual.

32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Red-Band Demultiplex


Note

A 10-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with full red-band demultiplexing can be configured with either RXT-10G-F and WCM-10G-Fxx transponder modules or RXT-10G-M and WCM-10G-Mxx (or WCM-10H-Mxx [red-band only]) transponder modules. To install the modules in 10-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with full red-band demultiplexing use the module installation instructions in the General Module Installation Instructions section in conjunction with the configuration information in the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Configuration Manual.

Front-Panel Optical Connections


This section provides the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 10-Gbps OADM site configurations.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-75

Chapter 3 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation

Site Installation

32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 4-Channel Add/Drop


Warning

Never install optical cabling in a site while any BATMOD unit is turned ON. Failure to heed this warning will result in an optical safety hazard to personnel and damage to optical equipment.

Note

A 10-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with four channels added or dropped can be configured with either RXT-10G-F and WCM-10G-Fxx transponder modules or RXT-10G-M and WCM-10G-Mxx transponder modules.

Note

A 10-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with four channels added or dropped can be configured with either an OADM-P4-R1 (channels 09, 11, 13, 15) OADM module or OADM-P4-R3 (channels 17, 19, 21, 23) OADM module. To install the front-panel optical fiber jumper cables in 10-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with four channels added and dropped use the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Front Panel Optical Cabling section and the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-31.

Note

Connect the ADA OUT ports to OADM ADA IN ports using an FC/PC patchcord with a 3dB bulk attenuator.
Table 3-31 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 4-Channel Add/Drop

From Shelf Receive 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 2.1 3 3 3 3 1112 34 1112 34 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 RXT 09 RXT 11 RXT 13 RXT 15 9 OUT 11 OUT 13 OUT 15 OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT Slot Module Connector East-to-West

To Shelf 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.3 2.1 OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE 1.2 1.3 1.3 2/1 ADA OUT 1.2 910 12 910 12 4 WCM 09 WCM 11 WCM 13 WCM 15 ADA IN IN IN IN IN 2 Slot 1 1112 34 1112 34 Module PRE-L RXT 09 RXT 11 RXT 13 RXT 15 Connector IN IN IN IN IN

SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm 1.2 3 OADM-P4

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-76

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation

Table 3-31 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site 4-Channel Add/Drop (continued)

From Shelf 1.2 1.1 Receive 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 2.1 7 7 7 7 1516 78 1516 78 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 OADM-P4 RXT 09 RXT 11 RXT 13 RXT 15 9 OUT 11 OUT 13 OUT 15 OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT Slot 4 2 Module ADA RBA Connector OUT 2 OUT

To Shelf 1.2 Slot 3 Module OADM-P4 Connector ADA IN

Transmit 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.3 2.1 OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE 1.2 1.3 1.3 2/1 1314 56 1314 56 4 7 WCM 09 WCM 11 WCM 13 WCM 15 ADA OADM-P4 IN IN IN IN IN 1 ADA IN 4 1516 78 1516 78 PRE-L RXT 09 RXT 11 RXT 13 RXT 15 IN IN IN IN IN

West-to-Receive

SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm 1.2 1.2 1.1 7 4 5 OADM-P4 ADA RBA ADA OUT OUT 1 OUT

1.2 1.2

Transmit

32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Blue-Band Demultiplex


Warning

Never install optical cabling in a site while any BATMOD unit is turned ON. Failure to heed this warning will result in an optical safety hazard to personnel and damage to optical equipment.

Note

A 10-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with full blue-band demultiplexing can be configured with either RXT-10G-F and WCM-10G-Fxx transponder modules or RXT-10G-M and WCM-10G-Mxx transponder modules. To install the front-panel optical fiber jumper cables in 10-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with full blue-band demultiplexing use the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Front Panel Optical Cabling section and the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-32.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-77

Chapter 3 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation

Site Installation

Table 3-32 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Blue-Band Demultiplex

From Shelf Receive 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 12 34 56 78 910 1112 1314 1516 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B RXT 01 RXT 02 RXT 03 RXT 04 RXT 05 RXT 06 RXT 07 RXT 08 OUT 1 OUT 2 OUT 3 OUT 4 OUT 5 OUT 6 OUT 7 OUT 8 OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT Slot Module Connector East-to-West

To Shelf 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 OUT Transmit 1.1 11-12 11-12 11-12 11-12 11-12 11-12 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B OUT 1 OUT 2 OUT 3 OUT 4 OUT 5 OUT 6 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 4 12 34 56 78 910 1112 PRE-L RXT 01 RXT 02 RXT 03 RXT 04 RXT 05 RXT 06 IN IN IN IN IN IN IN 12 34 56 78 910 1112 1314 1516 WCM 01 WCM 02 WCM 03 WCM 04 WCM 05 WCM 06 WCM 07 WCM 08 IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN Slot 1 12 34 56 78 910 1112 1314 1516 Module PRE-L RXT 01 RXT 02 RXT 03 RXT 04 RXT 05 RXT 06 RXT 07 RXT 08 Connector IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN

SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm 1.1 Receive 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2 RBA West-to-East

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-78

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation

Table 3-32 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Blue-Band Demultiplex (continued)

From Shelf 2.1 2.1 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 Slot 11-12 11-12 12 34 56 78 910 1112 1314 1516 Module 8WD-B 8WD-B RXT 01 RXT 02 RXT 03 RXT 04 RXT 05 RXT 06 RXT 07 RXT 08 Connector OUT 7 OUT 8 OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT

To Shelf 1.3 1.3 OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 OUT Transmit 12 34 56 78 910 1112 1314 1516 WCM 01 WCM 02 WCM 03 WCM 04 WCM 05 WCM 06 WCM 07 WCM 08 IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN Slot 1314 1516 Module RXT 07 RXT 08 Connector IN IN

SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm 1.1 5 RBA

32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Red-Band Demultiplex


Warning

Never install optical cabling in a site while any BATMOD unit is turned ON. Failure to heed this warning will result in an optical safety hazard to personnel and damage to optical equipment.

Note

A 10-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with full red-band demultiplexing can be configured with either RXT-10G-F and WCM-10G-Fxx transponder modules or RXT-10G-M and WCM-10G-Mxx (or WCM-10H-Mxx [red-band only]) transponder modules. To install the front-panel optical fiber jumper cables in 10-Gbps 32-channel OADM site with full red-band demultiplexing use the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Front Panel Optical Cabling section and the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-33.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-79

Chapter 3 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation

Site Installation

Table 3-33 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Red-Band Demultiplex

From Shelf Receive 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.2 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR RXT 09 RXT 10 RXT 11 RXT 12 RXT 13 OUT 9 OUT 10 OUT 11 OUT 12 OUT 13 OUT 14 OUT 15 OUT 16 OUT 17 OUT 18 OUT 19 OUT 20 OUT 21 OUT 22 OUT 23 OUT 24 OUT 25 OUT 26 OUT 27 OUT 28 OUT 29 OUT 30 OUT 31 OUT 32 OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT Slot Module Connector East-to-West

To Shelf 1.1 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE Slot 1 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 Module PRE-L RXT 09 RXT 10 RXT 11 RXT 12 RXT 13 RXT 14 RXT 15 RXT 16 RXT 17 RXT 18 RXT 19 RXT 20 RXT 21 RXT 22 RXT 23 RXT 24 RXT 25 RXT 26 RXT 27 RXT 28 RXT 29 RXT 30 RXT 31 RXT 32 Connector IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN

11-12 RXT 14 13-14 RXT 15 15-16 RXT 16 1-2 RXT 17

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-80

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation

Table 3-33 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Red-Band Demultiplex (continued)

From Shelf 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 Slot 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 Module RXT 18 RXT 19 RXT 20 RXT 21 Connector OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT

To Shelf OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 WCM 09 WCM 10 WCM 11 WCM 12 WCM 13 WCM 14 WCM 15 WCM 16 WCM 17 WCM 18 WCM 19 WCM 20 WCM 21 WCM 22 WCM 23 WCM 24 WCM 25 WCM 26 WCM 27 WCM 28 IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN Slot Module Connector

11-12 RXT 22 13-14 RXT 23 15-16 RXT 24 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 RXT 25 RXT 26 RXT 27 RXT 28 RXT 29

11-12 RXT 30 13-14 RXT 31 15-16 RXT 32

SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-81

Chapter 3 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation

Site Installation

Table 3-33 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Red-Band Demultiplex (continued)

From Shelf Slot Module Connector SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm 1.1 Receive 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 12-14 24WD-LLR 12-14 24WD-LLR 12-14 24WD-LLR 12-14 24WD-LLR 12-14 24WD-LLR 12-14 24WD-LLR 12-14 24WD-LLR 12-14 24WD-LLR 12-14 24WD-LLR 12-14 24WD-LLR 12-14 24WD-LLR 12-14 24WD-LLR 12-14 24WD-LLR 12-14 24WD-LLR 12-14 24WD-LLR 12-14 24WD-LLR 12-14 24WD-LLR 12-14 24WD-LLR 12-14 24WD-LLR 12-14 24WD-LLR 12-14 24WD-LLR 12-14 24WD-LLR 12-14 24WD-LLR 12-14 24WD-LLR 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 RXT 09 RXT 10 RXT 11 RXT 12 OUT 9 OUT 10 OUT 11 OUT 12 OUT 13 OUT 14 OUT 15 OUT 16 OUT 17 OUT 18 OUT 19 OUT 20 OUT 21 OUT 22 OUT 23 OUT 24 OUT 25 OUT 26 OUT 27 OUT 28 OUT 29 OUT 30 OUT 31 OUT 32 OUT OUT OUT OUT 2 TPA-R OUT West-to-East

To Shelf 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 Transmit 1.1 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE 4 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 PRE-L RXT 09 RXT 10 RXT 11 RXT 12 RXT 13 RXT 14 RXT 15 RXT 16 RXT 17 RXT 18 RXT 19 RXT 20 RXT 21 RXT 22 RXT 23 RXT 24 RXT 25 RXT 26 RXT 27 RXT 28 RXT 29 RXT 30 RXT 31 RXT 32 IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN Slot 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 Module WCM 29 WCM 30 WCM 31 WCM 32 Connector IN IN IN IN

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-82

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Installation

Table 3-33 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Red-Band Demultiplex (continued)

From Shelf 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 Slot 9-10 Module RXT 13 Connector OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT

To Shelf OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE OLTE 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 WCM 09 WCM 10 WCM 11 WCM 12 WCM 13 WCM 14 WCM 15 WCM 16 WCM 17 WCM 18 WCM 19 WCM 20 WCM 21 WCM 22 WCM 23 IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN Slot Module Connector

11-12 RXT 14 13-14 RXT 15 15-16 RXT 16 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 RXT 17 RXT 18 RXT 19 RXT 20 RXT 21

11-12 RXT 22 13-14 RXT 23 15-16 RXT 24 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 RXT 25 RXT 26 RXT 27 RXT 28 RXT 29

11-12 RXT 30 13-14 RXT 31 15-16 RXT 32

SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-83

Chapter 3 10-Gbps Regeneration Site Installation

Site Installation

Table 3-33 32-Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Full Red-Band Demultiplex (continued)

From Shelf Slot Module Connector SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm SONET/SDH input at 1550 nm 1.1 5 TPA-R OUT

To Shelf 3.2 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 Transmit Slot 15-16 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 Module WCM 24 WCM 25 WCM 26 WCM 27 WCM 28 WCM 29 WCM 30 WCM 31 WCM 32 Connector IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN

10-Gbps Regeneration Site Installation


This section describes the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connections, module installation instructions, and front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connections for the 10-Gbps regeneration site configurations.

Backplane Optical Connections


Warning

Never install optical cabling in a site while any BATMOD unit is turned ON. Failure to heed this warning will result in an optical safety hazard to personnel and damage to optical equipment.

Caution

Never attempt to install backplane optical cabling with a module installed in the corresponding slot. Failure to heed this caution will result in equipment malfunction due to dispersion loss.

Note

A 10-Gbps 32-channel regeneration site red and blue bands can be configured with LEM-10G-Fxx, LEM-10H-Mxx, or LEM-10G-Mxx transponder modules. To install the backplane optical fiber jumper cables in 10-Gbps 32-channel regeneration sites use the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Backplane Optical Cabling section and the backplane optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-34.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-84

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 10-Gbps Regeneration Site Installation

Table 3-34 32-Channel Regeneration Site

From Shelf East-to-West 2.1 2.1 2.1 OSR-DCU2 OSR-DCU2 2.1 2.1 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 3 3 3 2 1 10 9 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L DCU-B DCU-R BBA-10G RBA-10G LEM 01 LEM 02 LEM 03 LEM 04 LEM 05 LEM 06 LEM 07 LEM 08 LEM 09 LEM 10 LEM 11 LEM 12 LEM 13 LEM 14 LEM 15 LEM 16 LEM 17 LEM 18 LEM 19 LEM 20 LEM 21 LEM 22 LEM 23 LEM 24 LEM 25 LEM 26 LEM 27 OPT3-16 OPT3-20 OPT3-24 OUT OUT OPT10-20 OPT9-20 OPT1-20 OPT3-20 OPT5-20 OPT7-20 OPT9-10 OPT11-20 OPT13-20 OPT15-20 OPT1-20 OPT3-20 OPT5-20 OPT7-20 OPT1-20 OPT3-20 OPT5-20 OPT7-20 OPT9-20 OPT11-20 OPT13-20 OPT15-20 OPT1-20 OPT3-20 OPT5-20 OPT7-20 OPT9-20 OPT11-20 OPT13-20 Slot Module Connector

To Shelf OSR-DCU2 OSR-DCU2 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 OSR-MUX8 OSR-MUX8 OSR-MUX8 OSR-MUX8 OSR-MUX8 OSR-MUX8 OSR-MUX8 OSR-MUX8 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 Slot 1 2 13-14 10 9 7-8 4-6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Module DCU-R DCU-B LSM-W BBA-10G RBA-10G 8WD-B 24WD-LLR 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R Connector IN1 IN OPT13-2 OPT10-16 OPT9-16 OPT7-16 OPT4-16 IN 1 IN 2 IN 3 IN 4 IN 5 IN 6 IN 7 IN 8 IN 9 IN 10 IN 11 IN 12 IN 13 IN 14 IN 15 IN 16 IN 17 IN 18 IN 19 IN 20 IN 21 IN 22 IN 23 IN 24 IN 25 IN 26 IN 27

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-85

Chapter 3 10-Gbps Regeneration Site Installation

Site Installation

Table 3-34 32-Channel Regeneration Site (continued)

From Shelf 2.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 OSR-MUX8 OSR-MUX2 1.1 2.1 West-to-East 1.1 1.1 1.1 OSR-DCU1 OSR-DCU1 1.1 1.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 3 3 3 2 1 10 9 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 PRE-L PRE-L PRE-L DCU-B DCU-R BBA-10G RBA-10G LEM 01 LEM 02 LEM 03 LEM 04 LEM 05 LEM 06 LEM 07 LEM 08 LEM 09 LEM 10 LEM 11 LEM 12 LEM 13 LEM 14 LEM 15 LEM 16 LEM 17 LEM 18 OPT3-16 OPT3-20 OPT3-24 OUT OUT OPT10-20 OPT9-20 OPT1-20 OPT3-20 OPT5-20 OPT7-20 OPT9-10 OPT11-20 OPT13-20 OPT15-20 OPT1-20 OPT3-20 OPT5-20 OPT7-20 OPT1-20 OPT3-20 OPT5-20 OPT7-20 OPT9-20 OPT11-20 Slot 15-16 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 1 3 2 13-14 Module LEM 28 LEM 29 LEM 30 LEM 31 LEM 32 8WM-B 24WM-R TPA-B LSM-W Connector OPT15-20 OPT9-20 OPT11-20 OPT13-20 OPT15-20 OUT OUT OPT2-20 OPT13-20

To Shelf OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 OSR-MUX2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 OSR-DCU1 OSR-DCU1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 OSR-MUX7 OSR-MUX7 OSR-MUX7 OSR-MUX7 OSR-MUX7 OSR-MUX7 OSR-MUX7 OSR-MUX7 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 Slot 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 2 13-14 10 9 7-8 4-6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Module 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R TPA-B TPA-R TPA-R TPA-R DCU-R DCU-B LSM-W BBA-10G RBA-10G 8WD-B 24WD-LLR 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 8WM-B 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R Connector IN 28 IN 29 IN 30 IN 31 IN 32 OPT2-16 OPT1-16 OPT1-20 OPT1-24 IN1 IN OPT13-16 OPT10-16 OPT9-16 OPT7-16 OPT4-16 IN 1 IN 2 IN 3 IN 4 IN 5 IN 6 IN 7 IN 8 IN 9 IN 10 IN 11 IN 12 IN 13 IN 14 IN 15 IN 16 IN 17 IN 18

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-86

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 10-Gbps Regeneration Site Installation

Table 3-34 32-Channel Regeneration Site (continued)

From Shelf 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 OSR-MUX7 OSR-MUX1 2.1 1.1 Slot 13-14 15-16 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 1 3 2 13-14 Module LEM 19 LEM 20 LEM 21 LEM 22 LEM 23 LEM 24 LEM 25 LEM 26 LEM 27 LEM 28 LEM 29 LEM 30 LEM 31 LEM 32 8WM-B 24WM-R TPA-B LSM-W Connector OPT13-20 OPT15-20 OPT1-20 OPT3-20 OPT5-20 OPT7-20 OPT9-20 OPT11-20 OPT13-20 OPT15-20 OPT9-20 OPT11-20 OPT13-20 OPT15-20 OUT OUT OPT2-20 OPT13-6

To Shelf OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 OSR-MUX1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 Slot 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 Module 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R 24WM-R TPA-B TPA-R TPA-R TPA-R Connector IN 19 IN 20 IN 21 IN 22 IN 23 IN 24 IN 25 IN 26 IN 27 IN 28 IN 29 IN 30 IN 31 IN 32 OPT2-16 OPT1-16 OPT1-20 OPT1-24

1. Refer to cabling procedure in the 10-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Backplane Cabling ProceduresEast-to-West section.

Module Installation Instructions


Note

A 10-Gbps 32-channel regeneration site red and blue bands can be configured with LEM-10G-Fxx, LEM-10H-Mxx, or LEM-10G-Mxx transponder modules. To install the modules in 10-Gbps 32-channel regeneration sites use the module installation instructions in the General Module Installation Instructions section in conjunction with the configuration information in the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Configuration Manual.

Front-Panel Optical Connections


Warning

Never install optical cabling in a site while any BATMOD unit is turned ON. Failure to heed this warning will result in an optical safety hazard to personnel and damage to optical equipment.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-87

Chapter 3 10-Gbps Regeneration Site Installation

Site Installation

Note

A 10-Gbps 32-channel regeneration site red and blue bands can be configured with LEM-10G-Fxx, LEM-10H-Mxx, or LEM-10G-Mxx transponder modules. To install the front-panel optical fiber jumper cables in 10-Gbps 32-channel regeneration sites use the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection instructions in the Front Panel Optical Cabling section and the front-panel optical fiber jumper cable connection information in Table 3-35.
Table 3-35 32-Channel Regeneration Site

From Shelf Receive 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 7-8 7-8 7-8 7-8 7-8 7-8 7-8 7-8 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR OUT 1 OUT 2 OUT 3 OUT 4 OUT 5 OUT 6 OUT 7 OUT 8 OUT 9 OUT 10 OUT 11 OUT 12 OUT 13 OUT 14 OUT 15 OUT 16 OUT 17 OUT 18 OUT 19 OUT 20 OUT 21 OUT 22 OUT 23 OUT 24 OUT 25 OUT 26 OUT 27 Slot Module Connector East-to-West

To Shelf 2.1 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 Slot 3 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 Module PRE-L LEM 01 LEM 02 LEM 03 LEM 04 LEM 05 LEM 06 LEM 07 LEM 08 LEM 09 LEM 10 LEM 11 LEM 12 LEM 13 LEM 14 LEM 15 LEM 16 LEM 17 LEM 18 LEM 19 LEM 20 LEM 21 LEM 22 LEM 23 LEM 24 LEM 25 LEM 26 LEM 27 Connector IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-88

78-13120-02

Chapter 3

Site Installation 10-Gbps Regeneration Site Installation

Table 3-35 32-Channel Regeneration Site (continued)

From Shelf 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.1 Receive 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 7-8 7-8 7-8 7-8 7-8 7-8 7-8 7-8 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 8WD-B 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR OUT 1 OUT 2 OUT 3 OUT 4 OUT 5 OUT 6 OUT 7 OUT 8 OUT 9 OUT 10 OUT 11 OUT 12 OUT 13 OUT 14 OUT 15 OUT 16 OUT 17 OUT 18 OUT 19 OUT 20 OUT 21 OUT 22 OUT 23 OUT 24 OUT 25 OUT 26 OUT 27 Slot 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 1 Module 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR TPA-R Connector OUT 28 OUT 29 OUT 30 OUT 31 OUT 32 OUT

To Shelf 2.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 Transmit 1.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 7.1 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 3 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 PRE-L LEM 01 LEM 02 LEM 03 LEM 04 LEM 05 LEM 06 LEM 07 LEM 08 LEM 09 LEM 10 LEM 11 LEM 12 LEM 13 LEM 14 LEM 15 LEM 16 LEM 17 LEM 18 LEM 19 LEM 20 LEM 21 LEM 22 LEM 23 LEM 24 LEM 25 LEM 26 LEM 27 IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN Slot 15-16 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 Module LEM 28 LEM 29 LEM 30 LEM 31 LEM 32 Connector IN IN IN IN IN

West-to-East

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

3-89

Chapter 3 10-Gbps Regeneration Site Installation

Site Installation

Table 3-35 32-Channel Regeneration Site (continued)

From Shelf 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 2.1 Slot 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 1 Module 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR 24WD-LLR TPA-R Connector OUT 28 OUT 29 OUT 30 OUT 31 OUT 32 OUT

To Shelf 1.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 Transmit Slot 15-16 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 Module LEM 28 LEM 29 LEM 30 LEM 31 LEM 32 Connector IN IN IN IN IN

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

3-90

78-13120-02

C H A P T E R

Site Setup and Test


This chapter covers ONS 15800 system site setup and test procedures. Setup and test procedures are covered for terminal, OLA, OADM, and regeneration sites. Perform these procedures after each system site is installed according to Chapter 3, Site Installation, in this publication and after all outside plant optical fiber connections are made. Use the setup procedures in this chapter in conjunction with procedures in Chapter 5, Site-to-Site Testing. Diagrams for standard configurations can be found in the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Configuration Manual. Technical specifications for the system can be found in the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Technical Specifications Manual. Module specifications are found in specific module handbooks. General system setup is carried out with Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. For more information about this product, consult the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System. For amplifier configuration procedures, consult the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for the ONS 15800/15801 System. Setup and checking procedures are organized according to site type.

Note

There is no off-site input (receive) or output (transmit) during single-site setup.

Installation Setup and Testing Requirements for All Sites


The following conditions must be met before a site can be set up:

All required bays, shelves, electrical cabling, and ground cabling must be installed as described in the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual and in Chapter 3, Site Installation, of this publication. All required modules and front-panel optical fiber cablesexcept outside plant optical fibersmust be installed as described in Chapter 3, Site Installation, of this publication. Amplifiers must be configured as described in the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System. Power must be applied to the bays. Both power distribution panel (PDP) alarm LEDs in each bay must be green. The two Battery Module (BATMOD) power switches in each shelf must be set to ON. The green PWR LED in each shelf Subrack Common Functions (SCF) module must be lit.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-1

Chapter 4 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

The following equipment is required to perform the installation tests:


A PC with a modem, the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software, and Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software Tested optical fiber jumper cables (1 meter [3.3 ft] long) with SC or FC adapters attached Optical power meter (Pin max > +26 dBm) capable of reading dB and mW Optical spectrum analyzer (OSA) Optical attenuators Laser light source

2.5-Gbps Setup and Test


This section contains the setup and test procedures for all 2.5-Gbps sites.

2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Setup and Test


Warning

The ONS 15800 system equipment contains Class IIIb laser products. The maximum output power is 50 mW with front access or 100 mW with rear access in the 12601605 nm wavelength range. Laser radiation presents an invisible hazard, so personnel should avoid exposure to the laser beam. Personnel must be qualified in laser safety and must use proper eye protection before working on this equipment.

Note

All procedures must be performed in the order presented. This section provides the 2.5-Gbps terminal site setup and test procedures.

Module Communication Setup


This procedure establishes module communication with the Control and Monitoring Processor (CMP-W) module or Control and Monitoring Processor module2 Ethernet (CMP-W-2E), hereafter referred to as CMP module.

Note

A network element (NE) is a site or a part of a site that is under the control of a single CMP module.

Note

The module communication setup procedure must be performed on all NEs. Use this procedure to set up module communication at a site:

Step 1

Connect a PC to the system using an EIA/TIA-232 (RS-232) cable connected to the local craft interface located on the front of shelf one.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-2

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Open the local terminal software. Select a serial port from the Connection menu. Select the Internet protocol (IP) address of the CMP module. Choose NE Inventory under Configuration Management, and verify that all occupied module slots are checked. With the BAT modules in shelf one turned OFF, unplug and reinsert the SCF module and CMP module. Verify that the control bus cable is correctly installed. (Refer to the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual.) Verify that the subrack addressing is correct. (Refer to the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual.) If a module or subrack is not recognized after these steps, there may be a short circuit between the connector pins of a module and the subrack. Visually identify the problem and repair or replace as necessary.

Warning

All amplifier line directions must be entered correctly to enable the safety shutdown feature of the ONS 15800 system to operate properly. Failure to heed this warning can expose personnel to invisible laser radiation.

Follow these steps to verify proper operation:


Step 1 Step 2

In the local terminal software, select TPA-R module on the Network Element screen, and verify the line direction according to Table 4-1. Repeat for the TPA-B module, RBA module, BBA module and PRE-L module.

Table 4-1

Amplifier Line Direction Settings

Direction East

Amplifier Module TPA-R TPA-B PRE-L

Slot 1 2 3 1 2 3

Setting East-to-West East-to-West West-to-East West-to-East West-to-East East-to-West

West

TPA-R TPA-B PRE-L

If the line direction of an amplifier is not configured correctly, reset it using Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for amplifier configuration information.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-3

Chapter 4 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

CMP Module Configuration


Note

For the CMP module optical system ID, optical line ID, and sequential number configuration parameters refer to the route installation specification. The route installation specification configuration parameters do not preclude the site test. Use the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software to configure the CMP module (shelf 1.1, slot 15) as follows:

Step 1

Set the following CMP module NE identification parameters using the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software or the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software:

NE name NE IP address NE IP subnet mask NE IP default gateway

Step 2

Set the following CMP module NE attributes for amplifier power provisioning (APP) while referring to Figure 4-1:

NE type (terminal site, regeneration site, OLA site, or OADM site) Optical system ID primaryThis parameter describes the system characteristics (e.g. fiber type, span budget, maximum channel count, and transponder type) used by the APP procedure. For the regenerator site only the primary ID is related to the west side.

Note

For 2.5-Gbps and 10-Gbps system configurations containing both FEC and Non-FEC transponders, the Optical System ID shall be defined according to Table 4-2. For example: a 2.5-Gbps or 10-Gbps system with FEC and Non-FEC transponders, the Optical System ID shall be defined as a 2.5 Gbps or 10 Gbps No-FEC transponder type (priority 1-3).
Table 4-2 Optical System IDTransponder Type Priority List

Priority 1 2 3 4 5

Transponder Type 10 Gbps No-FEC 2.5 Gbps No-FEC without RXT modules 2.5 Gbps No-FEC with RXT modules 10 Gbps OB-FEC 2.5 Gbps OB-FEC

Optical system ID secondaryThis parameter describes the system characteristics (e.g. fiber type, span budget, maximum channel count, and transponder type) used by the APP procedure. The secondary ID has to be set for the regenerator site only and it is related to the east side. Optical line ID primaryA unique identifier for the optical line (the point-to-point transmission multiplex section between two terminal or regeneration sites). For the regenerator site only the primary ID is related to the west side.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-4

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Optical line ID secondaryA unique identifier for the optical line (the point-to-point transmission multiplex section between two terminal or regeneration sites). The secondary ID has to be set for the regenerator site only and it is related to the east side. Sequential number primaryA site unique identifier in the optical line sequence (the site sequence numbering starts from the west side of the optical line. For the regenerator site only the primary ID is related to the west side. Sequential number secondaryA site unique identifier in the optical line sequence (the site sequence numbering starts from the west side of the optical line. The secondary ID has to be set for the regenerator site only and it is related to the east side.

Figure 4-1

CMP Module Node Attributes


Optical Line 1 Optical Line 2

Terminal Site WEST West -to-East Line direction

Line Site

Line Site

Regenerator Site

Terminal Site EAST

East -to-West Line direction

NE type = TS Optical Line Id (Primary) = 1 Optical System Id (Primary) = TW, 54 ch, 3x Sequential Number (Primary) = 1 NE type = OLA Optical Line Id (Primary) = 1 Optical System Id (Primary) = TW, 54 ch, 3x Sequential Number (Primary) = 2 NE type = OLA Optical Line Id (Primary) = 1 Optical System Id (Primary) = TW, 54 ch, 3x Sequential Number (Primary) = 3

NEtype = LEM West Side: Optical Line Id (Primary) = 1 Optical System Id (Primary) = TW, 54 ch, 3x Sequential Number (Primary) = 4 East Side: Optical Line Id (Secondary) = 2 Optical System Id (Secondary) = ELEAF, 54 ch, 1x Sequential Number (Secondary) = 1 NE type = TS Optical Line Id (Primary) = 2 Optical System Id (Primary) = ELEAF, 54 ch, 1x Sequential Number (Primary) = 2

Note

APP imposes a constraint on network element sequence numbers. The network element sequence numbers of all of the NEs that belong to the same optical line (terminal site-to-terminal site, terminal site-to-regeneration site, regeneration site-to-regeneration site) have to be placed in sequence in order to allow the APP network auto-discovery procedure to properly communicate the ONS 15800 system configuration. Configure the CMP module as either a master or slave:

Step 3

The CMP module is shipped configured as a master.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-5

Chapter 4 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

The CMP module located in bay 1 must be configured as the master. Each slave CMP module must be numbered according to the bay label. Since each CMP module can only control one bay, the parameter Controlled Rack 1 must be set to the number of the corresponding bay. Also, the parameter Controlled Rack 2 must be set to Not configured.

Step 4

To check module communication, perform an NE inventory.

Note

The NE inventory is defined only on the CMP master module.

Amplifier Power Control Setup


At the factory, the optical output power of an amplifier is configured to an unknown power class. Use Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software to configure the amplifier power class. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for information on changing the power class. Use the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software to set the ADA module working point and to calculate output power. Refer to site engineering documentation for network design and specific setup information. Table 4-3 and Table 4-4 show typical system setups by fiber type and number of channels per blue and red band. Table 4-5 shows typical system setups by fiber type and number of channels per blue and red bands. The amplifier output for the blue and red bands are set on a per class basis (low, mid, or high). Amplifier power output is regulated in the continuous range mode by selecting a setpoint value within the range. Use the appropriate setup to provision the system.
Table 4-3 2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (No FEC) (Without RXT Modules)

Blue Band Booster (TPA-B or BBA) Fiber SMF Span Budget 5x22 5x25 5x28 LEAF TWF LSF DSF 5x22 5x25 5x22 5x25 5x22 5x25 5x22 5x25 Low 1-2 1 1 1-2 1 1 1 1-2 1 1-2 1-2 Mid 3-4 2-3 2 3-4 2-3 2-3 2-3 3-4 2-3 3-4 3-4 High 5-8 4-6 3-4 5-8 4-6 4 4 5-8 4-6

Red Band Booster (TPA-R or RBA) Low 1-5 1-4 1-3 1-5 1-4 1-5 1-4 1-5 1-4 1-4 1-4 Mid 6-11 5-10 4-7 6-11 5-10 6-11 5-10 6-11 5-10 5-8 5-8 High 12-24 11-20 8-16 12-24 11-20 12-24 11-20 12-24 11-14

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-6

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Table 4-4

2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (No FEC) (With RXT Modules)

Blue Band Booster (TPA-B or BBA) Fiber SMF Span Budget 5x22 5x25 5x28 5x30 LEAF TWF LSF DSF 5x22 5x25 5x22 5x25 5x22 5x25 5x22 5x25 1-2 1-2 3-4 3-4 1-2 1-2 1 1 1-2 3-4 3-4 2-3 2-3 3-4 5-8 5-8 4 4 5-8 Low 1-2 1-2 1 Mid 3-4 3-4 2-3 High 5-8 5-8 4-6

Red Band Booster (TPA-R or RBA) Low 1-5 1-5 1-4 1-2 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-4 1-5 1-4 1-4 Mid 6-11 6-11 5-10 3-4 6-11 6-11 6-11 5-10 6-11 5-8 5-8 High 12-24 12-24 11-20 5-8 12-24 12-24 12-24 11-20 12-24

Table 4-5

2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (OOB-FEC)

Blue Band Boosters (TPA-B and BBA) Fiber SMF ELEAF TW-RS Teralight TWC TW+ LSF DSF NOTE All Links Low 1-3 Mid 4-6 High 7-8

Red Band Boosters (TPA-R and RBA) Low 1-6 Mid 7-12 High 13-24

All Links 1x...5x 6x...7x All Links All Links

1-6 1-4 1-8 1-8 1-3 4-5 5-8

1-12 1-12 1-24 1-5

13-24 13-24

The amplifier power setup procedure is complete.

Output Power Criteria


Warning

The ONS 15800 system equipment contains Class IIIb laser products. The maximum output power is 50 mW with front access or 100 mW with rear access in the 12601605 nm wavelength range. Laser radiation presents an invisible hazard, so personnel should avoid exposure to the laser beam. Personnel must be qualified in laser safety and must use proper eye protection before working on this equipment.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-7

Chapter 4 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Caution

When the subrack power is ON, unplugging the amplifier modulesor removing connectors from those modulescan cause carbonization of the connectors. Use the criteria in Table 4-6 to determine whether the terminal site amplifier output power passes or fails standard. This table describes output values according to fiber type and according to amplifier type. It shows specific output ranges for channel bands (e.g., blue band or red band) or the optical service channel (OSC) alone.

Note

The accuracy of the measurements made with Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software is 1.0 dBm.

Note

Optical power losses can be caused by the E-2000 optical connections on the modules or on the backplane. However, only qualified personnel are authorized to remove, adjust, or clean ONS 15800 system E-2000 connections.

Note

All modules that do not meet the output power specifications must be replaced after verification of the losses of the related connections. The test must be repeated until the result is positive.

Table 4-6

Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Terminal Sites

Fiber Type and Power Measurement Point TPA-B module output power Instrument Mid-Class Power (dBm) +14.5 to +18.5 +13 to +15 +9.5 to +14.5 +0.5 to +6.5 Low-Class Power (dBm) +10.5 to +13.5 +12 to +16 +10 to +12 +7.5 to +12.5 +0.5 to +6.5 5.5 to +5.5 +7.5 to +13.5 6 to +6 +10.5 to +13.5 +2 to +10 +12 to +16 High-Class Power (dBm) +13.5 to +17 +16.5 to +20.5 +15.5 to +17.5 +11 to +16 +0.5 to +6.5 5.5 to +5.5 +7.5 to +13.5 6 to +6 +14 to +16.5 +2 to +10 +17 to +20.5

Local terminal software +12.5 to +15.5

TPA-R module output powerblue band + OPM red band + OSC TPA-R module output power Red band
1

OPM OPM

Blue band OPM TPA-R module output powerOSC only PRE-L module input power PRE-L module output power blue band

Local terminal software Per span budget Per span budget Per span budget Local terminal software, 5.5 to +5.5 manual system test

PRE-L module monitor output powerred Local terminal software, +7.5 to +13.5 band manual system test BBA module input power BBA module output power RBA module input power RBA module output powerblue band + red band + OSC Local terminal software 6 to +6 measure Local terminal software +12.5 to +15.5 measure Local terminal software +2 to +10 measure OPM +14.5 to +18.5

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-8

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Table 4-6

Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Terminal Sites (continued)

Fiber Type and Power Measurement Point RBA module output powerred band RBA module output powerblue band RBA module output powerOSC only Instrument OPM OPM OPM Mid-Class Power (dBm) +13 to +15 +9.5 to +14.5 +0.5 to +6.5 Low-Class Power (dBm) +10 to +12 +7.5 to +12.5 +0.5 to +6.5 High-Class Power (dBm) +16 to +18 +11 to +15.5 +0.5 to +6.5

1. The OSC output depends on the value used to attenuate the signal.

Multiplexer Output Power Verification


Use this procedure to check the output values of red- and blue-band multiplexer modules at a site. Make sure that the transponder modules are installed in the correct shelves at the site. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Configuration Manual for more information.

Note

The multiplexer output power level readings are measured with Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software from the input power to TPA-B modules and TPA-R modules.

Note

The accuracy of local terminal software measurements is 1.0 dBm. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for instructions to choose the TPA-R module or the TPA-B module on the Network Element screen. Verify that the value of the module meets the input power value specified in Table 4-7. If the TPA-R module value was verified, repeat for the TPA-B module.

Step 1

Step 2

Table 4-7

Pass-or-Fail Criteria for Multiplexer Output Power

Output Power (dBm) Multiplexer Output power range Number of Channels 8 4 24-Channel Wavelength MultiplexerRed Band (24WM-R) module Output power range 24 12 8 9 13 15 7 10 12 5 8 10 Min. 4.5 7.5 Nom. 2.5 5.5 Max. 0.5 3.5 8-Channel Wavelength MultiplexerBlue Band (8WM-B) module

Red-Band Channel Transmission Verification


Use this procedure to verify the flatness of the red-band transmission from the TPA-R module.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-9

Chapter 4 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Set the OSA center wavelength to 1551 nm and set the span to 20 nm for the red band. Set the OSA resolution at 0.5 nm. Connect an optical fiber jumper cable from the OSA input connection to the monitor (MON) port of the TPA-R module in slot 1 (Figure 4-2).
Figure 4-2 Red-Band Channel Transmission Test Setup
Slot 1 TPA-R Slot 2 TPA-B Slot 3 PRE-L MON MON B R

MON OUT

MON

IN

Optical spectrum analyzer When removing, disconnect this end first. Optical fiber jumper cable When installing, connect this end first.
69026 69027

Step 4

Manually override the laser safety shutdown feature of the site by connecting an optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the slot-3 PRE-L module to the MON port of the 24WM-R module (Figure 4-3).
Figure 4-3 Terminal Site Laser Safety Manual Override Connection
8WM-B
MON MON

24WM-R

Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 TPA-R TPA-B PRE-L


MON MON B R

When removing, disconnect this end first.

Optical fiber jumper cable


MON OUT MON IN

When installing, connect this end first.

Step 5

Set the OSA scale to 1.0 dB per division. Verify that all active channels are present.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-10

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Note

Optical power losses can be caused by the E-2000 optical connections on the modules or on the backplane. However, only qualified personnel are authorized to remove, adjust, or clean ONS 15800 system E-2000 connections. If any active red-band channels are missing, locate the source of the failure (e.g., transmitter output power, cabling, or multiplexer path loss) and correct it. Disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the MON port of the TPA-R module.

Step 6 Step 7

Blue-Band Channel Transmission Verification


Use this procedure to verify the flatness of the blue-band channel transmission from the TPA-B module.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5

Set the OSA center wavelength to 1532 nm and the span to 10 nm for the blue band. Set the OSA resolution to 0.5 nm. Connect an optical fiber jumper cable from the OSA input port to the MON port of the slot-2 TPA-B module. Set the scale to 1 dB per division. Verify that all active channels are present. If any active blue-band channels are missing, locate the source of the failure (e.g., transmitter output power, cabling, or multiplexer path loss) and correct it.

TPA-R Module OSC Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the OSC output of the TPA-R module.
Step 1

Connect an OPM to the OUT port of the TPA-R module in slot 1 using an optical fiber jumper cable (Figure 4-4).

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-11

Chapter 4 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Figure 4-4

TPA-R Module OSC Measurement Setup


Slot 1 TPA-R Slot 2 TPA-B Slot 3 PRE-L MON MON B R

MON OUT

MON

IN Optical power meter

Step 2

Verify that the TPA-R module OSC reading in dBm is within the OSC range specified for TPA-R module OSC-only output power in Table 4-6. The TPA-R module OSC test procedure is complete.

Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Safety Override


Use this procedure to test the safety override feature of Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software.
Step 3 Step 4

Choose the TPA-R module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Select the safety override item (SftyOvRide1) on the Action List tab and execute the command.

Caution

Use the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software safety override command on a TPA-R module only in a terminal site, back-to-back site, or regeneration site. Do not use the local terminal software safety override command on any other amplifier module in a terminal site, back-to-back site, or regeneration site. Failure to heed this caution can result in damage to equipment. Verify that the MAJ LED on the TPA-R module shuts off and the output reading on the OPM increases for 10 seconds.

Step 5

Red-Band and Blue-Band Laser Safety Shutdown Test


Use this procedure to test the laser safety shutdown feature of the system.
Step 1 Step 2

Manually override the laser safety shutdown feature by connecting an optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 3 to the MON port of the 24WM-R module. Verify that the lasers in the TPA-R module in slot 1 and the TPA-B module in slot 2 turn on (indicated by the MAJ LED on each module switching off).

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-12

69017

When removing, disconnect this end first.

Optical fiber jumper cable

When installing, connect this end first.

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Remove the optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 3. Verify that the TPA-R module in slot 1 and the TPA-B module in slot 2 turn off (indicated by the MAJ LED on each of the two amplifier modules lighting). Reconnect the optical fiber jumper cable to the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 3. Issue the safety override command from Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. Verify that the TPA-R module in slot 1 and the TPA-B module in slot 2 turn on again (indicated by the MAJ LED on each module switching off). Switch off both BAT modules on all transponder shelves.

Note

When the BAT modules are turned off, only the TPA-R module MAJ LED will switch off if no blue-band channels are present. Verify that the lasers in the TPA-R module in slot 1 and the TPA-B module in slot 2 turn off (indicated by the MAJ LED on each module lighting).

Step 9

Note

The following step must be performed. If this step is not performed, the lasers in the TPA-R and TPA-B modules will turn on when light is reapplied to the inputs. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 3. Turn on all BAT modules in the transponder shelves. Verify that the lasers in the TPA-R module in slot 1 and the TPA-B module in slot 2 do not turn on (indicated by the MAJ LED on each module staying lit).

Step 10 Step 11 Step 12

PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure PRE-L module output power.

Note

The PRE-L module red-band and blue-band output power levels are measured with Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Connect an optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 3 to the MON port of the 24WM-R module. Issue the safety override command from the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. Select the PRE-L module in slot 3 on the local terminal software Network Element screen and choose the red-band output power item ( OutPwrRed1 ) on the Analog I/O tab. Verify that the PRE-L module output power value is within the specifications listed for PRE-L module red-band output in Table 4-8.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-13

Chapter 4 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Table 4-8

Terminal Site Output Power Range for the PRE-L Module

Output Power (dBm)1 Module PRE-L module Blue band Red band
1.

Min. 5.5 +8

Max. +5.5 +13

Values for 32 channels nominal system configuration

Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Disconnect the slot-3 PRE-L module optical fiber jumper cable from the MON port of the 24WM-R module and connect it to the MON port of the 8WM-B module. Select the blue-band output power item for the same module on the Analog I/O tab. Verify that the PRE-L module output power value is within the specifications listed for PRE-L module blue-band output listed in Table 4-8.

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable from the MON port of the PRE-L module in slot 3.

Step 8

TPA-R Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the TPA-R module red-band output power.
Step 1

Carefully unplug the TPA-B module in slot 2 and the Line Service Modem module (LSM-W) from the backplane by reversing the installation procedure in Chapter 3, Site Installation. Do not remove the modules from the subrack. Use an optical fiber jumper cable to connect the OPM to the OUT port of the TPA-R module in slot 1. Connect the optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 3 to the MON port of the 24WM-R module. Issue the safety override command from the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. Use the OPM connected to the TPA-R module in slot 1 to measure the TPA-R module red-band output power in dBm and mW. Verify that the TPA-R module red-band output power in dBm and mW meets the TPA-R red-band-only specification for the appropriate power class.

Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable from the MON port of the 24WM-R module.

Step 7

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-14

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

TPA-R Module Combined Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the combined red-band and blue-band output power of the TPA-R module.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Plug the TPA-B module in slot 2 back into the backplane. Connect the optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module to the MON port of the 24WM-R module. Connect an OPM to the OUT port of the TPA-R module in slot 1. Measure the output power of the red band and blue band in dBm and mW.

TPA-R Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to continue from the combined output power measurement to calculate and test the TPA-R module blue-band output.
Step 1 Step 2

Subtract the TPA-R module red-band-only output reading in mW from the combined TPA-R output power reading in mW to determine the TPA-R module blue-band output power in mW. Use the following formula to convert blue-band output power from mW to dBm. Power (dBm) = 10 x log (blue-band power in mW) Verify that the calculated value for the blue-band output power in dBm meets the appropriate power class specification for the TPA-R module blue-band-only entry.

Step 3

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable from the MON port of the 24WM-R module. Reinstall the LSM-W module into the backplane.

Step 4 Step 5

2.5-Gbps Optical Line Site Setup and Test


Warning

The ONS 15800 system equipment contains Class IIIb laser products. The maximum output power is 50 mW with front access or 100 mW with rear access in the 12601605 nm wavelength range. Laser radiation presents an invisible hazard, so personnel should avoid exposure to the laser beam. Personnel must be qualified in laser safety and must use proper eye protection before working on this equipment.

Warning

Disconnect all outside plant fibers before OADM site optical safety tests are performed. Failure to heed this warning can result in injury.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-15

Chapter 4 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Note

The PRE-L module red-band and blue-band output power levels are measured with Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software as the input power to the RBA module and BBA modules.

Note

The accuracy of local terminal software measurements is 1.0 dBm. For more information, refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System.

Note

All procedures must be performed in the order presented. This section provides the 2.5-Gbps OLA site setup and test procedures.

Module Communication Setup


This procedure establishes module communication with the Control and Monitoring Processor (CMP) module.

Note

A network element (NE) is a site or a part of a site that is under the control of a single CMP module.

Note

The module communication setup procedure must be performed on all NEs. Use this procedure to set up module communication at a site:

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Connect a PC to the system using an EIA/TIA-232 (RS-232) cable connected to the local craft interface located on the front of shelf one. Open the local terminal software. Select a serial port from the Connection menu. Select the Internet protocol (IP) address of the CMP module. Choose NE Inventory under Configuration Management, and verify that all occupied module slots are checked. With the BAT modules in shelf one turned OFF, unplug and reinsert the SCF module and CMP module. Verify that the control bus cable is correctly installed. (Refer to the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual.) Verify that the subrack addressing is correct. (Refer to the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual.) If a module or subrack is not recognized after these steps, there may be a short circuit between the connector pins of a module and the subrack. Visually identify the problem and repair or replace as necessary.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-16

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Warning

All amplifier line directions must be entered correctly to enable the safety shutdown feature of the ONS 15800 system to operate properly. Failure to heed this warning can expose personnel to invisible laser radiation.

Follow these steps to verify proper operation:


Step 1 Step 2

In the local terminal software, select TPA-R module on the Network Element screen, and verify the line direction according to Table 4-9. Repeat for the TPA-B module, RBA module, BBA module, and PRE-L module.

Table 4-9

Amplifier Line Direction Settings

Amplifier Module PRE-L RBA BBA PRE-L RBA BBA

Slot 1 2 3 4 5 6

Setting East-to-West East-to-West East-to-West West-to-East West-to-East West-to-East

If the line direction of an amplifier is not configured correctly, reset it using Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for amplifier configuration information.

CMP Module Configuration


Note

For the CMP module optical system ID, optical line ID, and sequential number configuration parameters refer to the route installation specification. The route installation specification configuration parameters do not preclude the site test. Use the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software to configure the CMP module (shelf 1.1, slot 15) as follows:

Step 1

Set the following CMP module NE identification parameters using the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software or the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software:

NE name NE IP address NE IP subnet mask NE IP default gateway NE type (terminal site, regeneration site, OLA site, or OADM site)

Step 2

Set the following CMP module NE attributes for APP while referring to Figure 4-5:

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-17

Chapter 4 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Optical system ID primaryThis parameter describes the system characteristics (e.g. fiber type, span budget, maximum channel count, and transponder type) used by the APP procedure. For the regenerator site only the primary ID is related to the west side.

Note

For 2.5-Gbps and 10-Gbps system configurations containing both FEC and Non-FEC transponders, the Optical System ID shall be defined according to Table 4-10. For example: a 2.5-Gbps or 10-Gbps system with FEC and Non-FEC transponders, the Optical System ID shall be defined as a 2.5 Gbps or 10 Gbps No-FEC transponder type (priority 1-3).
Table 4-10 Optical System IDTransponder Type Priority List

Priority 1 2 3 4 5

Transponder Type 10 Gbps No-FEC 2.5 Gbps No-FEC without RXT modules 2.5 Gbps No-FEC with RXT modules 10 Gbps OB-FEC 2.5 Gbps OB-FEC

Optical system ID secondaryThis parameter describes the system characteristics (e.g. fiber type, span budget, maximum channel count, and transponder type) used by the APP procedure. The secondary ID has to be set for the regenerator site only and it is related to the east side. Optical line ID primaryA unique identifier for the optical line (the point-to-point transmission multiplex section between two terminal or regeneration sites). For the regenerator site only the primary ID is related to the west side. Optical line ID secondaryA unique identifier for the optical line (the point-to-point transmission multiplex section between two terminal or regeneration sites). The secondary ID has to be set for the regenerator site only and it is related to the east side. Sequential number primaryA site unique identifier in the optical line sequence (the site sequence numbering starts from the west side of the optical line. For the regenerator site only the primary ID is related to the west side. Sequential number secondaryA site unique identifier in the optical line sequence (the site sequence numbering starts from the west side of the optical line. The secondary ID has to be set for the regenerator site only and it is related to the east side.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-18

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Figure 4-5

CMP Module Node Attributes


Optical Line 1 Optical Line 2

Terminal Site WEST West -to-East Line direction

Line Site

Line Site

Regenerator Site

Terminal Site EAST

East -to-West Line direction

NE type = TS Optical Line Id (Primary) = 1 Optical System Id (Primary) = TW, 54 ch, 3x Sequential Number (Primary) = 1 NE type = OLA Optical Line Id (Primary) = 1 Optical System Id (Primary) = TW, 54 ch, 3x Sequential Number (Primary) = 2 NE type = OLA Optical Line Id (Primary) = 1 Optical System Id (Primary) = TW, 54 ch, 3x Sequential Number (Primary) = 3

NEtype = LEM West Side: Optical Line Id (Primary) = 1 Optical System Id (Primary) = TW, 54 ch, 3x Sequential Number (Primary) = 4 East Side: Optical Line Id (Secondary) = 2 Optical System Id (Secondary) = ELEAF, 54 ch, 1x Sequential Number (Secondary) = 1 NE type = TS Optical Line Id (Primary) = 2 Optical System Id (Primary) = ELEAF, 54 ch, 1x Sequential Number (Primary) = 2

Note

APP imposes a constraint on network element sequence numbers. The network element sequence numbers of all of the NEs that belong to the same optical line (terminal site-to-terminal site, terminal site-to-regeneration site, regeneration site-to-regeneration site) have to be placed in sequence in order to allow the APP network auto-discovery procedure to properly communicate the ONS 15800 system configuration. Configure the CMP module as either a master or slave:

Step 3

The CMP module is shipped configured as a master. The CMP module located in bay 1 must be configured as the master. Each slave CMP module must be numbered according to the bay label. Since each CMP module can only control one bay, the parameter Controlled Rack 1 must be set to the number of the corresponding bay. Also, the parameter Controlled Rack 2 must be set to Not configured.

Step 4

To check module communication, perform an NE inventory.

The NE inventory is defined only on the CMP master module.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-19

Chapter 4 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Amplifier Power Control Setup


At the factory, the optical output power of an amplifier is configured to an unknown power class. Use Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software to configure the amplifier power class. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for information on changing the power class. Use the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software to set the ADA module working point and to calculate output power. Refer to site engineering documentation for network design and specific setup information. Table 4-11, and Table 4-12 show typical system setups by fiber type and number of channels per blue and red band. Table 4-13 shows typical system setups by fiber type and number of channels per blue and red bands. The amplifier output for the blue and red bands are set on a per class basis (low, mid, or high). Amplifier power output is regulated in the continuous range mode by selecting a setpoint value within the range. Use the appropriate setup to provision the system.
Table 4-11 2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (No FEC) (Without RXT Modules)

Blue Band Booster (TPA-B or BBA) Fiber SMF Span Budget 5x22 5x25 5x28 LEAF TWF LSF DSF 5x22 5x25 5x22 5x25 5x22 5x25 5x22 5x25 Low 1-2 1 1 1-2 1 1 1 1-2 1 1-2 1-2 Mid 3-4 2-3 2 3-4 2-3 2-3 2-3 3-4 2-3 3-4 3-4 High 5-8 4-6 3-4 5-8 4-6 4 4 5-8 4-6

Red Band Booster (TPA-R or RBA) Low 1-5 1-4 1-3 1-5 1-4 1-5 1-4 1-5 1-4 1-4 1-4 Mid 6-11 5-10 4-7 6-11 5-10 6-11 5-10 6-11 5-10 5-8 5-8 High 12-24 11-20 8-16 12-24 11-20 12-24 11-20 12-24 11-14

Table 4-12 2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (No FEC) (With RXT Modules)

Blue Band Booster (TPA-B or BBA) Fiber SMF Span Budget 5x22 5x25 5x28 5x30 LEAF TWF 5x22 5x25 5x22 5x25 1-2 1-2 1 1 3-4 3-4 2-3 2-3 5-8 5-8 4 4 Low 1-2 1-2 1 Mid 3-4 3-4 2-3 High 5-8 5-8 4-6

Red Band Booster (TPA-R or RBA) Low 1-5 1-5 1-4 1-2 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-4 Mid 6-11 6-11 5-10 3-4 6-11 6-11 6-11 5-10 High 12-24 12-24 11-20 5-8 12-24 12-24 12-24 11-20

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-20

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Table 4-12 2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (No FEC) (With RXT Modules) (continued)

Blue Band Booster (TPA-B or BBA) Fiber LSF DSF Span Budget 5x22 5x25 5x22 5x25 1-2 1-2 3-4 3-4 Low 1-2 Mid 3-4 High 5-8

Red Band Booster (TPA-R or RBA) Low 1-5 1-4 1-4 Mid 6-11 5-8 5-8 High 12-24

Table 4-13 2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (OOB-FEC)

Blue Band Boosters (TPA-B and BBA) Fiber SMF ELEAF TW-RS Teralight TWC TW+ LSF DSF NOTE All Links Low 1-3 Mid 4-6 High 7-8

Red Band Boosters (TPA-R and RBA) Low 1-6 Mid 7-12 High 13-24

All Links 1x...5x 6x...7x All Links All Links

1-6 1-4 1-8 1-8 1-3 4-5 5-8

1-12 1-12 1-24 1-5

13-24 13-24

The amplifier power setup procedure is complete.

Output Power Criteria


Warning

ONS 15800 system equipment contains Class IIIb laser products. The maximum output power is 50 mW with front access or 100 mW with rear access in the 12601605 nm wavelength range. Laser radiation presents an invisible hazard, so personnel should avoid exposure to the laser beam. Personnel must be qualified in laser safety and must use proper eye protection before working on this equipment.

Caution

When the subrack power is ON, unplugging the ADA module, BBA module, BBA-10G module, RBA module, RBA-10G module, PRE-L module, TPA-R module, or TPA-B moduleor removing connectors from those modulescan cause carbonization of the connectors. Use the criteria in Table 4-14 to determine whether amplifier output power at an OLA site passes or fails standard. This table describes output values according to fiber type and according to amplifier type. It shows specific output ranges for channel bands (e.g., blue band or red band) or for the OSC alone.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-21

Chapter 4 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Note

The accuracy of Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software measurements is 1.0 dBm.

Note

Optical power losses can be caused by the E-2000 optical connections on the modules or on the backplane. However, only qualified personnel are authorized to remove, adjust, or clean ONS 15801 system E-2000 connections.

Note

All modules not meeting the output power specification must be replaced after verification of the losses of the related connections. The test must be repeated until the result is positive.

Table 4-14 Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Optical Line Amplification Sites

Fiber Type and Power Measurement Point TPA-B module output power Instrument Mid-Class Power (dBm) +14.5 to +18.5 +13 to +15 +9.5 to +14.5 +0.5 to +6.5 Low-Class Power (dBm) +10.5 to +13.5 +12 to +16 +10 to +12 +7.5 to +12.5 +0.5 to +6.5 5.5 to +5.5 +7.5 to +13.5 6 to +6 +10.5 to +13.5 +2 to +10 +12 to +16 +10 to +12 +7.5 to +12.5 +0.5 to +6.5 High-Class Power (dBm) +13.5 to +17 +16.5 to +20.5 +15.5 to +17.5 +11 to +16 +0.5 to +6.5 5.5 to +5.5 +7.5 to +13.5 6 to +6 +14 to +16.5 +2 to +10 +17 to +20.5 +16 to +18 +11 to +15.5 +0.5 to +6.5

Local terminal software +12.5 to +15.5

TPA-R module output powerblue band + OPM red band + OSC TPA-R module output power Red band
1

OPM OPM

Blue band OPM TPA-R module output powerOSC only PRE-L module input power PRE-L module output power blue band

Local terminal software Per span budget Per span budget Per span budget Local terminal software, 5.5 to +5.5 manual system test

PRE-L module monitor output powerred Local terminal software, +7.5 to +13.5 band manual system test BBA module input power BBA module output power RBA module input power RBA module output powerblue band + red band + OSC RBA module output powerred band RBA module output powerblue band RBA module output powerOSC only Local terminal software 6 to +6 measure Local terminal software +12.5 to +15.5 measure Local terminal software +2 to +10 measure OPM OPM OPM OPM +14.5 to +18.5 +13 to +15 +9.5 to +14.5 +0.5 to +6.5

1. The OSC output depends on the value used to attenuate the signal.

East-to-West LSM-W Module OSC Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure LSM-W module OSC east-to-west output power.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-22

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Step 1

Use an optical fiber jumper cable to connect the OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 2 (Figure 4-6).
Figure 4-6 East-to-West Setup for Amplifier Output Power Measurement
East-to-west Slot 1 PRE-L MON MON B R Slot 2 RBA Slot 3 BBA Slot 4 PRE-L MON MON B R West-to-east Slot 5 RBA Slot 6 BBA

Optical fiber jumper cable


IN MON OUT MON
IN

MON OUT

MON

Laser source

Optical power meter

Optical fiber jumper cable

Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Attach an optical source to the IN port of the slot-1 PRE-L module. Set the OPM to read in dBm. Measure the LSM-W module output power. Verify that the LSM-W module OSC measurement meets the specification for the RBA module OSC-only.

West-to-East LSM-W Module OSC Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the west-to-east LSM-W module OSC output power.
Step 1

Use an optical fiber jumper cable to connect the OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 5 (Figure 4-7).

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

69030

4-23

Chapter 4 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Figure 4-7

West-to-East Amplifier Output Power Measurement Setup


East-to-west Slot 1 PRE-L MON MON B R Slot 2 RBA Slot 3 BBA Slot 4 PRE-L MON MON B R West-to-east Slot 5 RBA Slot 6 BBA

Optical fiber jumper cable

IN

MON OUT

MON

IN

MON OUT

MON

Optical fiber jumper cable Laser source

Optical power meter

Optical fiber jumper cable

Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Attach an optical source to the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 4. Set the OPM to read in dBm. Measure the LSM-W module output power. Verify that the LSM-W module measurement meets the RBA OSC-only specification.

East-to-West PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the PRE-L module east-to-west output power.

Note

The PRE-L module red-band and blue-band output power levels are measured with local terminal software as the input to the RBA module and BBA module. Connect a light source to the east-to-west PRE-L module in slot 1. Turn the light source on. The PRE-L module MAJ alarm LED should switch off. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for instructions to select the BBA module in slot 3 on the Network Element screen. Select the input power item (InpPwr1) for the module on the Analog I/O tab. Verify that the BBA module value is within the specifications listed for the PRE-L module blue band in Table 4-15.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Step 4

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-24

69018

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Table 4-15 Optical Line Amplification Site Output Power Range of PRE-L Module

Output Power (dBm)1 Module PRE-L Blue band Red band 1 channel @ = 1535 nm, Pin = 10 dBm 1 channel @ = 1550 nm, Pin = 8 dBm +3 +8 +5 +13 Condition of Measure Min. Max.

1. Values for 32 channels nominal system configuration.

Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Record the BBA module input power on an ONS 15800 Line Site Test Results form. Select the RBA module in slot 2 on the Network Element screen. Select the input power item (InpPwr1) for the module on the Analog I/O tab. Verify that the RBA module value is within the specifications listed for the PRE-L module blue band in Table 4-15. Turn off the light source.

West-to-East PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the PRE-L module west-to-east output power.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5

Connect a light source to the west-to-east PRE-L module in slot 4. Turn on the light source. The PRE-L module MAJ alarm LED should switch off. Select the BBA module in slot 6 on the Network Element screen. Select the InpPwr1 item for the module on the Analog I/O tab. Verify that the BBA module input power item is within the specifications listed for the PRE-L module blue band in Table 4-15. Choose the RBA module in slot 5 on the Network Element screen. Verify that the input power item (InpPwr1) meets the specifications listed for the PRE-L module blue band in Table 4-15.

Setup for East-to-West Laser Safety Manual Override and Amplifier Activation
Use this procedure to set up the manual laser safety override and to activate east-to-west amplifiers.

Note

The manual safety override is necessary to prevent the amplifiers from switching off before the output power can be measured and recorded. This setup allows the measurement of the east-to-west amplifiers. Install an optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 4 to the MON R port of the PRE-L module in slot 1. Use an optical fiber jumper cable to connect an OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 2.

Step 1 Step 2

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-25

Chapter 4 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Step 3 Step 4 Step 5

Connect a light source to the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 1. Turn on the light source. Verify that the value on the OPM increases and that the RBA module MAJ alarm LED switches off, which indicates that the laser in the RBA module is on.

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Turn off the light source.

Step 6

East-to-West RBA Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the east-to-west RBA module red-band output power.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Unplug the BBA module in slot 3 and the LSM-W module from the backplane, but do not remove them from the shelf. Connect an OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 2. Measure and record the RBA module red-band output in both dBm and mW. Turn on the light source. Verify that the RBA module output power reading in dBm meets the applicable amplifier power class specification for the RBA module red-band-only output power range of the RBA module red-band output power.

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Turn off the light source.

Step 5

East-to-West RBA Module Combined Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the east-to-west RBA module combined red-band and blue-band output power.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Reinstall the BBA module in slot 3. Connect an OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 2. Measure and record the red-band output power of the RBA module in mW. Turn on the light source.

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-26

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Step 4

Turn off the light source.

East-to-West RBA Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement


This procedure continues from the previous procedure to calculate and measure the east-to-west RBA module blue-band output power.
Step 1

Use the following formula to calculate the east-to-west blue-band output power for the RBA module in slot 1. (All measurements are in mW.) RBA[Blue-band output] = RBA[Red- and blue-band output] RBA[Red-band output]

Step 2

Convert the blue-band output power in mW to dBm using the following formula. Power (dBm) = 10 x log (blue-band power in mW) Verify that the blue-band output power in dBm meets the applicable amplifier power class specification for the RBA module blue-band-only output power range.

Step 3

Deactivating the East-to-West Manual Safety Override and Reinstalling the LSM-W Module
Use this procedure to deactivate the east-to-west manual safety override and reinstall the LSM-W module.

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution will cause the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Remove the optical source from the input of the PRE-L module in slot 1. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable used to connect the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 4 to the MON R port of the PRE-L module in slot 1. Remove the OPM and optical fiber jumper cable from the RBA module in slot 2. Reinstall the LSM-W module in the backplane.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Setup for West-to-East Laser Safety Manual Override and Amplifier Activation
Use this procedure to set up the manual laser safety override and activate west-to-east amplifiers.

Note

The manual safety override is necessary to prevent the amplifiers from switching off before the output power can be measured and recorded. This setup allows the measurement of the east-to-west amplifiers.

Step 1

Install an optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 1 to the MON R port of the PRE-L module in slot 4.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-27

Chapter 4 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5

Use an optical fiber jumper cable to connect the OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 5. Connect a light source to the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 4. Turn on the light source. Verify that the value on the OPM increases and that the RBA module MAJ alarm LED switches off, which indicates that the laser in the RBA module is on.

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Turn off the light source.

Step 6

West-to-East RBA Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure west-to-east RBA module red-band output power.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Unplug the BBA module in slot 6 and the LSM-W module from the backplane, but do not remove them from the shelf. Connect an OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 5. Measure and record the red-band output power of the RBA module in dBm and mW. Turn on the light source. Verify that the RBA module output power reading in dBm meets the applicable amplifier power class specification for the RBA module red-band-only output power range.

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Turn off the light source.

Step 5

West-to-East RBA Module Combined Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure combined west-to-east RBA module output power.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Reinstall the BBA module in slot 6. Turn on the light source. Connect an OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 5. Measure and record the RBA module red-band output power in mW.

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-28

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Step 4

Turn off the light source.

West-to-East RBA Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement


This procedure continues from the previous procedure to calculate and measure the west-to-east RBA module blue-band output power.
Step 1

Use the following formula to calculate the blue-band output power at the RBA module output. (All measurements are in mW.) RBA[Blue-band output] = RBA[Red- and blue-band output] RBA[Red band output]

Step 2

Convert the blue-band output power in mW to dBm using the following formula. Power (dBm) = 10 x log (blue-band power in mW) Verify that the blue-band output power in dBm meets the applicable amplifier power class specification for the RBA module blue-band-only output power range.

Step 3

Deactivating the West-to-East Manual Safety Override and Reinstalling LSM-W Module
Use this procedure to deactivate the west-to-east manual safety override and reinstall the LSM-W module.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Remove the optical source from the input of the PRE-L module in slot 4. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable used to connect the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 1 to the MON R port of the PRE-L module in slot 4. Remove the OPM and optical fiber jumper cable from the RBA module in slot 5. Reinstall the LSM-W module.

Mid-Amplifier Loss Verification


This section provides the MAL values dependent on the loss of the span preceding the OLA site. Table 4-16 list the ideal MAL values dependent upon span length.

Note

The following values must be verified within 1.5 dB.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-29

Chapter 4 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Table 4-16 Amplifier MAL Regulation

Link Data Span Loss (dB) 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 Typical Span Length [km] (@ 0.25 dB/Km) 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 148 152

Blue Band Tolerated MAL @ 10 Gbps Ideal MAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SMF 9 9 10 10 11 11 11 12 12 13 13 13 14 14 16 16 17 17 17 18 18 18 NA NA NA HEF1 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 NA NA NA

Red Band Tolerated MAL @ 10 Gbps GFF Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N N N Ideal MAL 13 13 13 13 12 12 12 11 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 5 5 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 SMF 14 14 14 14 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 16 17 17 17 18 18 19 19 19 NA NA NA HEF1 14 14 14 14 13 13 13 12 12 11 10 9 8 7 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 NA NA NA

1. Tolerated MAL on HEF can be increased by 2 dB for Teralight fiber in order to accommodate the needed DCU.

East-to-West Red and Blue Bands Mid-Amplifier Loss Verification


Use the following procedures to activate the OLA amplifiers in the East-to-West direction:
Step 1 Step 2

Connect a laser source to the PRE-L module E-W input. Turn the laser source on.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-30

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Step 3 Step 4

Connect an optical fiber jumper between the E-W PRE-L module (red band) MON port and the W-E PRE-L module IN port. Set the safety override command to RBA E-W module. Perform the following procedures to obtain the MAL measurement: Measure the E-W PRE-L module (red band) output power using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. Measure the E-W RBA module or BBA module input power using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. The MAL value is the difference between the power level measured on the preceding steps 1 and 2.

Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

West-to-East Red and Blue Bands Mid-Amplifier Loss Verification


Use the following procedures to activate the OLA amplifiers in the W-E direction:
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Connect a laser source to the PRE-L module W-E input. Turn the laser source on. Connect an optical fiber jumper between the W-E PRE-L module (red band) MON port and the E-W PRE-L module IN port. Set the safety override command to RBA W-E module.

Perform the following procedures to obtain the MAL measurement:


Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Measure the W-E PRE-L module (red band) output power using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. Measure the W-E RBA or BBA module input power using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. The MAL value is the difference between the power level measured on the preceding steps 1 and 2.

2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Setup and Test


Warning

The ONS 15800 system equipment contains Class IIIb laser products. The maximum output power is 50 mW with front access or 100 mW with rear access in the 12601605 nm wavelength range. Laser radiation presents an invisible hazard, so personnel should avoid exposure to the laser beam. Personnel must be qualified in laser safety and must use proper eye protection before working on this equipment.

Warning

All outside plant fibers must be disconnected before OADM site optical safety tests are performed. Failure to heed this warning can result in personnel injury.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-31

Chapter 4 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Caution

When the subrack power is ON, unplugging the amplifier modules (or removing connectors from those modules) can cause carbonization of the connectors.

Note

Optical power losses can be caused by the E-2000 optical connections on the modules or the backplane. However, only qualified personnel are authorized to remove, adjust, or clean ONS 15800 system E-2000 connections.

Note

All modules not meeting the output power specification must be replaced after verification of the losses of the related connections. The test must be repeated until the result is positive.

Note

The accuracy of Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software measurements is 1.0 dBm.

Note

All procedures must be performed in the order presented. This section provides the 2.5-Gbps OADM site setup and test procedures.

Module Communication Setup


This procedure establishes module communication with the CMP module.

Note

A network element (NE) is a site or a part of a site that is under the control of a single CMP module.

Note

The module communication setup procedure must be performed on all NEs. Use this procedure to set up module communication at a site:

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

Connect a PC to the system using an EIA/TIA-232 (RS-232) cable connected to the local craft interface located on the front of shelf one. Open the local terminal software. Select a serial port from the Connection menu. Select the Internet protocol (IP) address of the CMP module. Choose NE Inventory under Configuration Management, and verify that all occupied module slots are checked. With the BAT modules in shelf one turned OFF, unplug and reinsert the SCF module and CMP module. Verify that the control bus cable is correctly installed. (Refer to the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual.) Verify that the subrack addressing is correct. (Refer to the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual.)

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-32

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Step 7

If a module or subrack is not recognized after these steps, there may be a short circuit between the connector pins of a module and the subrack. Visually identify the problem and repair or replace as necessary.

Warning

All amplifier line directions must be entered correctly to enable the safety shutdown feature of the ONS 15800 system to operate properly. Failure to heed this warning can expose personnel to invisible laser radiation.

Follow these steps to verify proper operation:


Step 1 Step 2

In the local terminal software, select TPA-R module on the Network Element screen, and verify the line direction according to Table 4-17. Repeat for the TPA-B module, RBA module, BBA module and PRE-L module.

Table 4-17 Amplifier Line Direction Settings

Amplifier Module PRE-L RBA BBA PRE-L RBA BBA

Slot 1 2 3 4 5 6

Setting East-to-West East-to-West East-to-West West-to-East West-to-East West-to-East

If the line direction of an amplifier is not configured correctly, reset it using Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for amplifier configuration information. The module communication setup procedure is complete.

CMP Module Configuration


Note

For the CMP module optical system ID, optical line ID, and sequential number configuration parameters refer to the route installation specification. The route installation specification configuration parameters do not preclude the site test. Use the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software to configure the CMP module (shelf 1.1, slot 15) as follows:

Step 1

Set the following CMP module NE identification parameters using the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software or the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software:

NE name

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-33

Chapter 4 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Step 2

NE IP address NE IP subnet mask NE IP default gateway NE type (terminal site, regeneration site, OLA site, or OADM site) Optical system ID primaryThis parameter describes the system characteristics (e.g. fiber type, span budget, maximum channel count, and transponder type) used by the APP procedure. For the regenerator site only the primary ID is related to the west side.

Set the following CMP module NE attributes for APP while referring to Figure 4-8:

Note

For 2.5-Gbps and 10-Gbps system configurations containing both FEC and Non-FEC transponders, the Optical System ID shall be defined according to Table 4-18. For example: a 2.5-Gbps or 10-Gbps system with FEC and Non-FEC transponders, the Optical System ID shall be defined as a 2.5 Gbps or 10 Gbps No-FEC transponder type (priority 1-3).
Table 4-18 Optical System IDTransponder Type Priority List

Priority 1 2 3 4 5

Transponder Type 10 Gbps No-FEC 2.5 Gbps No-FEC without RXT modules 2.5 Gbps No-FEC with RXT modules 10 Gbps OB-FEC 2.5 Gbps OB-FEC

Optical system ID secondaryThis parameter describes the system characteristics (e.g. fiber type, span budget, maximum channel count, and transponder type) used by the APP procedure. The secondary ID has to be set for the regenerator site only and it is related to the east side. Optical line ID primaryA unique identifier for the optical line (the point-to-point transmission multiplex section between two terminal or regeneration sites). For the regenerator site only the primary ID is related to the west side. Optical line ID secondaryA unique identifier for the optical line (the point-to-point transmission multiplex section between two terminal or regeneration sites). The secondary ID has to be set for the regenerator site only and it is related to the east side. Sequential number primaryA site unique identifier in the optical line sequence (the site sequence numbering starts from the west side of the optical line. For the regenerator site only the primary ID is related to the west side. Sequential number secondaryA site unique identifier in the optical line sequence (the site sequence numbering starts from the west side of the optical line. The secondary ID has to be set for the regenerator site only and it is related to the east side.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-34

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Figure 4-8

CMP Module Node Attributes


Optical Line 1 Optical Line 2

Terminal Site WEST West -to-East Line direction

Line Site

Line Site

Regenerator Site

Terminal Site EAST

East -to-West Line direction

NE type = TS Optical Line Id (Primary) = 1 Optical System Id (Primary) = TW, 54 ch, 3x Sequential Number (Primary) = 1 NE type = OLA Optical Line Id (Primary) = 1 Optical System Id (Primary) = TW, 54 ch, 3x Sequential Number (Primary) = 2 NE type = OLA Optical Line Id (Primary) = 1 Optical System Id (Primary) = TW, 54 ch, 3x Sequential Number (Primary) = 3

NEtype = LEM West Side: Optical Line Id (Primary) = 1 Optical System Id (Primary) = TW, 54 ch, 3x Sequential Number (Primary) = 4 East Side: Optical Line Id (Secondary) = 2 Optical System Id (Secondary) = ELEAF, 54 ch, 1x Sequential Number (Secondary) = 1 NE type = TS Optical Line Id (Primary) = 2 Optical System Id (Primary) = ELEAF, 54 ch, 1x Sequential Number (Primary) = 2

Note

APP imposes a constraint on network element sequence numbers. The network element sequence numbers of all of the NEs that belong to the same optical line (terminal site-to-terminal site, terminal site-to-regeneration site, regeneration site-to-regeneration site) have to be placed in sequence in order to allow the APP network auto-discovery procedure to properly communicate the ONS 15800 system configuration. Configure the CMP module as either a master or slave:

Step 3

The CMP module is shipped configured as a master. The CMP module located in bay 1 must be configured as the master. Each slave CMP module must be numbered according to the bay label. Since each CMP module can only control one bay, the parameter Controlled Rack 1 must be set to the number of the corresponding bay. Also, the parameter Controlled Rack 2 must be set to Not configured.

Step 4

To check module communication, perform an NE inventory.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-35

Chapter 4 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

The NE inventory is defined only on the CMP master module.

Amplifier Power Control Setup


At the factory, the optical output power of an amplifier is configured to an unknown power class. Use Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software to configure the amplifier power class. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for information on changing the power class. Use the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software to set the ADA module working point and to calculate output power. Refer to site engineering documentation for network design and specific setup information. Table 4-19 and Table 4-20 show typical system setups by fiber type and number of channels per blue and red band. Table 4-21 shows typical system setups by fiber type and number of channels per blue and red bands. The amplifier output for the blue and red bands are set on a per class basis (low, mid, or high). Amplifier power output is regulated in the continuous range mode by selecting a setpoint value within the range. Use the appropriate setup to provision the system.
Table 4-19 2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (No FEC) (Without RXT Modules)

Blue Band Booster (TPA-B or BBA) Fiber SMF Span Budget 5x22 5x25 5x28 LEAF TWF LSF DSF 5x22 5x25 5x22 5x25 5x22 5x25 5x22 5x25 Low 1-2 1 1 1-2 1 1 1 1-2 1 1-2 1-2 Mid 3-4 2-3 2 3-4 2-3 2-3 2-3 3-4 2-3 3-4 3-4 High 5-8 4-6 3-4 5-8 4-6 4 4 5-8 4-6

Red Band Booster (TPA-R or RBA) Low 1-5 1-4 1-3 1-5 1-4 1-5 1-4 1-5 1-4 1-4 1-4 Mid 6-11 5-10 4-7 6-11 5-10 6-11 5-10 6-11 5-10 5-8 5-8 High 12-24 11-20 8-16 12-24 11-20 12-24 11-20 12-24 11-14

Table 4-20 2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (No FEC) (With RXT Modules)

Blue Band Booster (TPA-B or BBA) Fiber SMF Span Budget 5x22 5x25 5x28 5x30 LEAF 5x22 5x25 1-2 1-2 3-4 3-4 5-8 5-8 Low 1-2 1-2 1 Mid 3-4 3-4 2-3 High 5-8 5-8 4-6

Red Band Booster (TPA-R or RBA) Low 1-5 1-5 1-4 1-2 1-5 1-5 Mid 6-11 6-11 5-10 3-4 6-11 6-11 High 12-24 12-24 11-20 5-8 12-24 12-24

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-36

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Table 4-20 2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (No FEC) (With RXT Modules) (continued)

Blue Band Booster (TPA-B or BBA) Fiber TWF LSF DSF Span Budget 5x22 5x25 5x22 5x25 5x22 5x25 1-2 1-2 3-4 3-4 Low 1 1 1-2 Mid 2-3 2-3 3-4 High 4 4 5-8

Red Band Booster (TPA-R or RBA) Low 1-5 1-4 1-5 1-4 1-4 Mid 6-11 5-10 6-11 5-8 5-8 High 12-24 11-20 12-24

Table 4-21 2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (OOB-FEC)

Blue Band Boosters (TPA-B and BBA) Fiber SMF ELEAF TW-RS Teralight TWC TW+ LSF DSF NOTE All Links Low 1-3 Mid 4-6 High 7-8

Red Band Boosters (TPA-R and RBA) Low 1-6 Mid 7-12 High 13-24

All Links 1x...5x 6x...7x All Links All Links

1-6 1-4 1-8 1-8 1-3 4-5 5-8

1-12 1-12 1-24 1-5

13-24 13-24

The amplifier power setup procedure is complete.

Output Power Criteria


Warning

The ONS 15800 system equipment contains Class IIIb laser products. The maximum output power is 50 mW with front access or 100 mW with rear access in the 12601605 nm wavelength range. Laser radiation presents an invisible hazard, so personnel should avoid exposure to the laser beam. Personnel must be qualified in laser safety and must use proper eye protection before working on this equipment.

Caution

When the subrack power is ON, unplugging the ADA module, BBA module, BBA-10G module, RBA module, RBA-10G module, PRE-L module, TPA-R module, or TPA-B moduleor removing connectors from those modulescan cause carbonization of the connectors. Use the criteria in Table 4-22 to determine whether amplifier output power at an OADM site passes or fails standard. This table describes output values according to fiber type and according to amplifier type. It shows specific output ranges for channel bands (e.g., blue band or red band) or for the OSC alone.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-37

Chapter 4 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Note

The accuracy of Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software measurements is 1.0 dBm.

Note

Optical power losses can be caused by the E-2000 optical connections on the modules or on the backplane. However, only qualified personnel are authorized to remove, adjust, or clean ONS 15801 system E-2000 connections.

Note

All modules not meeting the output power specification must be replaced after verification of the losses of the related connections. The test must be repeated until the result is positive.

Table 4-22 Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites

Fiber Type and Power Measurement Point TPA-B module output power Instrument Mid-Class Power (dBm) +14.5 to +18.5 +13 to +15 +9.5 to +14.5 +0.5 to +6.5 Low-Class Power (dBm) +10.5 to +13.5 +12 to +16 +10 to +12 +7.5 to +12.5 +0.5 to +6.5 5.5 to +5.5 +7.5 to +13.5 6 to +6 +10.5 to +13.5 +2 to +10 +12 to +16 +10 to +12 +7.5 to +12.5 +0.5 to +6.5 High-Class Power (dBm) +13.5 to +17 +16.5 to +20.5 +15.5 to +17.5 +11 to +16 +0.5 to +6.5 5.5 to +5.5 +7.5 to +13.5 6 to +6 +14 to +16.5 +2 to +10 +17 to +20.5 +16 to +18 +11 to +15.5 +0.5 to +6.5

Local terminal software +12.5 to +15.5

TPA-R module output powerblue band + OPM red band + OSC TPA-R module output power Red band
1

OPM OPM

Blue band OPM TPA-R module output powerOSC only PRE-L module input power PRE-L module output power blue band

Local terminal software Per span budget Per span budget Per span budget Local terminal software, 5.5 to +5.5 manual system test

PRE-L module monitor output powerred Local terminal software, +7.5 to +13.5 band manual system test BBA module input power BBA module output power RBA module input power RBA module output powerblue band + red band + OSC RBA module output powerred band RBA module output powerblue band RBA module output powerOSC only Local terminal software 6 to +6 measure Local terminal software +12.5 to +15.5 measure Local terminal software +2 to +10 measure OPM OPM OPM OPM +14.5 to +18.5 +13 to +15 +9.5 to +14.5 +0.5 to +6.5

1. The OSC output depends on the value used to attenuate the signal.

East-to-West LSM-W Module OSC Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the east-to-west OSC output of the LSM-W module.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-38

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Step 1

Use an optical fiber jumper cable to connect the OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 2 (Figure 4-9).
Figure 4-9 East-to-West Setup to Measure OSC Output Power Measurement
East-to-west Slot 1 PRE-L MON MON B R Slot 2 RBA Slot 3 BBA Slot 4 PRE-L MON MON B R West-to-east Slot 5 RBA Slot 6 BBA

Optical fiber jumper cable


IN MON OUT MON
IN

MON OUT

MON

Optical power

Optical fiber jumper cable

Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Attach an optical source to the IN port of the slot-1 PRE-L module. Set the OPM to read in dBm. Measure the LSM-W module output power. Verify that the LSM-W module measurement meets the RBA OSC-only specification in Table 4-23.

Table 4-23 Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Output Power Range of the RBA Module

Output Power (dBm)1 Module RBA Red-band-only Class HIGH Class MID Class LOW Blue-band-only Class HIGH Class MID 1 channel @ = 1535 nm, PinPRE-L = 10 dBm +11 +9.5 +14 +13 +15.5 +14.5 1 channel @ = 1550 nm, PinPRE-L = 8 dBm +16 +13 +10 +16.5 +14 +11 +18 +15 +12 Condition of Measure Min. Nom. Max.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

69028

4-39

Chapter 4 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Table 4-23 Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Output Power Range of the RBA Module (continued)

Output Power (dBm)1 Module Class LOW OSC-only


1. Values for 32 channels nominal system configuration.

Condition of Measure

Min. +7.5 +0.5

Nom. +11

Max. +12.5 +6.5

West-to-East LSM-W Module OSC Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the west-to-east OSC output of the LSM-W module.
Step 1

Use an optical fiber jumper cable to connect the OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 5 (Figure 4-10).
Figure 4-10 West-to-East OSC Output Power Measurement Setup
East-to-west Slot 1 PRE-L MON MON B R Slot 2 RBA Slot 3 BBA Slot 4 PRE-L MON MON B R West-to-east Slot 5 RBA Slot 6 BBA

Optical fiber jumper cable

IN

MON OUT

MON

IN

MON OUT

MON

Optical fiber jumper cable Laser source

Optical power meter

Optical fiber jumper cable

Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Attach an optical source to the IN port of the slot-4 PRE-L module. Set the OPM to read in dBm. Measure the LSM-W module output power. Verify that the LSM-W module measurement meets the RBA OSC-only specification in Table 4-23.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-40

69018

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

East-to-West PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the east-to-west PRE-L module output power.

Note

The PRE-L module red-band and blue-band output power levels are measured with local terminal software as input to the RBA and BBA modules.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect an optical source to the east-to-west PRE-L module in slot 1. Turn on the light source. The PRE-L module MAJ alarm LED should switch off. Select the BBA module in slot 3 on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Verify that the input power item (InpPwr1) is within the specifications listed for the PRE-L module blue band in Table 4-24.
Table 4-24 Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Output Power Range of the PRE-L Module

Output Power (dBm)1 Module PRE-L Blue band Red band


1.

Condition of Measure 1 channel @ = 1535 nm, Pin = 10 dBm 1 channel @ = 1550 nm, Pin = 8 dBm

Min. +3 +8

Max. +5 +13

Values for 32 channels, nominal system configuration.

Step 4

Select the RBA module in slot 2 on the Network Element screen. Verify that the input power item (InpPwr1) is within the specifications listed for the PRE-L module blue band in Table 4-24.

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Turn off the light source.

Step 5

West-to-East PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the west-to-east PRE-L module output power.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect an optical source to the west-to-east PRE-L module in slot 4. Turn on the light source. The PRE-L module MAJ alarm LED should switch off. Select the BBA module in slot 6 on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Verify that the input power item (InpPwr1) is within the specifications listed for the PRE-L module blue band in Table 4-24. Choose the RBA module in slot 5 on the Network Element screen. Verify that the input power item (InpPwr1) value is within the specifications listed for the PRE-L module blue band in Table 4-24.

Step 4

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-41

Chapter 4 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Setup for the East-to-West Laser Safety Manual Override and Amplifier Activation
Use this procedure to set up the manual safety override and activate east-to-west amplifiers.

Note

Manual safety override is necessary to prevent the amplifiers from switching off before the output power can be measured and recorded. This setup allows the measurement of east-to-west amplifiers.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5

Install an optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 4 to the MON R port of the PRE-L module in slot 1. Use an optical fiber jumper cable to connect the OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 2. Connect a light source to the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 1. Turn on the light source. Verify that the value on the OPM increases. Verify that the RBA module MAJ alarm LED switches off, which indicates the RBA module laser is on.

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Turn off the light source.

Step 6

East-to-West RBA Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the east-to-west RBA module red-band output power.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Unplug the BBA module in slot 3 and the LSM-W module from the backplane, but do not remove them from the shelf. Connect the OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 2. Measure and record the RBA module red-band output power in dBm and mW. Turn on the light source. Verify that the RBA module output power reading in dBm meets the applicable amplifier power class specification for the RBA red-band-only output power range.

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Turn off the light source.

Step 5

East-to-West RBA Module Combined Output Power Measurement


Combined east-to-west RBA module output is measured with the following procedure.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-42

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Reinstall the BBA module in slot 3. Connect the OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 2. Measure and record the red-band output power in mW for RBA module in slot 2. Turn on the light source.

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Turn off the light source.

Step 4

East-to-West RBA Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to calculate east-to-west RBA module output following the measurement of combined output.
Step 1

Use the following formula to calculate the blue-band output power at the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 2. All units are in mW. RBA[Blue-band output] = RBA[Red- and blue-band output] RBA[Red band output] Convert the blue-band output power in mW (item C on an ONS 15800 OADM Site Test Results form) to dBm using the following formula. Power (dBm) = 10 x log (blue-band power in mW) Verify that the blue-band output power in dBm meets the applicable amplifier power class specification for the RBA blue-band-only output power range.

Step 2

Step 3

Deactivating the West-to-East Manual Safety Override and Reinstalling the LSM-W Module
Use the following procedure to deactivate the manual safety override and reinstall the LSM-W module.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Remove the optical source from the IN port of the PRE-L module is slot 1. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable used to connect the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 4 to the MON R port of the PRE-L module in slot 2. Remove the OPM and the optical fiber jumper cable from the RBA module in slot 2. Reinstall the LSM-W module.

Setup for the West-to-East Laser Safety Manual Override Setup and Amplifier Activation
West-to-east manual laser safety override is set up and amplifiers are activated with this procedure.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-43

Chapter 4 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Note

Manual safety override is necessary to prevent the amplifiers from switching off before the output power can be measured and recorded. This setup allows the measurement of the west-to-east amplifiers.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5

Install an optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 1 to the MON R port of the PRE-L module in slot 4. Use an optical fiber jumper cable to connect the OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 5. Connect a light source to the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 4. Turn on the light source. Verify that the value on the OPM increases. Verify that the MAJ alarm LED switches off on RBA module in slot 5. When the MAJ alarm LED is off, the laser in the RBA module is on.

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Turn off the light source.

Step 6

West-to-East RBA Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the RBA module west-to-east red-band output power.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Unplug the BBA module in slot 6 and the LSM-W module from the backplane, but do not remove them from the shelf. Connect an OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 5. Measure and record the RBA module red-band output power in dBm and mW. Turn on the light source. Verify that the RBA module output power reading in dBm meets the applicable amplifier power class specification for the output power range of the RBA red-band-only.

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Turn off the light source.

Step 5

West-to-East RBA Module Combined Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the combined west-to-east RBA output power.
Step 1

Reinstall the BBA module in slot 6.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-44

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Step 2 Step 3

Connect an OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 5. Measure and record the RBA module red-band output power in mW. Turn on the light source.

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Turn off the light source.

Step 4

West-to-East RBA Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement


After the combined west-to-east RBA output is measured, the blue-band output is calculated and measured with the following procedure:
Step 1

Use the following formula to calculate the blue-band output power at the RBA module output. All units are in mW. RBA[Blue-band output] = RBA[Red- and blue-band output] RBA[Red band output]

Step 2

Convert the blue-band output power in mW (item C on an ONS 15800 OADM Site Test Results form) to dBm with the following formula. Power (dBm) = 10 x log (blue-band power in mW) Verify that the blue-band output power in dBm meets the applicable amplifier power class specification for the RBA blue-band-only output power range.

Step 3

Deactivating the Manual Safety Override and Reinstalling the LSM-W Module
The manual safety override is deactivated and the LSM-W module is reinstalled using the following procedure:
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Remove the light source from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 4. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable used to connect the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 1 to the MON R port of the PRE-L module in slot 4. Remove the OPM and the optical fiber jumper cable from the RBA module in slot 5. Reinstall the LSM-W module.

Mid-Amplifier Loss Verification


This section provides the MAL values dependent on the loss of the span preceding the OADM site. Table 4-25 list the ideal MAL values dependent upon span length.

Note

The following values must be verified within 1.5 dB.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-45

Chapter 4 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Table 4-25 Amplifier MAL Regulation

Link Data Span Loss (dB) 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 Typical Span Length [km] (@ 0.25 dB/Km) 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 148 152

Blue Band Tolerated MAL @ 10 Gbps Ideal MAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SMF 9 9 10 10 11 11 11 12 12 13 13 13 14 14 16 16 17 17 17 18 18 18 NA NA NA HEF1 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 NA NA NA

Red Band Tolerated MAL @ 10 Gbps GFF Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N N N Ideal MAL 13 13 13 13 12 12 12 11 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 5 5 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 SMF 14 14 14 14 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 16 17 17 17 18 18 19 19 19 NA NA NA HEF1 14 14 14 14 13 13 13 12 12 11 10 9 8 7 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 NA NA NA

1. Tolerated MAL on HEF can be increased by 2 dB for Teralight fiber in order to accommodate the needed DCU.

Setting the Working Point for the East-to-West ADA Module


Use this procedure to set the east-to-west ADA module working point.

Note

This procedure is performed only at OADM sites with partial band demultiplexing.

Step 1

Open the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-46

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Insert the appropriate information for an OADM site to calculate the ADA module output. (Refer to the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software help files, if applicable.) Select the ADA module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Select the output power item (OutPwr2) for the module and set the working point according to calculations performed in the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software. Save the value.

Note Step 5

If you do not click the Act button, the settings will not be saved. Select the output power item ( OutPwr2) and click in the column next to it. This causes the program to place a check mark next to the parameter. Store the checked items permanently and verify that the operation completes.

Setting the Working Point for the West-to-East ADA Module


Use this procedure to set the west-to-east ADA module working point.

Note

This procedure is performed only at OADM sites with partial-band demultiplexing. Open the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software application (if necessary). Insert the appropriate information for an OADM site to calculate the ADA module output. Select the ADA module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Set the output power item (OutPwr1) according to the calculation conducted by the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software. Save the setting. Select the OutPwr1 item for the ADA module and click in the column next to it. This causes the program to place a check mark next to the parameter. Store the checked item permanently and verify that it completes.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5

East-to-West Inserted-Channels Equalization


Use this procedure to check the flatness of inserted channels 9, 11, 13, and 15 for the OADM-P4-R1 module, and channels 17, 19, 21, and 23 for the OADM-P4-R3 module at an east-to-west OADM site.

Note

This procedure is performed only at OADM sites with partial demultiplexing. Refer to the vendor manual for specific information about the operation of the optical spectrum analyzer.

Step 1

Remove the fiber from the OUT port of the ADA module of the OADM-P4-Rx module in slot 1 (Figure 4-11).

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-47

Chapter 4 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Figure 4-11 East-to-West Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Connections


Shelf 1 Slot 1 PRE-L Shelf 1 Slot 2 RBA Shelf 1 Slot 3 BBA Shelf 1 Slot 4 PRE-L Shelf 1 Slot 5 RBA Shelf 1 Slot 6 BBA Shelf 2 Slot 1 OADM-P4-Rx MON Shelf 2 Slot 2 ADA Shelf 2 Slot 3 OADM-P4-Rx MON

ADA IN OUT

MON MON 2 1

ADA IN OUT

MON MON B R

MON MON B R 9 11 OUT OUT OUTOUT 2 1 9 11 OUT OUT

IN

MON OUT

MON

IN

MON OUT

MON

13 15 OUT OUT

IN 2

IN 1

13 15 OUT OUT

Light source
Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5

5 dB fixed attenuators

Connect the OSA to the OUT port of the ADA of the OADM-P4-Rx module in slot 1. Measure in dBm the signal strength of channels 9, 11, 13, and 15 for the OADM-P4-R1 module and of channels 17, 19, 21, and 23 for the OADM-P4-R3 module. Average the measurements of channels 13 and 15 for the OADM-P4-R1 module and of all channels for the OADM-P4-R3 module. Use Table 4-26 to determine whether channel strengths are within specification. The resulting screen on the OSA will look approximately like Figure 4-12.

Table 4-26 Inserted-Channels Strength Specification

Channel 15 13

Equals Average of channels 13 and 15 Average of channels 13 and 15

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-48

69029

Range 1.5 dB 1.5 dB

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Table 4-26 Inserted-Channels Strength Specification (continued)

Channel 11 9 23 21 19 17

Equals Average of channels 13 and 15 plus 2 Average of channels 13 and 15 plus 4 Average of all channels Average of all channels Average of all channels Average of all channels

Range 1.5 dB 1.5 dB 1.5 dB 1.5 dB 1.5 dB 1.5 dB

Figure 4-12 Typical Spectrum Analyzer Plot from the OADM-P4-Rx Module

West-to-East Inserted-Channels Equalization


Use this procedure to check the flatness of inserted channels 9, 11, 13, and 15 for the OADM-P4-R1 module and of channels 17, 19, 21, and 23 for the OADM-P4-R3 module at a west-to-east OADM site.

Note

This procedure is performed only at OADM sites. Refer to the vendor manual for specific information about the operation of the OSA. Connect the OSA to the OUT port of the ADA of the slot-3 OADM-P4-Rx module (Figure 4-13).

Step 1

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-49

Chapter 4 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Figure 4-13 West-to-East Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Connections


Shelf 1 Slot 1 PRE-L Shelf 1 Slot 2 RBA Shelf 1 Slot 3 BBA Shelf 1 Slot 4 PRE-L Shelf 1 Slot 5 RBA Shelf 1 Slot 6 BBA Shelf 2 Slot 1 OADM-P4-Rx MON Shelf 2 Slot 2 ADA Shelf 2 Slot 3 OADM-P4-Rx MON

ADA IN OUT

MON MON 2 1

ADA IN OUT

MON MON B R

MON MON B R 9 11 OUT OUT OUTOUT 2 1 9 11 OUT OUT

IN

MON OUT

MON

IN

MON OUT

MON

13 15 OUT OUT

IN IN 2 1

13 15 OUT OUT

Light source
Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

5 dB fixed attenuators

Measure in dBm the signal strength of channels 9, 11, 13, and 15 for the OADM-P4-R1 module and of channels 17, 19, 21, and 23 for the OADM-P4-R3 module. Average the measurements of channels 13 and 15 for the OADM-P4-R1 module and of all channels for the OADM-P4-R3 module. Use Table 4-26 to determine whether the channel strengths are within specification.

2.5-Gbps Regeneration Site Setup and Test


Warning

The ONS 15800 system equipment contains Class IIIb laser products. The maximum output power is 50 mW with front access or 100 mW with rear access in the 12601605 nm wavelength range. Laser radiation presents an invisible hazard, so personnel should avoid exposure to the laser beam. Personnel must be qualified in laser safety and must use proper eye protection before working on this equipment.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-50

69025

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Note

All procedures must be performed in the order presented. This section provides the 2.5-Gbps regeneration site setup and test procedures.

Module Communication Setup


This procedure establishes module communication with the CMP module.

Note

A network element (NE) is a site or a part of a site that is under the control of a single CMP module.

Note

The module communication setup procedure must be performed on all NEs. Use this procedure to set up module communication at a site:

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Connect a PC to the system using an EIA/TIA-232 (RS-232) cable connected to the local craft interface located on the front of shelf one. Open the local terminal software. Select a serial port from the Connection menu. Select the Internet protocol (IP) address of the CMP module. Choose NE Inventory under Configuration Management, and verify that all occupied module slots are checked. With the BAT modules in shelf one turned OFF, unplug and reinsert the SCF module and CMP module. Verify that the control bus cable is correctly installed. (Refer to the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual.) Verify that the subrack addressing is correct. (Refer to the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual.) If a module or subrack is not recognized after these steps, there may be a short circuit between the connector pins of a module and the subrack. Visually identify the problem and repair or replace as necessary.

Warning

All amplifier line directions must be entered correctly to enable the safety shutdown feature of the ONS 15800 system to operate properly. Failure to heed this warning can expose personnel to invisible laser radiation.

Follow these steps to verify proper operation:


Step 1 Step 2

In the local terminal software, select TPA-R module on the Network Element screen, and verify the line direction according to Table 4-27. Repeat for the TPA-B module, RBA module, BBA module, and PRE-L module.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-51

Chapter 4 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Table 4-27 Amplifier Line Direction Settings

Direction East

Amplifier Module TPA-R TPA-B PRE-L

Slot 1 2 3 1 2 3

Setting East-to-west East-to-west West-to-east West-to-east West-to-east East-to-west

West

TPA-R TPA-B PRE-L

If the line direction of an amplifier is not configured correctly, reset it using Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for amplifier configuration information.

CMP Module Configuration


Note

For the CMP module optical system ID, optical line ID, and sequential number configuration parameters refer to the route installation specification. The route installation specification configuration parameters do not preclude the site test. Use the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software to configure the CMP module (shelf 1.1, slot 15) as follows:

Step 1

Set the following CMP module NE identification parameters using the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software or the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software:

NE name NE IP address NE IP subnet mask NE IP default gateway

Step 2

Set the following CMP module NE attributes for APP while referring to Figure 4-14:

NE type (terminal site, regeneration site, OLA site, or OADM site) Optical system ID primaryThis parameter describes the system characteristics (e.g. fiber type, span budget, maximum channel count, and transponder type) used by the APP procedure. For the regenerator site only the primary ID is related to the west side.

Note

For 2.5-Gbps and 10-Gbps system configurations containing both FEC and Non-FEC transponders, the Optical System ID shall be defined according to Table 4-28. For example: a 2.5-Gbps or 10-Gbps system with FEC and Non-FEC transponders, the Optical System ID shall be defined as a 2.5 Gbps or 10 Gbps No-FEC transponder type (priority 1-3).

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-52

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Table 4-28 Optical System IDTransponder Type Priority List

Priority 1 2 3 4 5

Transponder Type 10 Gbps No-FEC 2.5 Gbps No-FEC without RXT modules 2.5 Gbps No-FEC with RXT modules 10 Gbps OB-FEC 2.5 Gbps OB-FEC

Optical system ID secondaryThis parameter describes the system characteristics (e.g. fiber type, span budget, maximum channel count, and transponder type) used by the APP procedure. The secondary ID has to be set for the regenerator site only and it is related to the east side. Optical line ID primaryA unique identifier for the optical line (the point-to-point transmission multiplex section between two terminal or regeneration sites). For the regenerator site only the primary ID is related to the west side. Optical line ID secondaryA unique identifier for the optical line (the point-to-point transmission multiplex section between two terminal or regeneration sites). The secondary ID has to be set for the regenerator site only and it is related to the east side. Sequential number primaryA site unique identifier in the optical line sequence (the site sequence numbering starts from the west side of the optical line. For the regenerator site only the primary ID is related to the west side. Sequential number secondaryA site unique identifier in the optical line sequence (the site sequence numbering starts from the west side of the optical line. The secondary ID has to be set for the regenerator site only and it is related to the east side.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-53

Chapter 4 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Figure 4-14 CMP Module Node Attributes


Optical Line 1 Optical Line 2

Terminal Site WEST West -to-East Line direction

Line Site

Line Site

Regenerator Site

Terminal Site EAST

East -to-West Line direction

NE type = TS Optical Line Id (Primary) = 1 Optical System Id (Primary) = TW, 54 ch, 3x Sequential Number (Primary) = 1 NE type = OLA Optical Line Id (Primary) = 1 Optical System Id (Primary) = TW, 54 ch, 3x Sequential Number (Primary) = 2 NE type = OLA Optical Line Id (Primary) = 1 Optical System Id (Primary) = TW, 54 ch, 3x Sequential Number (Primary) = 3

NEtype = LEM West Side: Optical Line Id (Primary) = 1 Optical System Id (Primary) = TW, 54 ch, 3x Sequential Number (Primary) = 4 East Side: Optical Line Id (Secondary) = 2 Optical System Id (Secondary) = ELEAF, 54 ch, 1x Sequential Number (Secondary) = 1 NE type = TS Optical Line Id (Primary) = 2 Optical System Id (Primary) = ELEAF, 54 ch, 1x Sequential Number (Primary) = 2

Note

APP imposes a constraint on network element sequence numbers. The network element sequence numbers of all of the NEs that belong to the same optical line (terminal site-to-terminal site, terminal site-to-regeneration site, regeneration site-to-regeneration site) have to be placed in sequence in order to allow the APP network auto-discovery procedure to properly communicate the ONS 15800 system configuration. Configure the CMP module as either a master or slave:

Step 3

The CMP module is shipped configured as a master. The CMP module located in bay 1 must be configured as the master. Each slave CMP module must be numbered according to the bay label. Since each CMP module can only control one bay, the parameter Controlled Rack 1 must be set to the number of the corresponding bay. Also, the parameter Controlled Rack 2 must be set to Not configured.

Step 4

To check module communication, perform an NE inventory. The NE inventory is defined only on the CMP master module.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-54

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Amplifier Power Control Setup


At the factory, the optical output power of an amplifier is configured to an unknown power class. Use Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software to configure the amplifier power class. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for information on changing the power class. Use the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software to set the ADA module working point and to calculate output power. Refer to site engineering documentation for network design and specific setup information. Table 4-29, and Table 4-30 show typical system setups by fiber type and number of channels per blue and red band. Table 4-31 shows typical system setups by fiber type and number of channels per blue and red bands. The amplifier output for the blue and red bands are set on a per class basis (low, mid, or high). Amplifier power output is regulated in the continuous range mode by selecting a setpoint value within the range. Use the appropriate setup to provision the system.
Table 4-29 2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (No FEC) (Without RXT Modules)

Blue Band Booster (TPA-B or BBA) Fiber SMF Span Budget 5x22 5x25 5x28 LEAF TWF LSF DSF 5x22 5x25 5x22 5x25 5x22 5x25 5x22 5x25 Low 1-2 1 1 1-2 1 1 1 1-2 1 1-2 1-2 Mid 3-4 2-3 2 3-4 2-3 2-3 2-3 3-4 2-3 3-4 3-4 High 5-8 4-6 3-4 5-8 4-6 4 4 5-8 4-6

Red Band Booster (TPA-R or RBA) Low 1-5 1-4 1-3 1-5 1-4 1-5 1-4 1-5 1-4 1-4 1-4 Mid 6-11 5-10 4-7 6-11 5-10 6-11 5-10 6-11 5-10 5-8 5-8 High 12-24 11-20 8-16 12-24 11-20 12-24 11-20 12-24 11-14

Table 4-30 2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (No FEC) (With RXT Modules)

Blue Band Booster (TPA-B or BBA) Fiber SMF Span Budget 5x22 5x25 5x28 5x30 LEAF TWF 5x22 5x25 5x22 5x25 1-2 1-2 1 1 3-4 3-4 2-3 2-3 5-8 5-8 4 4 Low 1-2 1-2 1 Mid 3-4 3-4 2-3 High 5-8 5-8 4-6

Red Band Booster (TPA-R or RBA) Low 1-5 1-5 1-4 1-2 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-4 Mid 6-11 6-11 5-10 3-4 6-11 6-11 6-11 5-10 High 12-24 12-24 11-20 5-8 12-24 12-24 12-24 11-20

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-55

Chapter 4 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Table 4-30 2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (No FEC) (With RXT Modules) (continued)

Blue Band Booster (TPA-B or BBA) Fiber LSF DSF Span Budget 5x22 5x25 5x22 5x25 1-2 1-2 3-4 3-4 Low 1-2 Mid 3-4 High 5-8

Red Band Booster (TPA-R or RBA) Low 1-5 1-4 1-4 Mid 6-11 5-8 5-8 High 12-24

Table 4-31 2.5-Gbps Amplifier Class Setups (OOB-FEC)

Blue Band Boosters (TPA-B and BBA) Fiber SMF ELEAF TW-RS Teralight TWC TW+ LSF DSF NOTE All Links Low 1-3 Mid 4-6 High 7-8

Red Band Boosters (TPA-R and RBA) Low 1-6 Mid 7-12 High 13-24

All Links 1x...5x 6x...7x All Links All Links

1-6 1-4 1-8 1-8 1-3 4-5 5-8

1-12 1-12 1-24 1-5

13-24 13-24

The amplifier power setup procedure is complete.

Output Power Criteria


Warning

The ONS 15800 system equipment contains Class IIIb laser products. The maximum output power is 50 mW with front access or 100 mW with rear access in the 12601605 nm wavelength range. Laser radiation presents an invisible hazard, so personnel should avoid exposure to the laser beam. Personnel must be qualified in laser safety and must use proper eye protection before working on this equipment.

Caution

When the subrack power is ON, unplugging the ADA module, BBA module, RBA module, PRE-L module, TPA-R module, or TPA-B moduleor removing connectors from those modulescan cause carbonization of the connectors. Use the criteria in Table 4-32 to determine whether the regeneration site amplifier output power passes or fails standard. This table describes output values according to fiber type and according to amplifier type. It shows specific output ranges for channel bands (e.g., blue band or red band) or the optical service channel (OSC) alone.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-56

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Note

The accuracy of the measurements made with Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software is 1.0 dBm.

Note

Optical power losses can be caused by the E-2000 optical connections on the modules or on the backplane. However, only qualified personnel are authorized to remove, adjust, or clean ONS 15800 system E-2000 connections.

Note

All modules that do not meet the output power specifications must be replaced after verification of the losses of the related connections. The test must be repeated until the result is positive.

Table 4-32 Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Regeneration Sites

Fiber Type and Power Measurement Point TPA-B module output power Instrument Mid-Class Power (dBm) +14.5 to +18.5 +13 to +15 +9.5 to +14.5 +0.5 to +6.5 Low-Class Power (dBm) +10.5 to +13.5 +12 to +16 +10 to +12 +7.5 to +12.5 +0.5 to +6.5 5.5 to +5.5 +7.5 to +13.5 6 to +6 +10.5 to +13.5 +2 to +10 +12 to +16 +10 to +12 +7.5 to +12.5 +0.5 to +6.5 High-Class Power (dBm) +13.5 to +17 +16.5 to +20.5 +15.5 to +17.5 +11 to +16 +0.5 to +6.5 5.5 to +5.5 +7.5 to +13.5 6 to +6 +14 to +16.5 +2 to +10 +17 to +20.5 +16 to +18 +11 to +15.5 +0.5 to +6.5

Local terminal software +12.5 to +15.5

TPA-R module output powerblue band + OPM red band + OSC TPA-R module output power Red band
1

OPM OPM

Blue band OPM TPA-R module output powerOSC only PRE-L module input power PRE-L module output power blue band

Local terminal software Per span budget Per span budget Per span budget Local terminal software, 5.5 to +5.5 manual system test

PRE-L module monitor output powerred Local terminal software, +7.5 to +13.5 band manual system test BBA module input power BBA module output power RBA module input power RBA module output powerblue band + red band + OSC RBA module output powerred band RBA module output powerblue band RBA module output powerOSC only Local terminal software 6 to +6 measure Local terminal software +12.5 to +15.5 measure Local terminal software +2 to +10 measure OPM OPM OPM OPM +14.5 to +18.5 +13 to +15 +9.5 to +14.5 +0.5 to +6.5

1. The OSC output depends on the value used to attenuate the signal.

Multiplexer Output Power Verification


Use this procedure to check the output values of red- and blue-band multiplexer modules at a site.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-57

Chapter 4 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Step 1

Make sure that the transponder modules are installed in the correct shelves at the site. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Configuration Manual for more information.

Note

The multiplexer output power level readings are measured with Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software from the input power to TPA-B modules and TPA-R modules.

Note Step 2

The accuracy of local terminal software measurements is 1.0 dBm. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for instructions to choose the TPA-R module or TPA-B module on the Network Element screen. Verify that the value of the module meets the input power value specified in Table 4-33. If the TPA-R module value was verified, repeat for the TPA-B module.

Step 3

Table 4-33 Pass-or-Fail Criteria for Multiplexer Output Power

Output Power (dBm) Multiplexer Output power range Number of Channels 8 4 24-Channel Wavelength MultiplexerRed Band (24WM-R) module Output power range 24 12 8 9 13 15 7 10 12 5 8 10 Min. 4.5 7.5 Nom. 2.5 5.5 Max. 0.5 3.5 8-Channel Wavelength MultiplexerBlue Band (8WM-B) module

Red-Band Channel Transmission Verification


Use this procedure to verify the flatness of the red-band transmission from the TPA-R module.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Set the OSA center wavelength to 1551 nm and set the span to 20 nm for the red band. Set the OSA resolution at 0.5 nm. Connect an optical fiber jumper cable from the OSA input connection to the monitor (MON) port of the TPA-R module in slot 1 (Figure 4-15).

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-58

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Figure 4-15 Red-Band Channel Transmission Test Setup


Slot 1 TPA-R Slot 2 TPA-B Slot 3 PRE-L MON MON B R

MON OUT

MON

IN

Optical spectrum analyzer When removing, disconnect this end first. Optical fiber jumper cable When installing, connect this end first.
69026 69027

Step 4

Manually override the laser safety shutdown feature of the site by connecting an optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the slot-3 PRE-L module to the MON port of the 24WM-R module (Figure 4-16).
Figure 4-16 Terminal Site Laser Safety Manual Override Connection
8WM-B
MON MON

24WM-R

Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 TPA-R TPA-B PRE-L


MON MON B R

When removing, disconnect this end first.

Optical fiber jumper cable


MON OUT MON IN

When installing, connect this end first.

Step 5

Set the OSA scale to 1.0 dB per division. Verify that all active channels are present.

Note

Optical power losses can be caused by the E-2000 optical connections on the modules or on the backplane. However, only qualified personnel are authorized to remove, adjust, or clean ONS 15800 system E-2000 connections. If any active red-band channels are missing, locate the source of the failure (e.g., transmitter output power, cabling, or multiplexer path loss) and correct it.

Step 6

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-59

Chapter 4 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Step 7

Disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the MON port of the TPA-R module.

Blue-Band Channel Transmission Verification


Use this procedure to verify the flatness of the blue-band channel transmission from the TPA-B module.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5

Set the OSA center wavelength to 1532 nm and the span to 10 nm for the blue band. Set the OSA resolution to 0.5 nm. Connect an optical fiber jumper cable from the OSA input port to the MON port of the slot-2 TPA-B module. Set the scale to 1 dB per division. Verify that all active channels are present. If any active blue-band channels are missing, locate the source of the failure (e.g., transmitter output power, cabling, or multiplexer path loss) and correct it.

TPA-R Module OSC Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the OSC output of the TPA-R module.
Step 1

Connect an OPM to the OUT port of the TPA-R module in slot 1 using an optical fiber jumper cable (Figure 4-17).
Figure 4-17 TPA-R Module OSC Measurement Setup
Slot 1 TPA-R Slot 2 TPA-B Slot 3 PRE-L MON MON B R

MON OUT

MON

IN Optical power meter

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-60

69017

When removing, disconnect this end first.

Optical fiber jumper cable

When installing, connect this end first.

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Step 2

Verify that the TPA-R module OSC reading in dBm is within the OSC range specified for TPA-R module OSC-only output power in Table 4-32.

Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Safety Override


Use this procedure to test the safety override feature of Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software.
Step 1 Step 2

Choose the TPA-R module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Select the safety override item (SftyOvRide1) on the Action List tab and execute the command.

Caution

Use the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software safety override command on a TPA-R module only in a terminal site, back-to-back site, or regeneration site. Do not use the local terminal software safety override command on any other amplifier module in a terminal site, back-to-back site, or regeneration site. Failure to heed this caution can result in damage to equipment. Verify that the MAJ LED on the TPA-R module shuts off and the output reading on the OPM increases for 10 seconds.

Step 3

Red-Band and Blue-Band Laser Safety Shutdown Test


Use this procedure to test the laser safety shutdown feature of the system.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Manually override the laser safety shutdown feature by connecting an optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 3 to the MON port of the 24WM-R module. Verify that the lasers in the TPA-R module in slot 1 and the TPA-B module in slot 2 turn on (indicated by the MAJ LED on each module switching off). Remove the optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 3. Verify that the TPA-R module in slot 1 and the TPA-B module in slot 2 turn off (indicated by the MAJ LED on each of the two amplifier modules lighting). Reconnect the optical fiber jumper cable to the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 3. Issue the safety override command from the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. Verify that the TPA-R module in slot 1 and the TPA-B module in slot 2 turn on again (indicated by the MAJ LED on each module switching off). Switch off both BAT modules on all transponder shelves.

Note

When the BAT modules are turned off, only the TPA-R module MAJ LED will switch off if no blue-band channels are present. Verify that the lasers in the TPA-R module in slot 1 and the TPA-B module in slot 2 turn off (indicated by the MAJ LED on each module lighting).

Step 9

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-61

Chapter 4 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Note

The following step must be performed. If this step is not performed, the lasers in the TPA-R and TPA-B modules will turn on when light is reapplied to the inputs. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 3. Turn on all BAT modules in the transponder shelves. Verify that the lasers in the TPA-R module in slot 1 and the TPA-B module in slot 2 do not turn on (indicated by the MAJ LED on each module staying lit).

Step 10 Step 11 Step 12

PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure PRE-L module output power.

Note

The PRE-L module red-band and blue-band output power levels are measured with Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. Connect an optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 3 to the MON port of the 24WM-R module. Issue the safety override command from the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. Select the PRE-L module in slot 3 on the local terminal software Network Element screen and choose the red-band output power item ( OutPwrRed1 ) on the Analog I/O tab. Verify that the PRE-L module output power value is within the specifications listed for PRE-L module red-band output in Table 4-34.
Table 4-34 Terminal Site Output Power Range for the PRE-L Module

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Output Power (dBm)1 Module PRE-L module Blue band Red band
1.

Min. 5.5 +8

Max. +5.5 +13

Values for 32 channels nominal system configuration

Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Disconnect the slot-3 PRE-L module optical fiber jumper cable from the MON port of the 24WM-R module and connect it to the MON port of the 8WM-B module. Select the blue-band output power item for the same module on the Analog I/O tab. Verify that the PRE-L module output power value is within the specifications listed for PRE-L module blue-band output listed in Table 4-34.

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-62

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 2.5-Gbps Setup and Test

Step 8

Remove the optical fiber jumper cable from the MON port of the PRE-L module in slot 3.

TPA-R Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the TPA-R module red-band output power.
Step 1

Carefully unplug the TPA-B module in slot 2 and the Line Service Modem module (LSM-W) from the backplane by reversing the installation procedure in Chapter 3, Site Installation. Do not remove the modules from the subrack. Use an optical fiber jumper cable to connect the OPM to the OUT port of the TPA-R module in slot 1. Connect the optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 3 to the MON port of the 24WM-R module. Issue the safety override command from the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. Use the OPM connected to the TPA-R module in slot 1 to measure the TPA-R module red-band output power in dBm and mW. Verify that the TPA-R module red-band output power in dBm and mW meets the TPA-R red-band-only specification for the appropriate power class.

Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable from the MON port of the 24WM-R module.

Step 7

TPA-R Module Combined Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the combined red-band and blue-band output power of the TPA-R module.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Plug the TPA-B module in slot 2 back into the backplane. Connect the optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module to the MON port of the 24WM-R module. Connect an OPM to the OUT port of the TPA-R module in slot 1. Measure the output power of the red band and blue band in dBm and mW.

TPA-R Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to continue from the combined output power measurement to calculate and test the TPA-R module blue-band output.
Step 1

Subtract the TPA-R module red-band-only output readings in mW from the combined TPA-R output power reading in mW to determine the TPA-R module blue-band output power in mW.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-63

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Step 2

Use the following formula to convert blue-band output power from mW to dBm. Power (dBm) = 10 x log (blue-band power in mW)

Step 3

Verify that the calculated value for the blue-band output power in dBm meets the appropriate power class specification for the TPA-R module blue-band-only entry.

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable from the MON port of the 24WM-R module. Reinstall the LSM-W module into the backplane.

Step 4 Step 5

10-Gbps Setup and Test


This section contains the setup and test procedures for all 10-Gbps sites.

10-Gbps Terminal Site Setup and Test


Warning

The ONS 15800 system equipment contains Class IIIb laser products. The maximum output power is 50 mW with front access or 100 mW with rear access in the 12601605 nm wavelength range. Laser radiation presents an invisible hazard, so personnel should avoid exposure to the laser beam. Personnel must be qualified in laser safety and must use proper eye protection before working on this equipment.

Note

For 10-Gbps sites a GFF-R is recommended for spans that have losses up to 29 db provided that ideal MAL and tolerated MAL rules are complied with.

Note

All procedures must be performed in the order presented. This section provides the 10-Gbps terminal site setup and test procedures.

Module Communication Setup


This procedure establishes module communication with the CMP module.

Note

A network element (NE) is a site or a part of a site that is under the control of a single CMP module.

Note

The module communication setup procedure must be performed on all NEs.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-64

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Use this procedure to set up module communication at a site:


Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Connect a PC to the system using an EIA/TIA-232 (RS-232) cable connected to the local craft interface located on the front of shelf one. Open the local terminal software. Select a serial port from the Connection menu. Select the Internet protocol (IP) address of the CMP module. Choose NE Inventory under Configuration Management, and verify that all occupied module slots are checked. With the BAT modules in shelf one turned OFF, unplug and reinsert the SCF module and CMP module. Verify that the control bus cable is correctly installed. (Refer to the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual.) Verify that the subrack addressing is correct. (Refer to the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual.) If a module or subrack is not recognized after these steps, there may be a short circuit between the connector pins of a module and the subrack. Visually identify the problem and repair or replace as necessary.

Warning

All amplifier line directions must be entered correctly to enable the safety shutdown feature of the ONS 15800 system to operate properly. Failure to heed this warning can expose personnel to invisible laser radiation.

Follow these steps to verify proper operation:


Step 1 Step 2

In the local terminal software, select TPA-R module on the Network Element screen, and verify the line direction according to Table 4-35. Repeat for the additional amplifier modules.

Table 4-35 Amplifier Line Direction Settings

Direction East

Amplifier Module TPA-R TPA-B PRE-L RBA-10G BBA-10G

Slot 1 2 3 9 10 1 2 3 9 10

Setting East-to-West East-to-West West-to-East West-to-East West-to-East West-to-East West-to-East East-to-West East-to-West East-to-West

West

TPA-R TPA-B PRE-L RBA-10G BBA-10G

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-65

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

If the line direction of an amplifier is not configured correctly, reset it using Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for amplifier configuration information.

CMP Module Configuration


Note

For the CMP module optical system ID, optical line ID, and sequential number configuration parameters refer to the route installation specification. The route installation specification configuration parameters do not preclude the site test. Use the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software to configure the CMP module (shelf 1.1, slot 15) as follows:

Step 1

Set the following CMP module NE identification parameters using the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software or the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software:

NE name NE IP address NE IP subnet mask NE IP default gateway NE type (terminal site, regeneration site, OLA site, or OADM site) Optical system ID primaryThis parameter describes the system characteristics (e.g. fiber type, span budget, maximum channel count, and transponder type) used by the APP procedure. For the regenerator site only the primary ID is related to the west side.

Step 2

Set the following CMP module NE attributes for APP while referring to Figure 4-18:

Note

For 2.5-Gbps and 10-Gbps system configurations containing both FEC and Non-FEC transponders, the Optical System ID shall be defined according to Table 4-36. For example: a 2.5-Gbps or 10-Gbps system with FEC and Non-FEC transponders, the Optical System ID shall be defined as a 2.5 Gbps or 10 Gbps No-FEC transponder type (priority 1-3).
Table 4-36 Optical System IDTransponder Type Priority List

Priority 1 2 3 4 5

Transponder Type 10 Gbps No-FEC 2.5 Gbps No-FEC without RXT modules 2.5 Gbps No-FEC with RXT modules 10 Gbps OB-FEC 2.5 Gbps OB-FEC

Optical system ID secondaryThis parameter describes the system characteristics (e.g. fiber type, span budget, maximum channel count, and transponder type) used by the APP procedure. The secondary ID has to be set for the regenerator site only and it is related to the east side.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-66

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Optical line ID primaryA unique identifier for the optical line (the point-to-point transmission multiplex section between two terminal or regeneration sites). For the regenerator site only the primary ID is related to the west side. Optical line ID secondaryA unique identifier for the optical line (the point-to-point transmission multiplex section between two terminal or regeneration sites). The secondary ID has to be set for the regenerator site only and it is related to the east side. Sequential number primaryA site unique identifier in the optical line sequence (the site sequence numbering starts from the west side of the optical line. For the regenerator site only the primary ID is related to the west side. Sequential number secondaryA site unique identifier in the optical line sequence (the site sequence numbering starts from the west side of the optical line. The secondary ID has to be set for the regenerator site only and it is related to the east side.

Figure 4-18 CMP Module Node Attributes


Optical Line 1 Optical Line 2

Terminal Site WEST West -to-East Line direction

Line Site

Line Site

Regenerator Site

Terminal Site EAST

East -to-West Line direction

NE type = TS Optical Line Id (Primary) = 1 Optical System Id (Primary) = TW, 54 ch, 3x Sequential Number (Primary) = 1 NE type = OLA Optical Line Id (Primary) = 1 Optical System Id (Primary) = TW, 54 ch, 3x Sequential Number (Primary) = 2 NE type = OLA Optical Line Id (Primary) = 1 Optical System Id (Primary) = TW, 54 ch, 3x Sequential Number (Primary) = 3

NEtype = LEM West Side: Optical Line Id (Primary) = 1 Optical System Id (Primary) = TW, 54 ch, 3x Sequential Number (Primary) = 4 East Side: Optical Line Id (Secondary) = 2 Optical System Id (Secondary) = ELEAF, 54 ch, 1x Sequential Number (Secondary) = 1 NE type = TS Optical Line Id (Primary) = 2 Optical System Id (Primary) = ELEAF, 54 ch, 1x Sequential Number (Primary) = 2

Note

APP imposes a constraint on network element sequence numbers. The network element sequence numbers of all of the NEs that belong to the same optical line (terminal site-to-terminal site, terminal site-to-regeneration site, regeneration site-to-regeneration site) have to be placed in sequence in order to allow the APP network auto-discovery procedure to properly communicate the ONS 15800 system configuration.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-67

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Step 3

Configure the CMP module as either a master or slave:


The CMP module is shipped configured as a master. The CMP module located in bay 1 must be configured as the master. Each slave CMP module must be numbered according to the bay label. Since each CMP module can only control one bay, the parameter Controlled Rack 1 must be set to the number of the corresponding bay. Also, the parameter Controlled Rack 2 must be set to Not configured.

Step 4

To check module communication, perform an NE inventory. The NE inventory is defined only on the CMP master module.

Amplifier Power Control Setup


At the factory, the optical output power of an amplifier is configured to an unknown power class. Use Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software to configure the amplifier power class. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for information on changing the power class. Use Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software to set the ADA module working point and to calculate output power. Refer to site engineering documentation for network design and specific setup information. Table 4-37, Table 4-38, and Table 4-39 show typical system setups by fiber type and number of channels per blue and red band. Table 4-40 and Table 4-41 show typical system setups by fiber type and number of channels per blue and red bands. The amplifier output for the blue and red bands are set on a per class basis (low, mid, or high). Amplifier power output is regulated in the continuous range mode by selecting a setpoint value within the range. Use the appropriate setup to provision the system.
Table 4-37 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (No FEC)

Blue Band Booster (TPA-B and BBA) Fiber SMF Span Budget 5x17 5x22 5x25 ELEAF, TW-RS 5x17 5x22 5x25 TW+ 5x17 5x22 5x25 TWC 5x17 5x22 5x25 1-2 1 1-2 1 1-2 1 Low 1-2 1 Mid 3-4 2 1 3-4 2 1 3-4 2 1 3-4 2 1 3-4 2 High 5-8 3-4 2 5-8 3-4 2 5-6 3-4 2

Red Band Booster (TPA-R and RBA) Low 1-5 1-3 1-2 1-4 1-3 1-2 1-5 1-3 1-2 1-3 1-2 1-2 Mid 6-10 4-7 3-4 5-10 4-7 3-4 6-10 4-7 3-4 4-7 3-5 3-4 High 11-20 8-14 5-8 11-20 8-14 5-8 11-16 8-14 5-8 8-14 6-10 5-7

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-68

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Table 4-37 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (No FEC) (continued)

Blue Band Booster (TPA-B and BBA) Fiber LSF Span Budget 5x17 5x22 5x25 DSF 5x17 5x22 5x25 1-3 1 Low 1-3 1 Mid 4-6 2 1 4-5 2 1 3-4 2 3-4 2 High

Red Band Booster (TPA-R and RBA) Low 1-5 1-3 1-2 1-5 1-3 1-2 4-5 3-4 5 Mid 6-10 4-8 3-4 High

Table 4-38 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (IB-FEC)

Blue Band Booster (TPA-B and BBA) Fiber SMF Span Budget 5x17 5x22 5x25 ELEAF, TL, TW-RS 5x17 L 1-3 1-2 1 1-3 M 4-5 3 2 4-5 H 6-8 4-6 3-4 6-8

Red Band Booster (TPA-R and RBA) L 1-5 1-4 1-2 1-5 M 6-11 5-8 3-4 6-11 H 12-24 9-16 5-12 12-24

5x22 5x25 TW+ 5x17 5x22 5x25 TWC 5x17 5x22 5x25 LSF 5x17 5x22 5x25 DSF 5x17 5x22 5x25

1-2 1 1-2 1-2 1 1-2 1-2 1 1-3 1-2 1 1-3 1-2 1

3 2 3-4 3 2 3-4 3 2 4-5 3 2 4 3 2

4-6 3-4 5-6 4-6 3-4 4 3-4 6-8 4-6 3-4 4 3-4

1-4 1-2 1-4 1-4 1-2 1-4 1-3 1-2 1-4 1-3 1-2 1-4 1-3 1-2

5-8 3-4 5-8 5-8 3-4 5-8 4-7 3-4 5-8 4-7 3-4 5-8 4-7 3-4

9-16 5-12 9-16 9-16 5-12 9-16 8-14 5-9 9-12 8-10 5-6 8 5-8

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-69

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Table 4-39 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC)

Fiber Type

Blue Band Boosters (TPA-B and BBA) Red Band Boosters (TPA-R and RBA) NOTE Low 1-3 Mid 4-6 High 7-8 Low 1-6 Mid 7-12 High 13-24

All Links SMF ELEAF TW-RS Teralight TWC TW+ LSF All Links All Links Full chs. Count links 1x28...5x21

1-6 1-4 1-8 5-8

1-12 1-6 1-24

13-24 7-12 13-24

Reduced chs. 1-3 Count (28) links 1x34...5x25 DSF All Links 1-3

4-6

7-8

1-10

11-20

4-5

1-5

Table 4-40 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC) Full Channel Count

Fiber Type SMF ELEAF TW-RS Teralight TW+

Blue Band Boosters (TPA-B and BBA) Low 1-3 Mid 4-6 High 7-8

Red Band Boosters (TPA-R and RBA) Low 1-6 Mid 7-12 High 13-24

1-4

5-8

1-6

7-12

13-24

Table 4-41 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC) Reduced Channel Count

Fiber Type 30 chs on SMF (6B+24R) 30 chs on ELEAF & Teralight (6B+24R) 30 chs on TW-RS (6B+24R)

Blue Band Boosters (TPA-B and BBA) Low 1-2 1-2 Mid 3-4 (3) 3-4 High 5-6 (4) 5-6

Red Band Boosters (TPA-R and RBA) Low 1-6 1-6 Mid 7-12 7-12 High 13-24 13-24

1-2

3-4

5-6

1-6

7-12

13-24

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-70

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Table 4-41 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC) Reduced Channel Count (continued)

Fiber Type 30 chs on TWC (6B+24R) 28 chs on TW+ (4B+24R) 28 chs on LSF (8B+20R) 10 chs on DSF (5B+5R)

Blue Band Boosters (TPA-B and BBA) Low 1-6 1-2 1-3 1-3 3 4-6 4-5 4 7-8 Mid High

Red Band Boosters (TPA-R and RBA) Low 1-12 1-6 1-10 1-5 Mid 13-24 7-12 11-20 13-24 High

The amplifier power class setup procedure is complete.

Output Power Criteria


Warning

The ONS 15800 system equipment contains Class IIIb laser products. The maximum output power is 50 mW with front access or 100 mW with rear access in the 12601605 nm wavelength range. Laser radiation presents an invisible hazard, so personnel should avoid exposure to the laser beam. Personnel must be qualified in laser safety and must use proper eye protection before working on this equipment.

Caution

When the subrack power is ON, unplugging the ADA module, BBA module, RBA module, PRE-L module, TPA-R module, or TPA-B moduleor removing connectors from those modulescan cause carbonization of the connectors. Use the criteria in Table 4-42 to determine whether the terminal site amplifier output power passes or fails standard. This table describes output values according to fiber type and according to amplifier type. It shows specific output ranges for channel bands (e.g., blue band or red band) or the optical service channel (OSC) alone.

Note

The accuracy of the measurements made with Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software is 1.0 dBm.

Note

Optical power losses can be caused by the E-2000 optical connections on the modules or on the backplane. However, only qualified personnel are authorized to remove, adjust, or clean ONS 15800 system E-2000 connections.

Note

All modules that do not meet the output power specifications must be replaced after verification of the losses of the related connections. The test must be repeated until the result is positive.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-71

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Table 4-42 Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Terminal Sites

Fiber Type and Power Measurement Point TPA-B module output power Instrument Mid-Class Power (dBm) +14.5 to +18.5 +13 to +15 +9.5 to +14.5 +0.5 to +6.5 Low-Class Power (dBm) +10.5 to +13.5 +12 to +16 +10 to +12 +7.5 to +12.5 +0.5 to +6.5 5.5 to +5.5 +7.5 to +13.5 6 to +6 +10.5 to +13.5 +12 to +16 +10 to +12 +7.5 to +12.5 +0.5 to +6.5 6 to +6 +10.5 to +13.5 +2 to +10 +12 to +16 High-Class Power (dBm) +13.5 to +17 +16.5 to +20.5 +15.5 to +17.5 +11 to +16 +0.5 to +6.5 5.5 to +5.5 +7.5 to +13.5 6 to +6 +14 to +20.5 +17 to +20.5 +16 to +18 +11 to +15.5 +0.5 to +6.5 6 to +6 +14 to +16.5 +2 to +10 +17 to +20.5

Local terminal software +12.5 to +15.5

TPA-R module output powerblue band + OPM red band + OSC TPA-R module output power Red band
1

OPM OPM

Blue band OPM TPA-R module output powerOSC only PRE-L module input power PRE-L module output power blue band

Local terminal software Per span budget Per span budget Per span budget Local terminal software, 5.5 to +5.5 manual system test

PRE-L module monitor output powerred Local terminal software, +7.5 to +13.5 band manual system test BBA module input power BBA module output power RBA module output powerblue band + red band + OSC RBA module output powerred band RBA module output powerblue band RBA module output powerOSC only BBA-10G module input power BBA-10G module output power RBA-10G module input power RBA-10G module output power Local terminal software 6 to +6 Local terminal software +12.5 to +15.5 OPM OPM OPM OPM +14.5 to +18.5 +13 to +15 +9.5 to +14.5 +0.5 to +6.5

Local terminal software 6 to +6 measure OPM +12.5 to +15.5 Local terminal software +2 to +10 measure OPM +14.5 to +18.5

1. The OSC output depends on the value used to attenuate the signal.

Multiplexer Output Power Verification


Use this procedure to check the output values of red- and blue-band multiplexer modules at a site.
Step 1

Make sure that the transponder modules are installed in the correct shelves at the site. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Configuration Manual for more information.

Note

The multiplexer output power level readings are measured with Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software from the input power to TPA-B modules and TPA-R modules.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-72

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Note Step 2

The accuracy of local terminal software measurements is 1.0 dBm. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for instructions to choose the TPA-R module or the TPA-B module on the Network Element screen. Verify that the value of the module meets the input power value specified in Table 4-43. If the TPA-R module value was verified, repeat for the TPA-B module.

Step 3

Table 4-43 Pass-or-Fail Criteria for Multiplexer Output Power

Output Power (dBm) Multiplexer Output power range Number of Channels 8 4 24-Channel Wavelength MultiplexerRed Band (24WM-R) module Output power range 24 12 8 9 13 15 7 10 12 5 8 10 Min. 4.5 7.5 Nom. 2.5 5.5 Max. 0.5 3.5 8-Channel Wavelength MultiplexerBlue Band (8WM-B) module

Red-Band Channel Transmission Verification


Use this procedure to verify the flatness of the red-band transmission from the TPA-R module.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Set the OSA center wavelength to 1551 nm and set the span to 20 nm for the red band. Set the OSA resolution at 0.5 nm. Connect an optical fiber jumper cable from the OSA input connection to the monitor (MON) port of the TPA-R module in slot 1 (Figure 4-19).

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-73

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Figure 4-19 Red-Band Channel Transmission Test Setup


Slot 1 TPA-R Slot 2 TPA-B Slot 3 PRE-L MON MON B R

MON OUT

MON

IN

Optical spectrum analyzer When removing, disconnect this end first. Optical fiber jumper cable When installing, connect this end first.
69026 69027

Step 4

Manually override the laser safety shutdown feature of the site by connecting an optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the slot-3 PRE-L module to the MON port of the 24WM-R module (Figure 4-20).
Figure 4-20 Terminal Site Laser Safety Manual Override Connection
8WM-B
MON MON

24WM-R

Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 TPA-R TPA-B PRE-L


MON MON B R

When removing, disconnect this end first.

Optical fiber jumper cable


MON OUT MON IN

When installing, connect this end first.

Step 5

Set the OSA scale to 1.0 dB per division. Verify that all active channels are present.

Note

Optical power losses can be caused by the E-2000 optical connections on the modules or on the backplane. However, only qualified personnel are authorized to remove, adjust, or clean ONS 15800 system E-2000 connections. If any active red-band channels are missing, locate the source of the failure (e.g., transmitter output power, cabling, or multiplexer path loss) and correct it.

Step 6

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-74

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Step 7

Disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the MON port of the TPA-R module.

Blue-Band Channel Transmission Verification


Use this procedure to verify the flatness of the blue-band channel transmission from the TPA-B module.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5

Set the OSA center wavelength to 1532 nm and the span to 10 nm for the blue band. Set the OSA resolution to 0.5 nm. Connect an optical fiber jumper cable from the OSA input port to the MON port of the slot-2 TPA-B module. Set the scale to 1 dB per division. Verify that all active channels are present. If any active blue-band channels are missing, locate the source of the failure (e.g., transmitter output power, cabling, or multiplexer path loss) and correct it.

TPA-R Module OSC Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the OSC output of the TPA-R module.
Step 1

Connect an OPM to the OUT port of the TPA-R module in slot 1 using an optical fiber jumper cable (Figure 4-21).
Figure 4-21 TPA-R Module OSC Measurement Setup
Slot 1 TPA-R Slot 2 TPA-B Slot 3 PRE-L MON MON B R

MON OUT

MON

IN Optical power meter

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

69017

When removing, disconnect this end first.

Optical fiber jumper cable

When installing, connect this end first.

4-75

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Step 2

Verify that the TPA-R module OSC reading in dBm is within the OSC range specified for TPA-R module OSC-only output power in Table 4-42.

Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Safety Override


Use this procedure to test the safety override feature of Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software.
Step 1 Step 2

Choose the TPA-R module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Select the safety override item (SftyOvRide1) on the Action List tab and execute the command.

Caution

Use the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software safety override command on a TPA-R module only in a terminal site, back-to-back site, or regeneration site. Do not use the local terminal software safety override command on any other amplifier module in a terminal site, back-to-back site, or regeneration site. Failure to heed this caution can result in damage to equipment. Verify that the MAJ LED on the TPA-R module shuts off and the output reading on the OPM increases for 10 seconds.

Step 3

Red-Band and Blue-Band Laser Safety Shutdown Test


Use this procedure to test the laser safety shutdown feature of the system.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Manually override the laser safety shutdown feature by connecting an optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 3 to the MON port of the 24WM-R module. Verify that the lasers in the TPA-R module in slot 1 and the TPA-B module in slot 2 turn on (indicated by the MAJ LED on each module switching off). Remove the optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 3. Verify that the TPA-R module in slot 1 and the TPA-B module in slot 2 turn off (indicated by the MAJ LED on each of the two amplifier modules lighting). Reconnect the optical fiber jumper cable to the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 3. Issue the safety override command from the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. Verify that the TPA-R module in slot 1 and the TPA-B module in slot 2 turn on again (indicated by the MAJ LED on each module switching off). Switch off both BAT modules on all transponder shelves.

Note

When the BAT modules are turned off, only the TPA-R module MAJ LED will switch off if no blue-band channels are present. Verify that the lasers in the TPA-R module in slot 1 and the TPA-B module in slot 2 turn off (indicated by the MAJ LED on each module lighting).

Step 9

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-76

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Note

The following step must be performed. If this step is not performed, the lasers in the TPA-R and TPA-B modules will turn on when light is reapplied to the inputs. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 3. Turn on all BAT modules in the transponder shelves. Verify that the lasers in the TPA-R module in slot 1 and the TPA-B module in slot 2 do not turn on (indicated by the MAJ LED on each module staying lit).

Step 10 Step 11 Step 12

PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure PRE-L module output power.

Note

The PRE-L module red-band and blue-band output power levels are measured with Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. Connect an optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 3 to the MON port of the 24WM-R module. Issue the safety override command from the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. Select the PRE-L module in slot 3 on the local terminal software Network Element screen and choose the red-band output power item ( OutPwrRed1 ) on the Analog I/O tab. Verify that the PRE-L module output power value is within the specifications listed for PRE-L module red-band output in Table 4-44.
Table 4-44 Terminal Site Output Power Range for the PRE-L Module

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Output Power (dBm)1 Module PRE-L module Blue band Red band 5.5 +8 +5.5 +13 Min. Max.

1. Values for 32 channels nominal system configuration

Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Disconnect the slot-3 PRE-L module optical fiber jumper cable from the MON port of the 24WM-R module and connect it to the MON port of the 8WM-B module. Select the blue-band output power item for the same module on the Analog I/O tab. Verify that the PRE-L module output power value is within the specifications listed for PRE-L module blue-band output listed in Table 4-44.

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-77

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Step 8

Remove the optical fiber jumper cable from the MON port of the PRE-L module in slot 3.

TPA-R Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the TPA-R module red-band output power.
Step 1

Carefully unplug the TPA-B module in slot 2 and the Line Service Modem module (LSM-W) from the backplane by reversing the installation procedure in Chapter 3, Site Installation. Do not remove the modules from the subrack. Use an optical fiber jumper cable to connect the OPM to the OUT port of the TPA-R module in slot 1. Connect the optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 3 to the MON port of the 24WM-R module. Issue the safety override command from the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. Use the OPM connected to the TPA-R module in slot 1 to measure the TPA-R module red-band output power in dBm and mW. Verify that the TPA-R module red-band output power in dBm and mW meets the TPA-R red-band-only specification for the appropriate power class.

Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable from the MON port of the 24WM-R module.

Step 7

TPA-R Module Combined Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the combined red-band and blue-band output power of the TPA-R module.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Plug the TPA-B module in slot 2 back into the backplane. Connect the optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module to the MON port of the 24WM-R module. Connect an OPM to the OUT port of the TPA-R module in slot 1. Measure the output power of the red band and blue band in dBm and mW.

TPA-R Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to continue from the combined output power measurement to calculate and test the TPA-R module blue-band output.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-78

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Step 1

Subtract the TPA-R module red-band-only output reading in mW from the combined TPA-R module red-band and blue-band output power reading in mW to determine the TPA-R module blue-band output power in mW. Use the following formula to convert blue-band output power from mW to dBm. Power (dBm) = 10 x log (blue-band power in mW) Verify that the calculated value for the blue-band output power in dBm meets the appropriate power class specification for the TPA-R module blue-band-only entry.

Step 2

Step 3

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable from the MON port of the 24WM-R module. Reinstall the LSM-W module into the backplane.

Step 4 Step 5

RBA-10G Module Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the RBA-10G module output power.
Step 1

Carefully unplug the TPA-B module in slot 2 and the Line Service Modem module (LSM-W) from the backplane by reversing the installation procedure in Chapter 3, Site Installation. Do not remove the modules from the subrack. Use an optical fiber jumper cable to connect the OPM to the OUT port of the RBA-10G module in slot 1. Connect the optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 3 to the MON port of the 24WM-R module. Issue the safety override command from the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. Use the OPM connected to the RBA-10G module in slot 1 to measure the RBA-10G module output power in dBm and mW. Verify that the RBA-10G module red-band output power in dBm and mW meets the RBA-10G specification for the appropriate power class.

Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable from the MON port of the 24WM-R module.

Step 7

BBA-10G Module Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the BBA-10G module red-band output power.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-79

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Step 1

Carefully unplug the TPA-B module in slot 2 and the Line Service Modem module (LSM-W) from the backplane by reversing the installation procedure in Chapter 3, Site Installation. Do not remove the modules from the subrack. Use an optical fiber jumper cable to connect the OPM to the OUT port of the BBA-10G module in slot 8. Connect the optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 3 to the MON port of the 24WM-R module. Issue the safety override command from the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. Use the OPM connected to the BBA-10G module in slot 8 to measure the BBA-10G module output power in dBm and mW. Verify that the BBA-10G module output power in dBm and mW meets the BBA-10G specification for the appropriate power class.

Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable from the MON port of the 24WM-R module.

Step 7

Mid-Amplifier Loss Verification


This section provides the mid-amplifier loss values dependent on the loss of the span preceding the OLA site. These values are different between each band as shown in Table 4-45.

Note

The following values must be verified within 1.5 dB.


Table 4-45 Amplifier MAL Regulation

Link Data Span Loss (dB) 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Typical Span Length [km] (@ 0.25 dB/Km) 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92

Blue Band Tolerated MAL @ 10 Gbps Ideal MAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SMF 9 9 10 10 11 11 11 12 12 13 HEF1 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Red Band Tolerated MAL @ 10 Gbps GFF Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Ideal MAL 13 13 13 13 12 12 12 11 11 10 SMF 14 14 14 14 13 13 13 13 13 13 HEF1 14 14 14 14 13 13 13 12 12 11

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-80

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Table 4-45 Amplifier MAL Regulation

Link Data Span Loss (dB) 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 Typical Span Length [km] (@ 0.25 dB/Km) 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 148 152

Blue Band Tolerated MAL @ 10 Gbps Ideal MAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SMF 13 13 14 14 16 16 17 17 17 18 18 18 NA NA NA HEF1 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 NA NA NA

Red Band Tolerated MAL @ 10 Gbps GFF Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N N N Ideal MAL 9 8 7 6 5 4 5 5 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 SMF 13 14 14 16 17 17 17 18 18 19 19 19 NA NA NA HEF1 10 9 8 7 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 NA NA NA

1. Tolerated MAL on HEF can be increased by 2 dB for Teralight fiber in order to accommodate the needed DCU.

Red and Blue Bands Mid-Amplifier Loss Verification


Use the following procedures to activate the OLA amplifiers:
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Connect a laser source to the PRE-L module input. Turn the laser source on. Connect an optical fiber jumper between the PRE-L module (red band) MON port and to the MON port of the 24WM-R module. Set the safety override command to RBA-10G module.

Perform the following procedures to obtain the MAL measurement:


Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Measure the PRE-L module (red band) output power using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. Measure the RBA-10G or BBA-10G module input power using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. The MAL value is the difference between the power level measured on the preceding steps 1 and 2.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-81

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Booster Amplifier Threshold Settings


The following paragraphs provide the input and output booster amplifier threshold settings.

RBA and RBA-10G Module Input Power Threshold Setting


The RBA and RBA-10G factory default input power thresholds are valid for MAL up to 15 dB. When the mid-amplifier loss is higher than 15 dB the input power alarm threshold settings listed in Table 4-46 need to be applied.
*

Table 4-46 RBA and RBA-10G Module Input Power Threshold Setting for MAL Higher than 15 dB

MAL MAL 15 (factory default thresholds) 16 MAL 17 18 MAL 19

Degrade Low -6.5 -9.5 -14

Fail Low -9 -12 -16.5

Input power threshold setting changes are performed using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software.

RBA and RBA-10G Module Output Power Threshold Setting


The RBA and RBA-10G factory default output power thresholds are valid for MAL up to 17 dB. The RBA and RBA-10G output power thresholds (degrade low and degrade high) are automatically calculated according to a nominal value for each power class. Table 4-47 lists the nominal RBA module output power values (dBm).
Table 4-47 RBA Module Nominal Output Power

MAL MAL 17 (factory default thresholds) MAL 17

Low Class 11 9.5

Mid Class 14 12.5

High Class 16.5 15

Table 4-48 list the nominal RBA-10G module output power values (dBm).
Table 4-48 RBA-10G Module Nominal Output Power

MAL MAL 17 (factory default thresholds) MAL 17

Low Class 13.5 12

Mid Class 16.5 15

High Class 18.5 17

Output power threshold setting changes are performed using the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software.

BBA and BBA-10G Module Input Power Threshold Setting


The BBA and BBA-10G factory default input power thresholds are valid for MAL up to 15 dB.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-82

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

When the mid-amplifier loss is higher than 15 dB the input power alarm threshold settings listed in Table 4-49 need to be applied.
Table 4-49 BBA and BBA-10G Module Input Power Threshold Setting for MAL Higher than 15 dB

MAL MAL 15 (factory default thresholds) 16 MAL 17 18 MAL 19

Degrade Low -23 -28 -32

Fail Low -24 -29 -33

Input power threshold settings are performed using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software.

BBA and BBA-10G Module Output Power Threshold Setting


The BBA and BBA-10G factory default output power thresholds are valid for MAL up to 13 dB. The BBA and BBA-10G module output power thresholds (degrade low and degrade high) are automatically calculated according to a nominal value for each power class. Table 4-50 lists the nominal output power values for the BBA module in dBm.
Table 4-50 BBA Module Nominal Output Power

Span Budget MAL 13 (factory default thresholds) 14 MAL 17 18 MAL 19

Low Class 12 9.75 8.25

Mid Class 14 11.75 10.25

High Class 15.25 13 11.5

Table 4-51 lists the nominal output power values for the BBA-10G module in dBm.
Table 4-51 BBA-10G Module Nominal Output Power

Span Budget MAL 13 (factory default thresholds) 14 MAL 17 18 MAL 19

Low Class 12 9.75 8.25

Mid Class 14 11.75 10.25

High Class 15.25 13 11.5

Output power threshold settings are performed using the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software.

10-Gbps Optical Line Site Setup and Test


Warning

The ONS 15800 system equipment contains Class IIIb laser products. The maximum output power is 50 mW with front access or 100 mW with rear access in the 12601605 nm wavelength range. Laser radiation presents an invisible hazard, so personnel should avoid exposure to the laser beam. Personnel must be qualified in laser safety and must use proper eye protection before working on this equipment.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-83

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Warning

Disconnect all outside plant fibers before OADM site optical safety tests are performed. Failure to heed this warning can result in injury.

Note

For 10-Gbps sites a GFF-R is recommended for spans that have losses up to 29 db provided that ideal MAL and tolerated MAL rules are complied with.

Note

The PRE-L module red-band and blue-band output power levels are measured with Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software as the input power to the RBA module and BBA modules.

Note

The accuracy of local terminal software measurements is 1.0 dBm. For more information, refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System.

Note

All procedures must be performed in the order presented. This section provides the 10-Gbps OLA site setup and test procedures.

Module Communication Setup


This procedure establishes module communication with the CMP module.

Note

A network element (NE) is a site or a part of a site that is under the control of a single CMP module.

Note

The module communication setup procedure must be performed on all NEs. Use this procedure to set up module communication at a site:

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

Connect a PC to the system using an EIA/TIA-232 (RS-232) cable connected to the local craft interface located on the front of shelf one. Open the local terminal software. Select a serial port from the Connection menu. Select the Internet protocol (IP) address of the CMP module. Choose NE Inventory under Configuration Management, and verify that all occupied module slots are checked. With the BAT modules in shelf one turned OFF, unplug and reinsert the SCF module and CMP module. Verify that the control bus cable is correctly installed. (Refer to the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual.) Verify that the subrack addressing is correct. (Refer to the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual.)

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-84

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Step 7

If a module or subrack is not recognized after these steps, there may be a short circuit between the connector pins of a module and the subrack. Visually identify the problem and repair or replace as necessary.

Warning

All amplifier line directions must be entered correctly to enable the safety shutdown feature of the ONS 15800 system to operate properly. Failure to heed this warning can expose personnel to invisible laser radiation.

Follow these steps to verify proper operation:


Step 1 Step 2

In the local terminal software, select RBA module on the Network Element screen, and verify the line direction according to Table 4-52. Repeat for the BBA module and PRE-L module.

Table 4-52 Amplifier Line Direction Settings

Direction East-West

Amplifier Module PRE-L RBA BBA

Slot 1 2 3 4 5 6

Setting East-to-West East-to-West East-to-West West-to-East West-to-East West-to-East

West-East

PRE-L RBA BBA

If the line direction of an amplifier is not configured correctly, reset it using Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for amplifier configuration information.

CMP Module Configuration


Note

For the CMP module optical system ID, optical line ID, and sequential number configuration parameters refer to the route installation specification. The route installation specification configuration parameters do not preclude the site test. Use the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software to configure the CMP module (shelf 1.1, slot 15) as follows:

Step 1

Set the following CMP module NE identification parameters using the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software or the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software:

NE name NE IP address

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-85

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Step 2

NE IP subnet mask NE IP default gateway NE type (terminal site, regeneration site, OLA site, or OADM site) Optical system ID primaryThis parameter describes the system characteristics (e.g. fiber type, span budget, maximum channel count, and transponder type) used by the APP procedure. For the regenerator site only the primary ID is related to the west side.

Set the following CMP module NE attributes for APP while referring to Figure 4-22:

Note

For 2.5-Gbps and 10-Gbps system configurations containing both FEC and Non-FEC transponders, the Optical System ID shall be defined according to Table 4-53. For example: a 2.5-Gbps or 10-Gbps system with FEC and Non-FEC transponders, the Optical System ID shall be defined as a 2.5 Gbps or 10 Gbps No-FEC transponder type (priority 1-3).
Table 4-53 Optical System IDTransponder Type Priority List

Priority 1 2 3 4 5

Transponder Type 10 Gbps No-FEC 2.5 Gbps No-FEC without RXT modules 2.5 Gbps No-FEC with RXT modules 10 Gbps OB-FEC 2.5 Gbps OB-FEC

Optical system ID secondaryThis parameter describes the system characteristics (e.g. fiber type, span budget, maximum channel count, and transponder type) used by the APP procedure. The secondary ID has to be set for the regenerator site only and it is related to the east side. Optical line ID primaryA unique identifier for the optical line (the point-to-point transmission multiplex section between two terminal or regeneration sites). For the regenerator site only the primary ID is related to the west side. Optical line ID secondaryA unique identifier for the optical line (the point-to-point transmission multiplex section between two terminal or regeneration sites). The secondary ID has to be set for the regenerator site only and it is related to the east side. Sequential number primaryA site unique identifier in the optical line sequence (the site sequence numbering starts from the west side of the optical line. For the regenerator site only the primary ID is related to the west side. Sequential number secondaryA site unique identifier in the optical line sequence (the site sequence numbering starts from the west side of the optical line. The secondary ID has to be set for the regenerator site only and it is related to the east side.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-86

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Figure 4-22 CMP Module Node Attributes


Optical Line 1 Optical Line 2

Terminal Site WEST West -to-East Line direction

Line Site

Line Site

Regenerator Site

Terminal Site EAST

East -to-West Line direction

NE type = TS Optical Line Id (Primary) = 1 Optical System Id (Primary) = TW, 54 ch, 3x Sequential Number (Primary) = 1 NE type = OLA Optical Line Id (Primary) = 1 Optical System Id (Primary) = TW, 54 ch, 3x Sequential Number (Primary) = 2 NE type = OLA Optical Line Id (Primary) = 1 Optical System Id (Primary) = TW, 54 ch, 3x Sequential Number (Primary) = 3

NEtype = LEM West Side: Optical Line Id (Primary) = 1 Optical System Id (Primary) = TW, 54 ch, 3x Sequential Number (Primary) = 4 East Side: Optical Line Id (Secondary) = 2 Optical System Id (Secondary) = ELEAF, 54 ch, 1x Sequential Number (Secondary) = 1 NE type = TS Optical Line Id (Primary) = 2 Optical System Id (Primary) = ELEAF, 54 ch, 1x Sequential Number (Primary) = 2

Note

APP imposes a constraint on network element sequence numbers. The network element sequence numbers of all of the NEs that belong to the same optical line (terminal site-to-terminal site, terminal site-to-regeneration site, regeneration site-to-regeneration site) have to be placed in sequence in order to allow the APP network auto-discovery procedure to properly communicate the ONS 15800 system configuration. Configure the CMP module as either a master or slave:

Step 3

The CMP module is shipped configured as a master. The CMP module located in bay 1 must be configured as the master. Each slave CMP module must be numbered according to the bay label. Since each CMP module can only control one bay, the parameter Controlled Rack 1 must be set to the number of the corresponding bay. Also, the parameter Controlled Rack 2 must be set to Not configured.

Step 4

To check module communication, perform an NE inventory. The NE inventory is defined only on the CMP master module.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-87

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Amplifier Power Control Setup


At the factory, the optical output power of an amplifier is configured to an unknown power class. Use Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software to configure the amplifier power class. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for information on changing the power class. Use the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software to set the ADA module working point and to calculate output power. Refer to site engineering documentation for network design and specific setup information. Table 4-54, Table 4-55, and Table 4-56 show typical system setups by fiber type and number of channels per blue and red band. Table 4-57 and Table 4-58 show typical system setups by fiber type and number of channels per blue and red bands. The amplifier output for the blue and red bands are set on a per class basis (low, mid, or high). Amplifier power output is regulated in the continuous range mode by selecting a setpoint value within the range. Use the appropriate setup to provision the system.
Table 4-54 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (No FEC)

Blue Band Booster (TPA-B and BBA) Fiber SMF Span Budget 5x17 5x22 5x25 ELEAF, TW-RS 5x17 5x22 5x25 TW+ 5x17 5x22 5x25 TWC 5x17 5x22 5x25 LSF 5x17 5x22 5x25 DSF 5x17 5x22 5x25 1-3 1 1-3 1 1-2 1 1-2 1 1-2 1 Low 1-2 1 Mid 3-4 2 1 3-4 2 1 3-4 2 1 3-4 2 1 4-6 2 1 4-5 2 1 3-4 2 3-4 2 3-4 2 High 5-8 3-4 2 5-8 3-4 2 5-6 3-4 2

Red Band Booster (TPA-R and RBA) Low 1-5 1-3 1-2 1-4 1-3 1-2 1-5 1-3 1-2 1-3 1-2 1-2 1-5 1-3 1-2 1-5 1-3 1-2 4-5 3-4 5 Mid 6-10 4-7 3-4 5-10 4-7 3-4 6-10 4-7 3-4 4-7 3-5 3-4 6-10 4-8 3-4 High 11-20 8-14 5-8 11-20 8-14 5-8 11-16 8-14 5-8 8-14 6-10 5-7

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-88

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Table 4-55 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (IB-FEC)

Blue Band Booster (TPA-B and BBA) Fiber SMF Span Budget 5x17 5x22 5x25 ELEAF, TL, TW-RS 5x17 L 1-3 1-2 1 1-3 M 4-5 3 2 4-5 H 6-8 4-6 3-4 6-8

Red Band Booster (TPA-R and RBA) L 1-5 1-4 1-2 1-5 M 6-11 5-8 3-4 6-11 H 12-24 9-16 5-12 12-24

5x22 5x25 TW+ 5x17 5x22 5x25 TWC 5x17 5x22 5x25 LSF 5x17 5x22 5x25 DSF 5x17 5x22 5x25

1-2 1 1-2 1-2 1 1-2 1-2 1 1-3 1-2 1 1-3 1-2 1

3 2 3-4 3 2 3-4 3 2 4-5 3 2 4 3 2

4-6 3-4 5-6 4-6 3-4 4 3-4 6-8 4-6 3-4 4 3-4

1-4 1-2 1-4 1-4 1-2 1-4 1-3 1-2 1-4 1-3 1-2 1-4 1-3 1-2

5-8 3-4 5-8 5-8 3-4 5-8 4-7 3-4 5-8 4-7 3-4 5-8 4-7 3-4

9-16 5-12 9-16 9-16 5-12 9-16 8-14 5-9 9-12 8-10 5-6 8 5-8

Table 4-56 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC)

Fiber Type

Blue Band Boosters (TPA-B and BBA) Red Band Boosters (TPA-R and RBA) NOTE Low 1-3 Mid 4-6 High 7-8 Low 1-6 Mid 7-12 High 13-24

All Links SMF ELEAF TW-RS Teralight TWC TW+ LSF All Links All Links Full chs. Count links 1x28...5x21

1-6 1-4 1-8 5-8

1-12 1-6 1-24

13-24 7-12 13-24

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-89

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Table 4-56 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC) (continued)

Fiber Type

Blue Band Boosters (TPA-B and BBA) Red Band Boosters (TPA-R and RBA) NOTE Low Mid 4-6 High 7-8 Low 1-10 Mid 11-20 High Reduced chs. 1-3 Count (28) links 1x34...5x25

DSF

All Links

1-3

4-5

1-5

Table 4-57 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC) Full Channel Count

Fiber Type SMF ELEAF TW-RS Teralight TW+

Blue Band Boosters (TPA-B and BBA) Low 1-3 Mid 4-6 High 7-8

Red Band Boosters (TPA-R and RBA) Low 1-6 Mid 7-12 High 13-24

1-4

5-8

1-6

7-12

13-24

Table 4-58 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC) Reduced Channel Count

Fiber Type 30 chs on SMF (6B+24R) 30 chs on ELEAF & Teralight (6B+24R) 30 chs on TW-RS (6B+24R) 30 chs on TWC (6B+24R) 28 chs on TW+ (4B+24R) 28 chs on LSF (8B+20R) 10 chs on DSF (5B+5R)

Blue Band Boosters (TPA-B and BBA) Low 1-2 1-2 Mid 3-4 (3) 3-4 High 5-6 (4) 5-6

Red Band Boosters (TPA-R and RBA) Low 1-6 1-6 Mid 7-12 7-12 High 13-24 13-24

1-2 1-6 1-2 1-3 1-3

3-4

5-6

1-6 1-12

7-12 13-24 7-12 11-20

13-24

3 4-6 4-5

4 7-8

1-6 1-10 1-5

13-24

The amplifier power class setup procedure is complete.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-90

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Output Power Criteria


Warning

The ONS 15800 system equipment contains Class IIIb laser products. The maximum output power is 50 mW with front access or 100 mW with rear access in the 12601605 nm wavelength range. Laser radiation presents an invisible hazard, so personnel should avoid exposure to the laser beam. Personnel must be qualified in laser safety and must use proper eye protection before working on this equipment.

Caution

When the subrack power is ON, unplugging the ADA module, BBA module, BBA-10G module, RBA module, RBA-10G module, PRE-L module, TPA-R module, or TPA-B moduleor removing connectors from those modulescan cause carbonization of the connectors. Use the criteria in Table 4-59 to determine whether amplifier output power at an OLA site passes or fails standard. This table describes output values according to fiber type and according to amplifier type. It shows specific output ranges for channel bands (e.g., blue band or red band) or for the OSC alone.

Note

The accuracy of Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software measurements is 1.0 dBm.

Note

Optical power losses can be caused by the E-2000 optical connections on the modules or on the backplane. However, only qualified personnel are authorized to remove, adjust, or clean ONS 15801 system E-2000 connections.

Note

All modules not meeting the output power specification must be replaced after verification of the losses of the related connections. The test must be repeated until the result is positive.

Table 4-59 Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Optical Line Amplification Sites

Fiber Type and Power Measurement Point TPA-B module output power Instrument Mid-Class Power (dBm) +14.5 to +18.5 +13 to +15 +9.5 to +14.5 +0.5 to +6.5 Low-Class Power (dBm) +10.5 to +13.5 +12 to +16 +10 to +12 +7.5 to +12.5 +0.5 to +6.5 5.5 to +5.5 +7.5 to +13.5 High-Class Power (dBm) +13.5 to +17 +16.5 to +20.5 +15.5 to +17.5 +11 to +16 +0.5 to +6.5 5.5 to +5.5 +7.5 to +13.5

Local terminal software +12.5 to +15.5

TPA-R module output powerblue band + OPM red band + OSC TPA-R module output power Red band
1

OPM OPM

Blue band OPM TPA-R module output powerOSC only PRE-L module input power PRE-L module output power blue band

Local terminal software Per span budget Per span budget Per span budget Local terminal software, 5.5 to +5.5 manual system test

PRE-L module monitor output powerred Local terminal software, +7.5 to +13.5 band manual system test

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-91

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Table 4-59 Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Optical Line Amplification Sites (continued)

Fiber Type and Power Measurement Point BBA module input power BBA module output power RBA module output powerblue band + red band + OSC RBA module output powerred band RBA module output powerblue band RBA module output powerOSC only BBA-10G module input power BBA-10G module output power RBA-10G module input power RBA-10G module output power Instrument Mid-Class Power (dBm) Low-Class Power (dBm) 6 to +6 +10.5 to +13.5 +12 to +16 +10 to +12 +7.5 to +12.5 +0.5 to +6.5 6 to +6 +10.5 to +13.5 +2 to +10 +12 to +16 High-Class Power (dBm) 6 to +6 +14 to +20.5 +17 to +20.5 +16 to +18 +11 to +15.5 +0.5 to +6.5 6 to +6 +14 to +16.5 +2 to +10 +17 to +20.5

Local terminal software 6 to +6 Local terminal software +12.5 to +15.5 OPM OPM OPM OPM +14.5 to +18.5 +13 to +15 +9.5 to +14.5 +0.5 to +6.5

Local terminal software 6 to +6 measure OPM +12.5 to +15.5 Local terminal software +2 to +10 measure OPM +14.5 to +18.5

1. The OSC output depends on the value used to attenuate the signal.

East-to-West LSM-W Module OSC Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure LSM-W module OSC east-to-west output power.
Step 1

Use an optical fiber jumper cable to connect the OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 2 (Figure 4-23).

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-92

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Figure 4-23 East-to-West Setup for Amplifier Output Power Measurement


East-to-west Slot 1 PRE-L MON MON B R Slot 2 RBA Slot 3 BBA Slot 4 PRE-L MON MON B R West-to-east Slot 5 RBA Slot 6 BBA

Optical fiber jumper cable


IN MON OUT MON
IN

MON OUT

MON

Laser source

Optical power meter

Optical fiber jumper cable

Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Attach an optical source to the IN port of the slot-1 PRE-L module. Set the OPM to read in dBm. Measure the LSM-W module output power. Verify that the LSM-W module OSC measurement meets the specification for the RBA module OSC-only.

West-to-East LSM-W Module OSC Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the west-to-east LSM-W module OSC output power.
Step 1

Use an optical fiber jumper cable to connect the OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 5 (Figure 4-24).

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

69030

4-93

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Figure 4-24 West-to-East Amplifier Output Power Measurement Setup


East-to-west Slot 1 PRE-L MON MON B R Slot 2 RBA Slot 3 BBA Slot 4 PRE-L MON MON B R West-to-east Slot 5 RBA Slot 6 BBA

Optical fiber jumper cable

IN

MON OUT

MON

IN

MON OUT

MON

Optical fiber jumper cable Laser source

Optical power meter

Optical fiber jumper cable

Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Attach an optical source to the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 4. Set the OPM to read in dBm. Measure the LSM-W module output power. Verify that the LSM-W module measurement meets the RBA OSC-only specification.

East-to-West PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the PRE-L module east-to-west output power.

Note

The PRE-L module red-band and blue-band output power levels are measured with local terminal software as the input to the RBA module and BBA module. Connect a light source to the east-to-west PRE-L module in slot 1. Turn the light source on. The PRE-L module MAJ alarm LED should switch off. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for instructions to select the BBA module in slot 3 on the Network Element screen. Select the input power item (InpPwr1) for the module on the Analog I/O tab. Verify that the BBA module value is within the specifications listed for the PRE-L module blue band in Table 4-60.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Step 4

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-94

69018

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Table 4-60 Optical Line Amplification Site Output Power Range of PRE-L Module

Output Power (dBm)1 Module PRE-L Blue band Red band 1 channel @ = 1535 nm, Pin = 10 dBm 1 channel @ = 1550 nm, Pin = 8 dBm +3 +8 +5 +13 Condition of Measure Min. Max.

1. Values for 32 channels nominal system configuration.

Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Record the BBA module input power on an ONS 15800 Line Site Test Results form. Select the RBA module in slot 2 on the Network Element screen. Select the input power item (InpPwr1) for the module on the Analog I/O tab. Verify that the RBA module value is within the specifications listed for the PRE-L module blue band in Table 4-60. Turn off the light source.

West-to-East PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the PRE-L module west-to-east output power.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5

Connect a light source to the west-to-east PRE-L module in slot 4. Turn on the light source. The PRE-L module MAJ alarm LED should switch off. Select the BBA module in slot on the Network Element screen. Select the InpPwr1 item for the module on the Analog I/O tab. Verify that the BBA module input power item is within the specifications listed for the PRE-L module blue band in Table 4-60. Choose the RBA module in slot 5 on the Network Element screen. Verify that the input power item (InpPwr1) meets the specifications listed for the PRE-L module blue band in Table 4-60.

Setup for East-to-West Laser Safety Manual Override and Amplifier Activation
Use this procedure to set up the manual laser safety override and to activate east-to-west amplifiers.

Note

The manual safety override is necessary to prevent the amplifiers from switching off before the output power can be measured and recorded. This setup allows the measurement of the east-to-west amplifiers. Install an optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 4 to the MON R port of the PRE-L module in slot 1. Use an optical fiber jumper cable to connect an OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 2.

Step 1 Step 2

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-95

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Step 3 Step 4 Step 5

Connect a light source to the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 1. Turn on the light source. Verify that the value on the OPM increases and that the RBA module MAJ alarm LED switches off, which indicates that the laser in the RBA module is on.

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Turn off the light source.

Step 6

East-to-West RBA Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the east-to-west RBA module red-band output power.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Unplug the BBA module in slot 3 and the LSM-W module from the backplane, but do not remove them from the shelf. Connect an OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 2. Measure and record the RBA module red-band output in both dBm and mW. Turn on the light source. Verify that the RBA module output power reading in dBm meets the applicable amplifier power class specification for the RBA module red-band-only output power range of the RBA module red-band output power.

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Turn off the light source.

Step 5

East-to-West RBA Module Combined Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the east-to-west RBA module combined red-band and blue-band output power.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Reinstall the BBA module in slot 3. Connect an OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 2. Measure and record the red-band output power of the RBA module in mW. Turn on the light source.

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-96

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Step 4

Turn off the light source.

East-to-West RBA Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement


This procedure continues from the previous procedure to calculate and measure the east-to-west RBA module blue-band output power.
Step 1

Use the following formula to calculate the east-to-west blue-band output power for the RBA module in slot 1. (All measurements are in mW.) RBA[Blue-band output] = RBA[Red- and blue-band output] RBA[Red-band output]

Step 2

Convert the blue-band output power in mW to dBm using the following formula. Power (dBm) = 10 x log (blue-band power in mW) Verify that the blue-band output power in dBm meets the applicable amplifier power class specification for the RBA module blue-band-only output power range.

Step 3

Deactivating the East-to-West Manual Safety Override and Reinstalling the LSM-W Module
Use this procedure to deactivate the east-to-west manual safety override and reinstall the LSM-W module.

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution will cause the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Remove the optical source from the input of the PRE-L module in slot 1. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable used to connect the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 4 to the MON R port of the PRE-L module in slot 1. Remove the OPM and optical fiber jumper cable from the RBA module in slot 2. Reinstall the LSM-W module in the backplane.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Setup for West-to-East Laser Safety Manual Override and Amplifier Activation
Use this procedure to set up the manual laser safety override and activate west-to-east amplifiers.

Note

The manual safety override is necessary to prevent the amplifiers from switching off before the output power can be measured and recorded. This setup allows the measurement of the east-to-west amplifiers.

Step 1

Install an optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 1 to the MON R port of the PRE-L module in slot 4.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-97

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5

Use an optical fiber jumper cable to connect the OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 5. Connect a light source to the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 4. Turn on the light source. Verify that the value on the OPM increases and that the RBA module MAJ alarm LED switches off, which indicates that the laser in the RBA module is on.

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Turn off the light source.

Step 6

West-to-East RBA Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure west-to-east RBA module red-band output power.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Unplug the BBA module in slot 6 and the LSM-W module from the backplane, but do not remove them from the shelf. Connect an OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 5. Measure and record the red-band output power of the RBA module in dBm and mW. Turn on the light source. Verify that the RBA module output power reading in dBm meets the applicable amplifier power class specification for the RBA module red-band-only output power range.

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Turn off the light source.

Step 5

West-to-East RBA Module Combined Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure combined west-to-east RBA module output power.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Reinstall the BBA module in slot 6. Turn on the light source. Connect an OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 5. Measure and record the RBA module red-band output power in mW.

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-98

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Step 4

Turn off the light source.

West-to-East RBA Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement


This procedure continues from the previous procedure to calculate and measure the west-to-east RBA module blue-band output power.
Step 1

Use the following formula to calculate the blue-band output power at the RBA module output. (All measurements are in mW.) RBA[Blue-band output] = RBA[Red- and blue-band output] RBA[Red band output]

Step 2

Convert the blue-band output power in mW to dBm using the following formula. Power (dBm) = 10 x log (blue-band power in mW) Verify that the blue-band output power in dBm meets the applicable amplifier power class specification for the RBA module blue-band-only output power range.

Step 3

Deactivating the West-to-East Manual Safety Override and Reinstalling LSM-W Module
Use this procedure to deactivate the west-to-east manual safety override and reinstall the LSM-W module.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Remove the optical source from the input of the PRE-L module in slot 4. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable used to connect the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 1 to the MON R port of the PRE-L module in slot 4. Remove the OPM and optical fiber jumper cable from the RBA module in slot 5. Reinstall the LSM-W module.

Mid-Amplifier Loss Verification


This section provides the mid-amplifier loss values dependent on the loss of the span preceding the OLA site. These values are different between each band as shown in Table 4-61.

Note

The following values must be verified within 1.5 dB.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-99

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Table 4-61 Amplifier MAL Regulation

Link Data Span Loss (dB) 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 Typical Span Length [km] (@ 0.25 dB/Km) 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 148 152

Blue Band Tolerated MAL @ 10 Gbps Ideal MAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SMF 9 9 10 10 11 11 11 12 12 13 13 13 14 14 16 16 17 17 17 18 18 18 NA NA NA HEF1 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 NA NA NA

Red Band Tolerated MAL @ 10 Gbps GFF Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N N N Ideal MAL 13 13 13 13 12 12 12 11 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 5 5 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 SMF 14 14 14 14 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 16 17 17 17 18 18 19 19 19 NA NA NA HEF1 14 14 14 14 13 13 13 12 12 11 10 9 8 7 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 NA NA NA

1. Tolerated MAL on HEF can be increased by 2 dB for Teralight fiber in order to accommodate the needed DCU.

East-to-West Red and Blue Bands Mid-Amplifier Loss Verification


Use the following procedures to activate the OLA amplifiers in the East-to-West direction:
Step 1 Step 2

Connect a laser source to the PRE-L module E-W input. Turn the laser source on.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-100

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Step 3 Step 4

Connect an optical fiber jumper between the E-W PRE-L module (red band) MON port and the W-E PRE-L module IN port. Set the safety override command to RBA E-W module.

Perform the following procedures to obtain the MAL measurement:


Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Measure the E-W PRE-L module (red band) output power using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. Measure the E-W RBA module or BBA module input power using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. The MAL value is the difference between the power level measured on the preceding steps 1 and 2.

West-to-East Red and Blue Bands Mid-Amplifier Loss Verification


Use the following procedures to activate the OLA amplifiers in the W-E direction:
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Connect a laser source to the PRE-L module W-E input. Turn the laser source on. Connect an optical fiber jumper between the W-E PRE-L module (red band) MON port and the E-W PRE-L module IN port. Set the safety override command to RBA W-E module.

Perform the following procedures to obtain the MAL measurement:


Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Measure the W-E PRE-L module (red band) output power using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. Measure the W-E RBA or BBA module input power using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. The MAL value is the difference between the power level measured on the preceding steps 1 and 2.

Booster Amplifier Threshold Settings


The following paragraphs provide the input and output booster amplifier threshold settings.

RBA Module Input Power Threshold Setting


The RBA factory default input power thresholds are valid for MAL up to 15 dB. When the mid-amplifier loss is higher than 15 dB the input power alarm threshold settings listed in Table 4-62 need to be applied.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-101

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Table 4-62 RBA Module Input Power Threshold Setting for MAL Higher than 15 dB

MAL MAL 15 (factory default thresholds) 16 MAL 17 18 MAL 19

Degrade Low -6.5 -9.5 -14

Fail Low -9 -12 -16.5

Input power threshold setting changes are performed using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software.

RBA Module Output Power Threshold Setting


The RBA factory default output power thresholds are valid for MAL up to 17 dB. The RBA output power thresholds (degrade low and degrade high) are automatically calculated according to a nominal value for each power class. Table 4-63 lists the nominal RBA module output power values (dBm).
Table 4-63 RBA Module Nominal Output Power

MAL MAL 17 (factory default thresholds) MAL 17

Low Class 11 9.5

Mid Class 14 12.5

High Class 16.5 15

Output power threshold setting changes are performed using the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software.

BBA Module Input Power Threshold Setting


The BBA factory default input power thresholds are valid for MAL up to 15 dB. When the mid-amplifier loss is higher than 15 dB the input power alarm threshold settings listed in Table 4-64 need to be applied.
Table 4-64 BBA Module Input Power Threshold Setting for MAL Higher than 15 dB

MAL MAL 15 (factory default thresholds) 16 MAL 17 18 MAL 19

Degrade Low -23 -28 -32

Fail Low -24 -29 -33

Input power threshold settings are performed using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software.

BBA Module Output Power Threshold Setting


The BBA factory default output power thresholds are valid for MAL up to 13 dB. The BBA module output power thresholds (degrade low and degrade high) are automatically calculated according to a nominal value for each power class. Table 4-65 lists the nominal output power values for the BBA module in dBm.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-102

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Table 4-65 BBA Module Nominal Output Power

Span Budget MAL 13 (factory default thresholds) 14 MAL 17 18 MAL 19

Low Class 12 9.75 8.25

Mid Class 14 11.75 10.25

High Class 15.25 13 11.5

Output power threshold settings are performed using the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software.

10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Setup and Test


Warning

The ONS 15800 system equipment contains Class IIIb laser products. The maximum output power is 50 mW with front access or 100 mW with rear access in the 12601605 nm wavelength range. Laser radiation presents an invisible hazard, so personnel should avoid exposure to the laser beam. Personnel must be qualified in laser safety and must use proper eye protection before working on this equipment.

Warning

All outside plant fibers must be disconnected before OADM site optical safety tests are performed. Failure to heed this warning can result in personnel injury.

Caution

When the subrack power is ON, unplugging the ADA module, BBA module, BBA-10G module, RBA module, RBA-10G module, PRE-L module, TPA-R module, or TPA-B moduleor removing connectors from those modulescan cause carbonization of the connectors.

Caution

When the subrack power is ON, unplugging the ADA, BBA, RBA, PRE-L, TPA-R, or TPA-B module (or removing connectors from those modules) can cause carbonization of the connectors.

Note

Optical power losses can be caused by the E-2000 optical connections on the modules or the backplane. However, only qualified personnel are authorized to remove, adjust, or clean ONS 15800 system E-2000 connections.

Note

All modules not meeting the output power specification must be replaced after verification of the losses of the related connections. The test must be repeated until the result is positive.

Note

The accuracy of Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software measurements is 1.0 dBm.

Note

All procedures must be performed in the order presented.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-103

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

This section provides the 10-Gbps OADM site setup and test procedures.

Module Communication Setup


This procedure establishes module communication with the CMP module.

Note

A network element (NE) is a site or a part of a site that is under the control of a single CMP module.

Note

The module communication setup procedure must be performed on all NEs. Use this procedure to set up module communication at a site:

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Connect a PC to the system using an EIA/TIA-232 (RS-232) cable connected to the local craft interface located on the front of shelf one. Open the local terminal software. Select a serial port from the Connection menu. Select the Internet protocol (IP) address of the CMP module. Choose NE Inventory under Configuration Management, and verify that all occupied module slots are checked. With the BAT modules in shelf one turned OFF, unplug and reinsert the SCF module and CMP module. Verify that the control bus cable is correctly installed. (Refer to the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual.) Verify that the subrack addressing is correct. (Refer to the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual.) If a module or subrack is not recognized after these steps, there may be a short circuit between the connector pins of a module and the subrack. Visually identify the problem and repair or replace as necessary.

Warning

All amplifier line directions must be entered correctly to enable the safety shutdown feature of the ONS 15800 system to operate properly. Failure to heed this warning can expose personnel to invisible laser radiation.

Follow these steps to verify proper operation:


Step 1 Step 2

In the local terminal software, select RBA module on the Network Element screen, and verify the line direction according to Table 4-66. Repeat for the BBA module and PRE-L module.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-104

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Table 4-66 Amplifier Line Direction Settings

Direction East-to-West

Amplifier Module PRE-L RBA BBA

Slot 1 2 3 4 5 6

Setting East-to-West East-to-West East-to-West West-to-East West-to-East West-to-East

West-to-East

PRE-L RBA BBA

If the line direction of an amplifier is not configured correctly, reset it using Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for amplifier configuration information. The module communication setup procedure is complete.

CMP Module Configuration


Note

For the CMP module optical system ID, optical line ID, and sequential number configuration parameters refer to the route installation specification. The route installation specification configuration parameters do not preclude the site test. Use the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software to configure the CMP module (shelf 1.1, slot 15) as follows:

Step 1

Set the following CMP module NE identification parameters using the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software or the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software:

NE name NE IP address NE IP subnet mask NE IP default gateway NE type (terminal site, regeneration site, OLA site, or OADM site) Optical system ID primaryThis parameter describes the system characteristics (e.g. fiber type, span budget, maximum channel count, and transponder type) used by the APP procedure. For the regenerator site only the primary ID is related to the west side.

Step 2

Set the following CMP module NE attributes for APP while referring to Figure 4-25:

Note

For 2.5-Gbps and 10-Gbps system configurations containing both FEC and Non-FEC transponders, the Optical System ID shall be defined according to Table 4-67. For example: a 2.5-Gbps or 10-Gbps system with FEC and Non-FEC transponders, the Optical System ID shall be defined as a 2.5 Gbps or 10 Gbps No-FEC transponder type (priority 1-3).

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-105

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Table 4-67 Optical System IDTransponder Type Priority List

Priority 1 2 3 4 5

Transponder Type 10 Gbps No-FEC 2.5 Gbps No-FEC without RXT modules 2.5 Gbps No-FEC with RXT modules 10 Gbps OB-FEC 2.5 Gbps OB-FEC

Optical system ID secondaryThis parameter describes the system characteristics (e.g. fiber type, span budget, maximum channel count, and transponder type) used by the APP procedure. The secondary ID has to be set for the regenerator site only and it is related to the east side. Optical line ID primaryA unique identifier for the optical line (the point-to-point transmission multiplex section between two terminal or regeneration sites). For the regenerator site only the primary ID is related to the west side. Optical line ID secondaryA unique identifier for the optical line (the point-to-point transmission multiplex section between two terminal or regeneration sites). The secondary ID has to be set for the regenerator site only and it is related to the east side. Sequential number primaryA site unique identifier in the optical line sequence (the site sequence numbering starts from the west side of the optical line. For the regenerator site only the primary ID is related to the west side. Sequential number secondaryA site unique identifier in the optical line sequence (the site sequence numbering starts from the west side of the optical line. The secondary ID has to be set for the regenerator site only and it is related to the east side.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-106

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Figure 4-25 CMP Module Node Attributes


Optical Line 1 Optical Line 2

Terminal Site WEST West -to-East Line direction

Line Site

Line Site

Regenerator Site

Terminal Site EAST

East -to-West Line direction

NE type = TS Optical Line Id (Primary) = 1 Optical System Id (Primary) = TW, 54 ch, 3x Sequential Number (Primary) = 1 NE type = OLA Optical Line Id (Primary) = 1 Optical System Id (Primary) = TW, 54 ch, 3x Sequential Number (Primary) = 2 NE type = OLA Optical Line Id (Primary) = 1 Optical System Id (Primary) = TW, 54 ch, 3x Sequential Number (Primary) = 3

NEtype = LEM West Side: Optical Line Id (Primary) = 1 Optical System Id (Primary) = TW, 54 ch, 3x Sequential Number (Primary) = 4 East Side: Optical Line Id (Secondary) = 2 Optical System Id (Secondary) = ELEAF, 54 ch, 1x Sequential Number (Secondary) = 1 NE type = TS Optical Line Id (Primary) = 2 Optical System Id (Primary) = ELEAF, 54 ch, 1x Sequential Number (Primary) = 2

Note

APP imposes a constraint on network element sequence numbers. The network element sequence numbers of all of the NEs that belong to the same optical line (terminal site-to-terminal site, terminal site-to-regeneration site, regeneration site-to-regeneration site) have to be placed in sequence in order to allow the APP network auto-discovery procedure to properly communicate the ONS 15800 system configuration. Configure the CMP module as either a master or slave:

Step 3

The CMP module is shipped configured as a master. The CMP module located in bay 1 must be configured as the master. Each slave CMP module must be numbered according to the bay label. Since each CMP module can only control one bay, the parameter Controlled Rack 1 must be set to the number of the corresponding bay. Also, the parameter Controlled Rack 2 must be set to Not configured.

Step 4

To check module communication, perform an NE inventory. The NE inventory is defined only on the CMP master module.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-107

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Amplifier Power Control Setup


At the factory, the optical output power of an amplifier is configured to an unknown power class. Use Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software to configure the amplifier power class. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for information on changing the power class. Use the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software to set the ADA module working point and to calculate output power. Refer to site engineering documentation for network design and specific setup information. Table 4-68, Table 4-69, and Table 4-70 show typical system setups by fiber type and number of channels per blue and red band. Table 4-71 and Table 4-72 show typical system setups by fiber type and number of channels per blue and red bands. The amplifier output for the blue and red bands are set on a per class basis (low, mid, or high). Amplifier power output is regulated in the continuous range mode by selecting a setpoint value within the range. Use the appropriate setup to provision the system.
Table 4-68 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (No FEC)

Blue Band Booster (TPA-B and BBA) Fiber SMF Span Budget 5x17 5x22 5x25 ELEAF, TW-RS 5x17 5x22 5x25 TW+ 5x17 5x22 5x25 TWC 5x17 5x22 5x25 LSF 5x17 5x22 5x25 DSF 5x17 5x22 5x25 1-3 1 1-3 1 1-2 1 1-2 1 1-2 1 Low 1-2 1 Mid 3-4 2 1 3-4 2 1 3-4 2 1 3-4 2 1 4-6 2 1 4-5 2 1 3-4 2 3-4 2 3-4 2 High 5-8 3-4 2 5-8 3-4 2 5-6 3-4 2

Red Band Booster (TPA-R and RBA) Low 1-5 1-3 1-2 1-4 1-3 1-2 1-5 1-3 1-2 1-3 1-2 1-2 1-5 1-3 1-2 1-5 1-3 1-2 4-5 3-4 5 Mid 6-10 4-7 3-4 5-10 4-7 3-4 6-10 4-7 3-4 4-7 3-5 3-4 6-10 4-8 3-4 High 11-20 8-14 5-8 11-20 8-14 5-8 11-16 8-14 5-8 8-14 6-10 5-7

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-108

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Table 4-69 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (IB-FEC)

Blue Band Booster (TPA-B and BBA) Fiber SMF Span Budget 5x17 5x22 5x25 ELEAF, TL, TW-RS 5x17 L 1-3 1-2 1 1-3 M 4-5 3 2 4-5 H 6-8 4-6 3-4 6-8

Red Band Booster (TPA-R and RBA) L 1-5 1-4 1-2 1-5 M 6-11 5-8 3-4 6-11 H 12-24 9-16 5-12 12-24

5x22 5x25 TW+ 5x17 5x22 5x25 TWC 5x17 5x22 5x25 LSF 5x17 5x22 5x25 DSF 5x17 5x22 5x25

1-2 1 1-2 1-2 1 1-2 1-2 1 1-3 1-2 1 1-3 1-2 1

3 2 3-4 3 2 3-4 3 2 4-5 3 2 4 3 2

4-6 3-4 5-6 4-6 3-4 4 3-4 6-8 4-6 3-4 4 3-4

1-4 1-2 1-4 1-4 1-2 1-4 1-3 1-2 1-4 1-3 1-2 1-4 1-3 1-2

5-8 3-4 5-8 5-8 3-4 5-8 4-7 3-4 5-8 4-7 3-4 5-8 4-7 3-4

9-16 5-12 9-16 9-16 5-12 9-16 8-14 5-9 9-12 8-10 5-6 8 5-8

Table 4-70 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC)

Fiber Type

Blue Band Boosters (TPA-B and BBA) Red Band Boosters (TPA-R and RBA) NOTE Low 1-3 Mid 4-6 High 7-8 Low 1-6 Mid 7-12 High 13-24

All Links SMF ELEAF TW-RS Teralight TWC TW+ LSF All Links All Links Full chs. Count links 1x28...5x21

1-6 1-4 1-8 5-8

1-12 1-6 1-24

13-24 7-12 13-24

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-109

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Table 4-70 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC) (continued)

Fiber Type

Blue Band Boosters (TPA-B and BBA) Red Band Boosters (TPA-R and RBA) NOTE Low Mid 4-6 High 7-8 Low 1-10 Mid 11-20 High Reduced chs. 1-3 Count (28) links 1x34...5x25

DSF

All Links

1-3

4-5

1-5

Table 4-71 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC) Full Channel Count

Fiber Type SMF ELEAF TW-RS Teralight TW+

Blue Band Boosters (TPA-B and BBA) Low 1-3 Mid 4-6 High 7-8

Red Band Boosters (TPA-R and RBA) Low 1-6 Mid 7-12 High 13-24

1-4

5-8

1-6

7-12

13-24

Table 4-72 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC) Reduced Channel Count

Fiber Type 30 chs on SMF (6B+24R) 30 chs on ELEAF & Teralight (6B+24R) 30 chs on TW-RS (6B+24R) 30 chs on TWC (6B+24R) 28 chs on TW+ (4B+24R) 28 chs on LSF (8B+20R) 10 chs on DSF (5B+5R)

Blue Band Boosters (TPA-B and BBA) Low 1-2 1-2 Mid 3-4 (3) 3-4 High 5-6 (4) 5-6

Red Band Boosters (TPA-R and RBA) Low 1-6 1-6 Mid 7-12 7-12 High 13-24 13-24

1-2 1-6 1-2 1-3 1-3

3-4

5-6

1-6 1-12

7-12 13-24 7-12 11-20

13-24

3 4-6 4-5

4 7-8

1-6 1-10 1-5

13-24

The amplifier power class setup procedure is complete.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-110

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Output Power Criteria


Warning

The ONS 15800 system equipment contains Class IIIb laser products. The maximum output power is 50 mW with front access or 100 mW with rear access in the 12601605 nm wavelength range. Laser radiation presents an invisible hazard, so personnel should avoid exposure to the laser beam. Personnel must be qualified in laser safety and must use proper eye protection before working on this equipment.

Use the criteria in Table 4-73 to determine whether amplifier output power at an OADM site passes or fails standard. This table describes output values according to fiber type and according to amplifier type. It shows specific output ranges for channel bands (e.g., blue band or red band) or for the OSC alone.

Note

The accuracy of Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software measurements is 1.0 dBm.

Note

Optical power losses can be caused by the E-2000 optical connections on the modules or on the backplane. However, only qualified personnel are authorized to remove, adjust, or clean ONS 15801 system E-2000 connections.

Note

All modules not meeting the output power specification must be replaced after verification of the losses of the related connections. The test must be repeated until the result is positive.

Table 4-73 Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites

Fiber Type and Power Measurement Point TPA-B module output power Instrument Mid-Class Power (dBm) +14.5 to +18.5 +13 to +15 +9.5 to +14.5 +0.5 to +6.5 Low-Class Power (dBm) +10.5 to +13.5 +12 to +16 +10 to +12 +7.5 to +12.5 +0.5 to +6.5 5.5 to +5.5 +7.5 to +13.5 6 to +6 +10.5 to +13.5 +12 to +16 +10 to +12 High-Class Power (dBm) +13.5 to +17 +16.5 to +20.5 +15.5 to +17.5 +11 to +16 +0.5 to +6.5 5.5 to +5.5 +7.5 to +13.5 6 to +6 +14 to +20.5 +17 to +20.5 +16 to +18

Local terminal software +12.5 to +15.5

TPA-R module output powerblue band + OPM red band + OSC TPA-R module output power Red band
1

OPM OPM

Blue band OPM TPA-R module output powerOSC only PRE-L module input power PRE-L module output power blue band

Local terminal software Per span budget Per span budget Per span budget Local terminal software, 5.5 to +5.5 manual system test

PRE-L module monitor output powerred Local terminal software, +7.5 to +13.5 band manual system test BBA module input power BBA module output power RBA module output powerblue band + red band + OSC RBA module output powerred band Local terminal software 6 to +6 Local terminal software +12.5 to +15.5 OPM OPM +14.5 to +18.5 +13 to +15

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-111

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Table 4-73 Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites (continued)

Fiber Type and Power Measurement Point RBA module output powerblue band RBA module output powerOSC only BBA-10G module input power BBA-10G module output power RBA-10G module input power RBA-10G module output power Instrument OPM OPM Mid-Class Power (dBm) +9.5 to +14.5 +0.5 to +6.5 Low-Class Power (dBm) +7.5 to +12.5 +0.5 to +6.5 6 to +6 +10.5 to +13.5 +2 to +10 +12 to +16 High-Class Power (dBm) +11 to +15.5 +0.5 to +6.5 6 to +6 +14 to +16.5 +2 to +10 +17 to +20.5

Local terminal software 6 to +6 measure OPM +12.5 to +15.5 Local terminal software +2 to +10 measure OPM +14.5 to +18.5

1. The OSC output depends on the value used to attenuate the signal.

East-to-West LSM-W Module OSC Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the east-to-west OSC output of the LSM-W module.
Step 1

Use an optical fiber jumper cable to connect the OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 2 (Figure 4-26).
Figure 4-26 East-to-West Setup to Measure OSC Output Power Measurement
East-to-west Slot 1 PRE-L MON MON B R Slot 2 RBA Slot 3 BBA Slot 4 PRE-L MON MON B R West-to-east Slot 5 RBA Slot 6 BBA

Optical fiber jumper cable


IN MON OUT MON
IN

MON OUT

MON

Optical power

Optical fiber jumper cable

Step 2

Attach an optical source to the IN port of the slot-1 PRE-L module.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-112

69028

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Step 3 Step 4

Set the OPM to read in dBm. Measure the LSM-W module output power. Verify that the LSM-W module measurement meets the RBA OSC-only specification in Table 4-74. For OADM site output power for the RBA-10G module see Table 4-75.

Table 4-74 Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Output Power Range of the RBA Module

Output Power (dBm)1 Module RBA Red-band-only Class HIGH Class MID Class LOW Blue-band-only Class HIGH Class MID Class LOW OSC-only
1. Values for 32 channels nominal system configuration.

Condition of Measure

Min.

Nom.

Max.

1 channel @ = 1550 nm, PinPRE-L = 8 dBm

+16 +13 +10

+16.5 +14 +11 +14 +13 +11

+18 +15 +12 +15.5 +14.5 +12.5 +6.5

1 channel @ = 1535 nm, PinPRE-L = 10 dBm

+11 +9.5 +7.5 +0.5

Table 4-75 Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Output Power Range of the RBA-10G Module

NchEXP+ NchDROP1 46 7 12

Power Class LOW MID HIGH

PRBA-10G (dBm)2 +12.5 +14.5 +15.5 +17.5 +17.5 +19.5

PinOADM (dBm)3 +9.5 +11.5 +12.5 +14.5 +14.5 +16.5

13

1. Number of channels expressed (passed) through plus the number of channels dropped 2. Power output from RBA-10G module 3. Power input to OADM-P4-Rx module

West-to-East LSM-W Module OSC Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the west-to-east OSC output of the LSM-W module.
Step 1

Use an optical fiber jumper cable to connect the OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 5 (Figure 4-27).

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-113

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Figure 4-27 West-to-East OSC Output Power Measurement Setup


East-to-west Slot 1 PRE-L MON MON B R Slot 2 RBA Slot 3 BBA Slot 4 PRE-L MON MON B R West-to-east Slot 5 RBA Slot 6 BBA

Optical fiber jumper cable

IN

MON OUT

MON

IN

MON OUT

MON

Optical fiber jumper cable Laser source

Optical power meter

Optical fiber jumper cable

Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Attach an optical source to the IN port of the slot-4 PRE-L module. Set the OPM to read in dBm. Measure the LSM-W module output power. Verify that the LSM-W module measurement meets the RBA OSC-only specification in Table 4-74.

East-to-West PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the east-to-west PRE-L module output power.

Note

The PRE-L module red-band and blue-band output power levels are measured with local terminal software as input to the RBA and BBA modules. Connect an optical source to the east-to-west PRE-L module in slot 1. Turn on the light source. The PRE-L module MAJ alarm LED should switch off. Select the BBA module in slot 3 on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Verify that the input power item (InpPwr1) is within the specifications listed for the PRE-L module blue band in Table 4-76.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-114

69018

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Table 4-76 Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Output Power Range of the PRE-L Module

Output Power (dBm)1 Module PRE-L Blue band Red band 1 channel @ = 1535 nm, Pin = 10 dBm 1 channel @ = 1550 nm, Pin = 8 dBm +3 +8 +5 +13 Condition of Measure Min. Max.

1. Values for 32 channels, nominal system configuration.

Step 4

Select the RBA module in slot 2 on the Network Element screen. Verify that the input power item (InpPwr1) is within the specifications listed for the PRE-L module blue band in Table 4-76.

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Turn off the light source.

Step 5

West-to-East PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the west-to-east PRE-L module output power.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect an optical source to the west-to-east PRE-L module in slot 4. Turn on the light source. The PRE-L module MAJ alarm LED should switch off. Select the BBA module in slot 6 on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Verify that the input power item (InpPwr1) is within the specifications listed for the PRE-L module blue band in Table 4-76. Choose the RBA module in slot 5 on the Network Element screen. Verify that the input power item (InpPwr1) value is within the specifications listed for the PRE-L module blue band in Table 4-76.

Step 4

Setup for the East-to-West Laser Safety Manual Override and Amplifier Activation
Use this procedure to set up the manual safety override and activate east-to-west amplifiers.

Note

Manual safety override is necessary to prevent the amplifiers from switching off before the output power can be measured and recorded. This setup allows the measurement of east-to-west amplifiers. Install an optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 4 to the MON R port of the PRE-L module in slot 1. Use an optical fiber jumper cable to connect the OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 2. Connect a light source to the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 1.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-115

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Step 4 Step 5

Turn on the light source. Verify that the value on the OPM increases. Verify that the RBA module MAJ alarm LED switches off, which indicates the RBA module laser is on.

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Turn off the light source.

Step 6

East-to-West RBA Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the east-to-west RBA module red-band output power.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Unplug the BBA module in slot 3 and the LSM-W module from the backplane, but do not remove them from the shelf. Connect the OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 2. Measure and record the RBA module red-band output power in dBm and mW. Turn on the light source. Verify that the RBA module output power reading in dBm meets the applicable amplifier power class specification for the RBA red-band-only output power range.

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Turn off the light source.

Step 5

East-to-West RBA Module Combined Output Power Measurement


Combined east-to-west RBA module output is measured with the following procedure.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Reinstall the BBA module in slot 3. Connect the OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 2. Measure and record the red-band output power in mW for RBA module in slot 2. Turn on the light source.

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Turn off the light source.

Step 4

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-116

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

East-to-West RBA Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to calculate east-to-west RBA module output following the measurement of combined output.
Step 1

Use the following formula to calculate the blue-band output power at the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 2. All units are in mW. RBA[Blue-band output] = RBA[Red- and blue-band output] RBA[Red band output] Convert the blue-band output power in mW (item C on an ONS 15800 OADM Site Test Results form) to dBm using the following formula. Power (dBm) = 10 x log (blue-band power in mW) Verify that the blue-band output power in dBm meets the applicable amplifier power class specification for the RBA blue-band-only output power range.

Step 2

Step 3

Deactivating the West-to-East Manual Safety Override and Reinstalling the LSM-W Module
Use the following procedure to deactivate the manual safety override and reinstall the LSM-W module.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Remove the optical source from the IN port of the PRE-L module is slot 1. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable used to connect the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 4 to the MON R port of the PRE-L module in slot 2. Remove the OPM and the optical fiber jumper cable from the RBA module in slot 2. Reinstall the LSM-W module.

Setup for the West-to-East Laser Safety Manual Override Setup and Amplifier Activation
West-to-east manual laser safety override is set up and amplifiers are activated with this procedure.

Note

Manual safety override is necessary to prevent the amplifiers from switching off before the output power can be measured and recorded. This setup allows the measurement of the west-to-east amplifiers. Install an optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 1 to the MON R port of the PRE-L module in slot 4. Use an optical fiber jumper cable to connect the OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 5. Connect a light source to the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 4. Turn on the light source. Verify that the value on the OPM increases. Verify that the MAJ alarm LED switches off on RBA module in slot 5. When the MAJ alarm LED is off, the laser in the RBA module is on.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-117

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Turn off the light source.

Step 6

West-to-East RBA Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the RBA module west-to-east red-band output power.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Unplug the BBA module in slot 6 and the LSM-W module from the backplane, but do not remove them from the shelf. Connect an OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 5. Measure and record the RBA module red-band output power in dBm and mW. Turn on the light source. Verify that the RBA module output power reading in dBm meets the applicable amplifier power class specification for the output power range of the RBA red-band-only.

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Turn off the light source.

Step 5

West-to-East RBA Module Combined Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the combined west-to-east RBA output power.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Reinstall the BBA module in slot 6. Connect an OPM to the OUT port of the RBA module in slot 5. Measure and record the RBA module red-band output power in mW. Turn on the light source.

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Turn off the light source.

Step 4

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-118

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

West-to-East RBA Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement


After the combined west-to-east RBA output is measured, the blue-band output is calculated and measured with the following procedure:
Step 1

Use the following formula to calculate the blue-band output power at the RBA module output. All units are in mW. RBA[Blue-band output] = RBA[Red- and blue-band output] RBA[Red band output] Convert the blue-band output power in mW (item C on an ONS 15800 OADM Site Test Results form) to dBm with the following formula. Power (dBm) = 10 x log (blue-band power in mW) Verify that the blue-band output power in dBm meets the applicable amplifier power class specification for the RBA blue-band-only output power range.

Step 2

Step 3

Deactivating the Manual Safety Override and Reinstalling the LSM-W Module
The manual safety override is deactivated and the LSM-W module is reinstalled using the following procedure:
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Remove the light source from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 4. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable used to connect the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 1 to the MON R port of the PRE-L module in slot 4. Remove the OPM and the optical fiber jumper cable from the RBA module in slot 5. Reinstall the LSM-W module.

Setting the Working Point for the East-to-West ADA Module


Use this procedure to set the east-to-west ADA module working point.

Note

This procedure is performed only at OADM sites with partial band demultiplexing. Open the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software. Insert the appropriate information for an OADM site to calculate the ADA module output. (Refer to the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software program help files, if applicable.) Select the ADA module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Select the output power item (OutPwr2) for the module and set the working point according to calculations performed in the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software. Save the value.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Note

If you do not click the Act button, the settings will not be saved.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-119

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Step 5

Select the output power item ( OutPwr2) and click in the column next to it. This causes the program to place a check mark next to the parameter. Store the checked items permanently and verify that the operation completes.

Setting the Working Point for the West-to-East ADA Module


Use this procedure to set the west-to-east ADA module working point.

Note

This procedure is performed only at OADM sites with partial-band demultiplexing. Open the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software application (if necessary). Insert the appropriate information for an OADM site to calculate the ADA module output. Select the ADA module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Set the output power item (OutPwr1) according to the calculation conducted by the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software. Save the setting. Select the OutPwr1 item for the ADA module and click in the column next to it. This causes the program to place a check mark next to the parameter. Store the checked item permanently and verify that it completes.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5

East-to-West Inserted-Channels Equalization


Use this procedure to check the flatness of inserted channels 9, 11, 13, and 15 for the OADM-P4-R1 module, and channels 17, 19, 21, and 23 for the OADM-P4-R3 module at an east-to-west OADM site.

Note

This procedure is performed only at OADM sites with partial demultiplexing. Refer to the vendor manual for specific information about the operation of the optical spectrum analyzer. Remove the fiber from the OUT port of the ADA module of the OADM-P4-Rx module in slot 1 (Figure 4-28).

Step 1

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-120

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Figure 4-28 East-to-West Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Connections


Shelf 1 Slot 1 PRE-L Shelf 1 Slot 2 RBA Shelf 1 Slot 3 BBA Shelf 1 Slot 4 PRE-L Shelf 1 Slot 5 RBA Shelf 1 Slot 6 BBA Shelf 2 Slot 3 OADM-P4-Rx MON Shelf 2 Slot 4 ADA Shelf 2 Slot 7 OADM-P4-Rx MON

ADA IN OUT

MON MON 2 1

ADA IN OUT

MON MON B R

MON MON B R 9 11 OUT OUT OUTOUT 2 1 9 11 OUT OUT

IN

MON OUT

MON

IN

MON OUT

MON

13 15 OUT OUT

IN 2

IN 1

13 15 OUT OUT

Light source
Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5

3dB fixed attenuators

Connect the OSA to the OUT port of the ADA of the OADM-P4-Rx module in slot 1. Measure in dBm the signal strength of channels 9, 11, 13, and 15 for the OADM-P4-R1 module and of channels 17, 19, 21, and 23 for the OADM-P4-R3 module. Average the measurements of channels 13 and 15 for the OADM-P4-R1 module and of all channels for the OADM-P4-R3 module. Use Table 4-77 to determine whether channel strengths are within specification. The resulting screen on the OSA will look approximately like Figure 4-29.

Table 4-77 Inserted-Channels Strength Specification

Channel 15 13

Equals Average of channels 13 and 15 Average of channels 13 and 15

69031

Range 1.5 dB 1.5 dB

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-121

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Table 4-77 Inserted-Channels Strength Specification (continued)

Channel 11 9 23 21 19 17

Equals Average of channels 13 and 15 plus 2 Average of channels 13 and 15 plus 4 Average of all channels Average of all channels Average of all channels Average of all channels

Range 1.5 dB 1.5 dB 1.5 dB 1.5 dB 1.5 dB 1.5 dB

Figure 4-29 Typical Spectrum Analyzer Plot from the OADM-P4-Rx Module

West-to-East Inserted-Channels Equalization


Use this procedure to check the flatness of inserted channels 9, 11, 13, and 15 for the OADM-P4-R1 module and of channels 17, 19, 21, and 23 for the OADM-P4-R3 module at a west-to-east OADM site.

Note

This procedure is performed only at OADM sites. Refer to the vendor manual for specific information about the operation of the OSA. Connect the OSA to the OUT port of the ADA of the slot-3 OADM-P4-Rx module (Figure 4-30).

Step 1

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-122

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Figure 4-30 West-to-East Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Connections


Shelf 1 Slot 1 PRE-L Shelf 1 Slot 2 RBA Shelf 1 Slot 3 BBA Shelf 1 Slot 4 PRE-L Shelf 1 Slot 5 RBA Shelf 1 Slot 6 BBA Shelf 2 Slot 3 OADM-P4-Rx MON Shelf 2 Slot 4 ADA Shelf 2 Slot 7 OADM-P4-Rx MON

ADA IN OUT

MON MON 2 1

ADA IN OUT

MON MON B R

MON MON B R 9 11 OUT OUT OUTOUT 2 1 9 11 OUT OUT

IN

MON OUT

MON

IN

MON OUT

MON

13 15 OUT OUT

IN 2

IN 1

13 15 OUT OUT

Light source
Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

3dB fixed attenuators

Measure in dBm the signal strength of channels 9, 11, 13, and 15 for the OADM-P4-R1 module and of channels 17, 19, 21, and 23 for the OADM-P4-R3 module. Average the measurements of channels 13 and 15 for the OADM-P4-R1 module and of all channels for the OADM-P4-R3 module. Use Table 4-77 to determine whether the channel strengths are within specification.

Mid-Amplifier Loss Measurement


This section provides the MAL values which depend on the loss of the span preceding the OADM site (Table 4-78).

Note

The following values must be verified within 1.5 dB.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

69032

4-123

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Note

The MAL2 value must always equal 17 dB (2 dB).


Table 4-78 Amplifier MAL Regulation

Link Data Span Loss (dB) 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 Typical Span Length [km] (@ 0.25 dB/Km) 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 148 152

Blue Band Tolerated MAL @ 10 Gbps Ideal MAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SMF 9 9 10 10 11 11 11 12 12 13 13 13 14 14 16 16 17 17 17 18 18 18 NA NA NA HEF1 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 NA NA NA

Red Band Tolerated MAL @ 10 Gbps GFF Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N N N Ideal MAL 13 13 13 13 12 12 12 11 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 5 5 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 SMF 14 14 14 14 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 16 17 17 17 18 18 19 19 19 NA NA NA HEF1 14 14 14 14 13 13 13 12 12 11 10 9 8 7 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 NA NA NA

1. Tolerated MAL on HEF can be increased by 2 dB for Teralight fiber in order to accommodate the needed DCU.

East-to-West Red and Blue Bands Mid-Amplifier Loss Verification


Use the following procedures to activate the OLA amplifiers in the East-to-West direction:
Step 1

Connect a laser source to the PRE-L module E-W input.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-124

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Turn the laser source on. Connect an optical fiber jumper between the E-W PRE-L module (red band) MON port and the W-E PRE-L module IN port. Set the safety override command to RBA E-W module.

Perform the following procedures to obtain the MAL measurement:


Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Measure the E-W PRE-L module (red band) output power using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. Measure the E-W RBA module or BBA module input power using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. The MAL value is the difference between the power level measured on the preceding steps 1 and 2.

West-to-East Red and Blue Bands Mid-Amplifier Loss Verification


Use the following procedures to activate the OLA amplifiers in the W-E direction:
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Connect a laser source to the PRE-L module W-E input. Turn the laser source on. Connect an optical fiber jumper between the W-E PRE-L module (red band) MON port and the E-W PRE-L module IN port. Set the safety override command to RBA W-E module.

Perform the following procedures to obtain the MAL measurement:


Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Measure the W-E PRE-L module (red band) output power using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. Measure the W-E RBA or BBA module input power using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. The MAL value is the difference between the power level measured on the preceding steps 1 and 2.

Amplifier Regulation
At OADM sites operating at 10-Gbps the amplifiers must be regulated according to the number of channels managed by the OADM site. The minimum number of channels possible at the DCU-R (number 1) and DCU-R (number 2) are 4. The following definitions must be strictly adhered to:
Nin = Nr. of channels entering the site in red band (4 24) Ndrop = Nr. of channels dropped at the site (1 4) Nadd = Nr. of channels added at the site (14)

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-125

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Nexp = Nin Ndrop (0 20) Nout = Nin Ndrop + Nadd = Nexp + Nadd (424)

Amplifiers in both directions (E-W and W-E) must be regulated with the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software according to the following tables.
Table 4-79 Power Class Regulation of RBA-10G Modules in 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites

NEXP + NDROP 46 7 12 13

Power class low mid high

Pin OADM [dBm] 10.5 (1) 13.5 (1) 15.5 (1)

Table 4-80 Power Regulation of ADA Modules in 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites

Nexp+ Ndrop 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

Pin OADM [dBm] 10.5 10.5 10.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5

Nadd 1 7.5 6.5 5.7 8.0 7.5 7.0 6.5 6.1 5.7 7.4 7.0 6.7 6.5 6.2 5.9 5.7 5.5 5.3 5.1 5.0 5.0 2 10.5 9.5 8.7 11.1 10.5 10.0 9.5 9.1 8.7 10.4 10.0 9.7 9.5 9.2 9.0 8.7 8.5 8.3 8.1 7.9 7.7 3 12.3 11.3 10.5 12.8 12.2 11.7 11.3 10.9 10.5 12.1 11.8 11.5 11.2 11.0 10.7 10.5 10.3 10.0 9.8 9.7 9.5 4 13.5 12.5 11.7 14.1 13.5 13.0 12.5 12.1 11.7 13.4 13.1 12.8 12.5 12.2 12.0 11.7 11.5 11.3 11.1 10.9 10.7

The RBA module must be regulated according to the span budget and fiber type.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-126

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Booster Amplifier Threshold Settings


The following paragraphs provide the input and output booster amplifier threshold settings.

RBA Module Input Power Threshold Setting


In OADM 10-Gbps sites the RBA module input power alarm threshold shall be modified using the following values:
RBA input power degrade low threshold = 15 dBm RBA input power fail low threshold 20 dBm

RBA-10G Module Input Power Threshold Setting


The RBA-10G factory default input power thresholds are valid for MAL up to 15 dB. When the mid-amplifier loss is higher than 15 dB the input power alarm threshold settings listed in Table 4-81 need to be applied.
Table 4-81 RBA-10G Module Input Power Threshold Setting for MAL Higher than 15 dB

MAL MAL 15 (factory default thresholds) 16 MAL 17 18 MAL 19

Degrade Low -6.5 -9.5 -14

Fail Low -9 -12 -16.5

Input power threshold setting changes are performed using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software.

RBA and RBA-10G Module Output Power Threshold Setting


The RBA and RBA-10G factory default output power thresholds are valid for MAL up to 17 dB. The RBA and RBA-10G output power thresholds (degrade low and degrade high) are automatically calculated according to a nominal value for each power class. Table 4-82 lists the nominal RBA module output power values (dBm).
Table 4-82 RBA Module Nominal Output Power

MAL MAL 17 (factory default thresholds) MAL 17

Low Class 11 9.5

Mid Class 14 12.5

High Class 16.5 15

Table 4-83 list the nominal RBA-10G module output power values (dBm).
Table 4-83 RBA-10G Module Nominal Output Power

MAL MAL 17 (factory default thresholds) MAL 17

Low Class 13.5 12

Mid Class 16.5 15

High Class 18.5 17

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-127

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Output power threshold setting changes are performed using the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software.

BBA Module Input Power Threshold Setting


The BBA factory default input power thresholds are valid for MAL up to 15 dB. When the mid-amplifier loss is higher than 15 dB the input power alarm threshold settings listed in Table 4-84 need to be applied.
Table 4-84 BBA Module Input Power Threshold Setting for MAL Higher than 15 dB

MAL MAL 15 (factory default thresholds) 16 MAL 17 18 MAL 19

Degrade Low -23 -28 -32

Fail Low -24 -29 -33

Input power threshold settings are performed using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software.

BBA Module Output Power Threshold Setting


The BBA factory default output power thresholds are valid for MAL up to 13 dB. The BBA module output power thresholds (degrade low and degrade high) are automatically calculated according to a nominal value for each power class. Table 4-85 lists the nominal output power values for the BBA module in dBm.
Table 4-85 BBA Module Nominal Output Power

Span Budget MAL 13 (factory default thresholds) 14 MAL 17 18 MAL 19

Low Class 12 9.75 8.25

Mid Class 14 11.75 10.25

High Class 15.25 13 11.5

Output power threshold settings are performed using the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software.

10-Gbps Regeneration Site Setup and Test


Warning

The ONS 15800 system equipment contains Class IIIb laser products. The maximum output power is 50 mW with front access or 100 mW with rear access in the 12601605 nm wavelength range. Laser radiation presents an invisible hazard, so personnel should avoid exposure to the laser beam. Personnel must be qualified in laser safety and must use proper eye protection before working on this equipment.

Note

All procedures must be performed in the order presented. This section provides the 10-Gbps regeneration site setup and test procedures.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-128

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Module Communication Setup


This procedure establishes module communication with the CMP module.

Note

A network element (NE) is a site or a part of a site that is under the control of a single CMP module.

Note

The module communication setup procedure must be performed on all NEs. Use this procedure to set up module communication at a site:

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Connect a PC to the system using an EIA/TIA-232 (RS-232) cable connected to the local craft interface located on the front of shelf one. Open the local terminal software. Select a serial port from the Connection menu. Select the Internet protocol (IP) address of the CMP module. Choose NE Inventory under Configuration Management, and verify that all occupied module slots are checked. With the BAT modules in shelf one turned OFF, unplug and reinsert the SCF module and CMP module. Verify that the control bus cable is correctly installed. (Refer to the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual.) Verify that the subrack addressing is correct. (Refer to the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual.) If a module or subrack is not recognized after these steps, there may be a short circuit between the connector pins of a module and the subrack. Visually identify the problem and repair or replace as necessary.

Warning

All amplifier line directions must be entered correctly to enable the safety shutdown feature of the ONS 15800 system to operate properly. Failure to heed this warning can expose personnel to invisible laser radiation.

Follow these steps to verify proper operation:


Step 1 Step 2

In the local terminal software, select TPA-R module on the Network Element screen, and verify the line direction according to Table 4-86. Repeat for the TPA-B module, RBA-10G module, BBA-10G module and PRE-L module.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-129

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Table 4-86 Amplifier Line Direction Settings

Direction East

Amplifier Module TPA-R TPA-B PRE-L RBA-10G BBA-10G

Slot 1 2 3 9 10 1 2 3 9 10

Setting East-to-West East-to-West West-to-East West-to-East West-to-East West-to-East West-to-East East-to-West East-to-West East-to-West

West

TPA-R TPA-B PRE-L RBA-10G BBA-10G

If the line direction of an amplifier is not configured correctly, reset it using Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for amplifier configuration information.

CMP Module Configuration


Note

For the CMP module optical system ID, optical line ID, and sequential number configuration parameters refer to the route installation specification. The route installation specification configuration parameters do not preclude the site test. Use the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software to configure the CMP module (shelf 1.1, slot 15) as follows:

Step 1

Set the following CMP module NE identification parameters using the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software or the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software:

NE name NE IP address NE IP subnet mask NE IP default gateway

Step 2

Set the following CMP module NE attributes for APP while referring to Figure 4-31:

NE type (terminal site, regeneration site, OLA site, or OADM site) Optical system ID primaryThis parameter describes the system characteristics (e.g. fiber type, span budget, maximum channel count, and transponder type) used by the APP procedure. For the regenerator site only the primary ID is related to the west side.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-130

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Note

For 2.5-Gbps and 10-Gbps system configurations containing both FEC and Non-FEC transponders, the Optical System ID shall be defined according to Table 4-87. For example: a 2.5-Gbps or 10-Gbps system with FEC and Non-FEC transponders, the Optical System ID shall be defined as a 2.5 Gbps or 10 Gbps No-FEC transponder type (priority 1-3).
Table 4-87 Optical System IDTransponder Type Priority List

Priority 1 2 3 4 5

Transponder Type 10 Gbps No-FEC 2.5 Gbps No-FEC without RXT modules 2.5 Gbps No-FEC with RXT modules 10 Gbps OB-FEC 2.5 Gbps OB-FEC

Optical system ID secondaryThis parameter describes the system characteristics (e.g. fiber type, span budget, maximum channel count, and transponder type) used by the APP procedure. The secondary ID has to be set for the regenerator site only and it is related to the east side. Optical line ID primaryA unique identifier for the optical line (the point-to-point transmission multiplex section between two terminal or regeneration sites). For the regenerator site only the primary ID is related to the west side. Optical line ID secondaryA unique identifier for the optical line (the point-to-point transmission multiplex section between two terminal or regeneration sites). The secondary ID has to be set for the regenerator site only and it is related to the east side. Sequential number primaryA site unique identifier in the optical line sequence (the site sequence numbering starts from the west side of the optical line. For the regenerator site only the primary ID is related to the west side. Sequential number secondaryA site unique identifier in the optical line sequence (the site sequence numbering starts from the west side of the optical line. The secondary ID has to be set for the regenerator site only and it is related to the east side.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-131

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Figure 4-31 CMP Module Node Attributes


Optical Line 1 Optical Line 2

Terminal Site WEST West -to-East Line direction

Line Site

Line Site

Regenerator Site

Terminal Site EAST

East -to-West Line direction

NE type = TS Optical Line Id (Primary) = 1 Optical System Id (Primary) = TW, 54 ch, 3x Sequential Number (Primary) = 1 NE type = OLA Optical Line Id (Primary) = 1 Optical System Id (Primary) = TW, 54 ch, 3x Sequential Number (Primary) = 2 NE type = OLA Optical Line Id (Primary) = 1 Optical System Id (Primary) = TW, 54 ch, 3x Sequential Number (Primary) = 3

NEtype = LEM West Side: Optical Line Id (Primary) = 1 Optical System Id (Primary) = TW, 54 ch, 3x Sequential Number (Primary) = 4 East Side: Optical Line Id (Secondary) = 2 Optical System Id (Secondary) = ELEAF, 54 ch, 1x Sequential Number (Secondary) = 1 NE type = TS Optical Line Id (Primary) = 2 Optical System Id (Primary) = ELEAF, 54 ch, 1x Sequential Number (Primary) = 2

Note

APP imposes a constraint on network element sequence numbers. The network element sequence numbers of all of the NEs that belong to the same optical line (terminal site-to-terminal site, terminal site-to-regeneration site, regeneration site-to-regeneration site) have to be placed in sequence in order to allow the APP network auto-discovery procedure to properly communicate the ONS 15800 system configuration. Configure the CMP module as either a master or slave:

Step 3

The CMP module is shipped configured as a master. The CMP module located in bay 1 must be configured as the master. Each slave CMP module must be numbered according to the bay label. Since each CMP module can only control one bay, the parameter Controlled Rack 1 must be set to the number of the corresponding bay. Also, the parameter Controlled Rack 2 must be set to Not configured.

Step 4

To check module communication, perform an NE inventory. The NE inventory is defined only on the CMP master module.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-132

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Amplifier Power Control Setup


At the factory, the optical output power of an amplifier is configured to an unknown power class. Use Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software to configure the amplifier power class. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for information on changing the power class. Use the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software to set the ADA module working point and to calculate output power. Refer to site engineering documentation for network design and specific setup information. Table 4-88, Table 4-89, and Table 4-90 show typical system setups by fiber type and number of channels per blue and red band. Table 4-91 and Table 4-92 show typical system setups by fiber type and number of channels per blue and red bands. The amplifier output for the blue and red bands are set on a per class basis (low, mid, or high). Amplifier power output is regulated in the continuous range mode by selecting a setpoint value within the range. Use the appropriate setup to provision the system.
Table 4-88 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (No FEC)

Blue Band Booster (TPA-B and BBA) Fiber SMF Span Budget 5x17 5x22 5x25 ELEAF, TW-RS 5x17 5x22 5x25 TW+ 5x17 5x22 5x25 TWC 5x17 5x22 5x25 LSF 5x17 5x22 5x25 DSF 5x17 5x22 5x25 1-3 1 1-3 1 1-2 1 1-2 1 1-2 1 Low 1-2 1 Mid 3-4 2 1 3-4 2 1 3-4 2 1 3-4 2 1 4-6 2 1 4-5 2 1 3-4 2 3-4 2 3-4 2 High 5-8 3-4 2 5-8 3-4 2 5-6 3-4 2

Red Band Booster (TPA-R and RBA) Low 1-5 1-3 1-2 1-4 1-3 1-2 1-5 1-3 1-2 1-3 1-2 1-2 1-5 1-3 1-2 1-5 1-3 1-2 4-5 3-4 5 Mid 6-10 4-7 3-4 5-10 4-7 3-4 6-10 4-7 3-4 4-7 3-5 3-4 6-10 4-8 3-4 High 11-20 8-14 5-8 11-20 8-14 5-8 11-16 8-14 5-8 8-14 6-10 5-7

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-133

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Table 4-89 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (IB-FEC)

Blue Band Booster (TPA-B and BBA) Fiber SMF Span Budget 5x17 5x22 5x25 ELEAF, TL, TW-RS 5x17 L 1-3 1-2 1 1-3 M 4-5 3 2 4-5 H 6-8 4-6 3-4 6-8

Red Band Booster (TPA-R and RBA) L 1-5 1-4 1-2 1-5 M 6-11 5-8 3-4 6-11 H 12-24 9-16 5-12 12-24

5x22 5x25 TW+ 5x17 5x22 5x25 TWC 5x17 5x22 5x25 LSF 5x17 5x22 5x25 DSF 5x17 5x22 5x25

1-2 1 1-2 1-2 1 1-2 1-2 1 1-3 1-2 1 1-3 1-2 1

3 2 3-4 3 2 3-4 3 2 4-5 3 2 4 3 2

4-6 3-4 5-6 4-6 3-4 4 3-4 6-8 4-6 3-4 4 3-4

1-4 1-2 1-4 1-4 1-2 1-4 1-3 1-2 1-4 1-3 1-2 1-4 1-3 1-2

5-8 3-4 5-8 5-8 3-4 5-8 4-7 3-4 5-8 4-7 3-4 5-8 4-7 3-4

9-16 5-12 9-16 9-16 5-12 9-16 8-14 5-9 9-12 8-10 5-6 8 5-8

Table 4-90 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC)

Fiber Type

Blue Band Boosters (TPA-B and BBA) Red Band Boosters (TPA-R and RBA) NOTE Low 1-3 Mid 4-6 High 7-8 Low 1-6 Mid 7-12 High 13-24

All Links SMF ELEAF TW-RS Teralight TWC TW+ LSF All Links All Links Full chs. Count links 1x28...5x21

1-6 1-4 1-8 5-8

1-12 1-6 1-24

13-24 7-12 13-24

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-134

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Table 4-90 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC) (continued)

Fiber Type

Blue Band Boosters (TPA-B and BBA) Red Band Boosters (TPA-R and RBA) NOTE Low Mid 4-6 High 7-8 Low 1-10 Mid 11-20 High Reduced chs. 1-3 Count (28) links 1x34...5x25

DSF

All Links

1-3

4-5

1-5

Table 4-91 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC) Full Channel Count

Fiber Type SMF ELEAF TW-RS Teralight TW+

Blue Band Boosters (TPA-B and BBA) Low 1-3 Mid 4-6 High 7-8

Red Band Boosters (TPA-R and RBA) Low 1-6 Mid 7-12 High 13-24

1-4

5-8

1-6

7-12

13-24

Table 4-92 10-Gbps Amplifier Power Class Setup (OOB-FEC) Reduced Channel Count

Fiber Type 30 chs on SMF (6B+24R) 30 chs on ELEAF & Teralight (6B+24R) 30 chs on TW-RS (6B+24R) 30 chs on TWC (6B+24R) 28 chs on TW+ (4B+24R) 28 chs on LSF (8B+20R) 10 chs on DSF (5B+5R)

Blue Band Boosters (TPA-B and BBA) Low 1-2 1-2 Mid 3-4 (3) 3-4 High 5-6 (4) 5-6

Red Band Boosters (TPA-R and RBA) Low 1-6 1-6 Mid 7-12 7-12 High 13-24 13-24

1-2 1-6 1-2 1-3 1-3

3-4

5-6

1-6 1-12

7-12 13-24 7-12 11-20

13-24

3 4-6 4-5

4 7-8

1-6 1-10 1-5

13-24

The amplifier power class setup procedure is complete.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-135

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Output Power Criteria


Warning

The ONS 15800 system equipment contains Class IIIb laser products. The maximum output power is 50 mW with front access or 100 mW with rear access in the 12601605 nm wavelength range. Laser radiation presents an invisible hazard, so personnel should avoid exposure to the laser beam. Personnel must be qualified in laser safety and must use proper eye protection before working on this equipment.

Caution

When the subrack power is ON, unplugging the ADA module, BBA module, RBA module, PRE-L module, TPA-R module, or TPA-B moduleor removing connectors from those modulescan cause carbonization of the connectors. Use the criteria in Table 4-93 to determine whether the regeneration site amplifier output power passes or fails standard. This table describes output values according to fiber type and according to amplifier type. It shows specific output ranges for channel bands (e.g., blue band or red band) or the optical service channel (OSC) alone.

Note

The accuracy of the measurements made with Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software is 1.0 dBm.

Note

Optical power losses can be caused by the E-2000 optical connections on the modules or on the backplane. However, only qualified personnel are authorized to remove, adjust, or clean ONS 15800 system E-2000 connections.

Note

All modules that do not meet the output power specifications must be replaced after verification of the losses of the related connections. The test must be repeated until the result is positive.

Table 4-93 Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Regeneration Sites

Fiber Type and Power Measurement Point TPA-B module output power Instrument Mid-Class Power (dBm) +14.5 to +18.5 +13 to +15 +9.5 to +14.5 +0.5 to +6.5 Low-Class Power (dBm) +10.5 to +13.5 +12 to +16 +10 to +12 +7.5 to +12.5 +0.5 to +6.5 5.5 to +5.5 High-Class Power (dBm) +13.5 to +17 +16.5 to +20.5 +15.5 to +17.5 +11 to +16 +0.5 to +6.5 5.5 to +5.5

Local terminal software +12.5 to +15.5

TPA-R module output powerblue band + OPM red band + OSC TPA-R module output power Red band
1

OPM OPM

Blue band OPM TPA-R module output powerOSC only PRE-L module input power PRE-L module output power blue band

Local terminal software Per span budget Per span budget Per span budget Local terminal software, 5.5 to +5.5 manual system test

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-136

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Table 4-93 Amplifier Output Power Criteria for Regeneration Sites (continued)

Fiber Type and Power Measurement Point Instrument Mid-Class Power (dBm) Low-Class Power (dBm) +7.5 to +13.5 6 to +6 +10.5 to +13.5 +12 to +16 +10 to +12 +7.5 to +12.5 +0.5 to +6.5 6 to +6 +10.5 to +13.5 +2 to +10 +12 to +16 High-Class Power (dBm) +7.5 to +13.5 6 to +6 +14 to +20.5 +17 to +20.5 +16 to +18 +11 to +15.5 +0.5 to +6.5 6 to +6 +14 to +16.5 +2 to +10 +17 to +20.5

PRE-L module monitor output powerred Local terminal software, +7.5 to +13.5 band manual system test BBA module input power BBA module output power RBA module output powerblue band + red band + OSC RBA module output powerred band RBA module output powerblue band RBA module output powerOSC only BBA-10G module input power BBA-10G module output power RBA-10G module input power RBA-10G module output power Local terminal software 6 to +6 Local terminal software +12.5 to +15.5 OPM OPM OPM OPM +14.5 to +18.5 +13 to +15 +9.5 to +14.5 +0.5 to +6.5

Local terminal software 6 to +6 measure OPM +12.5 to +15.5 Local terminal software +2 to +10 measure OPM +14.5 to +18.5

1. The OSC output depends on the value used to attenuate the signal.

Multiplexer Output Power Verification


Use this procedure to check the output values of red- and blue-band multiplexer modules at a site.
Step 1

Make sure that the transponder modules are installed in the correct shelves at the site. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Configuration Manual for more information.

Note

The multiplexer output power level readings are measured with Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software from the input power to TPA-B modules and TPA-R modules.

Note Step 2

The accuracy of local terminal software measurements is 1.0 dBm. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for instructions to choose the TPA-R module or the TPA-B module on the Network Element screen. Verify that the value of the module meets the input power value specified in Table 4-94. If the TPA-R module value was verified, repeat for the TPA-B module.

Step 3

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-137

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Table 4-94 Pass-or-Fail Criteria for Multiplexer Output Power

Output Power (dBm) Multiplexer Output power range Number of Channels 8 4 24-Channel Wavelength MultiplexerRed Band (24WM-R) module Output power range 24 12 8 9 13 15 7 10 12 5 8 10 Min. 4.5 7.5 Nom. 2.5 5.5 Max. 0.5 3.5 8-Channel Wavelength MultiplexerBlue Band (8WM-B) module

Red-Band Channel Transmission Verification


Use this procedure to verify the flatness of the red-band transmission from the TPA-R module.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Set the OSA center wavelength to 1551 nm and set the span to 20 nm for the red band. Set the OSA resolution at 0.5 nm. Connect an optical fiber jumper cable from the OSA input connection to the monitor (MON) port of the TPA-R module in slot 1 (Figure 4-32).
Figure 4-32 Red-Band Channel Transmission Test Setup
Slot 1 TPA-R Slot 2 TPA-B Slot 3 PRE-L MON MON B R

MON OUT

MON

IN

Optical spectrum analyzer When removing, disconnect this end first. Optical fiber jumper cable When installing, connect this end first.
69026

Step 4

Manually override the laser safety shutdown feature of the site by connecting an optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the slot-3 PRE-L module to the MON port of the 24WM-R module (Figure 4-33).

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-138

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Figure 4-33 Terminal Site Laser Safety Manual Override Connection


8WM-B
MON MON

24WM-R

Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 TPA-R TPA-B PRE-L


MON MON B R

When removing, disconnect this end first.

Optical fiber jumper cable


MON OUT MON IN

When installing, connect this end first.


69027

Step 5

Set the OSA scale to 1.0 dB per division. Verify that all active channels are present.

Note

Optical power losses can be caused by the E-2000 optical connections on the modules or on the backplane. However, only qualified personnel are authorized to remove, adjust, or clean ONS 15800 system E-2000 connections. If any active red-band channels are missing, locate the source of the failure (e.g., transmitter output power, cabling, or multiplexer path loss) and correct it. Disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the MON port of the TPA-R module.

Step 6 Step 7

Blue-Band Channel Transmission Verification


Use this procedure to verify the flatness of the blue-band channel transmission from the TPA-B module.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5

Set the OSA center wavelength to 1532 nm and the span to 10 nm for the blue band. Set the OSA resolution to 0.5 nm. Connect an optical fiber jumper cable from the OSA input port to the MON port of the slot-2 TPA-B module. Set the scale to 1 dB per division. Verify that all active channels are present. If any active blue-band channels are missing, locate the source of the failure (e.g., transmitter output power, cabling, or multiplexer path loss) and correct it.

TPA-R Module OSC Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the OSC output of the TPA-R module.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-139

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Step 1

Connect an OPM to the OUT port of the TPA-R module in slot 1 using an optical fiber jumper cable (Figure 4-34).
Figure 4-34 TPA-R Module OSC Measurement Setup
Slot 1 TPA-R Slot 2 TPA-B Slot 3 PRE-L MON MON B R

MON OUT

MON

IN Optical power meter

Step 2

Verify that the TPA-R module OSC reading in dBm is within the OSC range specified for TPA-R module OSC-only output power.

Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Safety Override


Use this procedure to test the safety override feature of Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software.
Step 1 Step 2

Choose the TPA-R module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Select the safety override item (SftyOvRide1) on the Action List tab and execute the command.

Caution

Use the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software safety override command on a TPA-R module only in a terminal site, back-to-back site, or regeneration site. Do not use the local terminal software safety override command on any other amplifier module in a terminal site, back-to-back site, or regeneration site. Failure to heed this caution can result in damage to equipment. Verify that the MAJ LED on the TPA-R module shuts off and the output reading on the OPM increases for 10 seconds.

Step 3

Red-Band and Blue-Band Laser Safety Shutdown Test


Use this procedure to test the laser safety shutdown feature of the system.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-140

69017

When removing, disconnect this end first.

Optical fiber jumper cable

When installing, connect this end first.

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Manually override the laser safety shutdown feature by connecting an optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 3 to the MON port of the 24WM-R module. Verify that the lasers in the TPA-R module in slot 1 and the TPA-B module in slot 2 turn on (indicated by the MAJ LED on each module switching off). Remove the optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 3. Verify that the TPA-R module in slot 1 and the TPA-B module in slot 2 turn off (indicated by the MAJ LED on each of the two amplifier modules lighting). Reconnect the optical fiber jumper cable to the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 3. Issue the safety override command from the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. Verify that the TPA-R module in slot 1 and the TPA-B module in slot 2 turn on again (indicated by the MAJ LED on each module switching off). Switch off both BAT modules on all transponder shelves.

Note

When the BAT modules are turned off, only the TPA-R module MAJ LED will switch off if no blue-band channels are present. Verify that the lasers in the TPA-R module in slot 1 and the TPA-B module in slot 2 turn off (indicated by the MAJ LED on each module lighting).

Step 9

Note

The following step must be performed. If this step is not performed, the lasers in the TPA-R and TPA-B modules will turn on when light is reapplied to the inputs. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 3. Turn on all BAT modules in the transponder shelves. Verify that the lasers in the TPA-R module in slot 1 and the TPA-B module in slot 2 do not turn on (indicated by the MAJ LED on each module staying lit).

Step 10 Step 11 Step 12

PRE-L Module Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure PRE-L module output power.

Note

The PRE-L module red-band and blue-band output power levels are measured with Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Connect an optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 3 to the MON port of the 24WM-R module. Issue the safety override command from the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. Select the PRE-L module in slot 3 on the local terminal software Network Element screen and choose the red-band output power item ( OutPwrRed1 ) on the Analog I/O tab. Verify that the PRE-L module output power value is within the specifications listed for PRE-L module red-band output in Table 4-95.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-141

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Table 4-95 Terminal Site Output Power Range for the PRE-L Module

Output Power (dBm)1 Module PRE-L module Blue band Red band
1.

Min. 5.5 +8

Max. +5.5 +13

Values for 32 channels nominal system configuration

Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Disconnect the slot-3 PRE-L module optical fiber jumper cable from the MON port of the 24WM-R module and connect it to the MON port of the 8WM-B module. Select the blue-band output power item for the same module on the Analog I/O tab. Verify that the PRE-L module output power value is within the specifications listed for PRE-L module blue-band output listed in Table 4-95.

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable from the MON port of the PRE-L module in slot 3.

Step 8

TPA-R Module Red-Band Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the TPA-R module red-band output power.
Step 1

Carefully unplug the TPA-B module in slot 2 and the Line Service Modem module (LSM-W) from the backplane by reversing the installation procedure in Chapter 3, Site Installation. Do not remove the modules from the subrack. Use an optical fiber jumper cable to connect the OPM to the OUT port of the TPA-R module in slot 1. Connect the optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 3 to the MON port of the 24WM-R module. Issue the safety override command from the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. Use the OPM connected to the TPA-R module in slot 1 to measure the TPA-R module red-band output power in dBm and mW. Verify that the TPA-R module red-band output power in dBm and mW meets the TPA-R red-band-only specification for the appropriate power class.

Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable from the MON port of the 24WM-R module.

Step 7

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-142

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

TPA-R Module Combined Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the combined red-band and blue-band output power of the TPA-R module.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Plug the TPA-B module in slot 2 back into the backplane. Connect the optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module to the MON port of the 24WM-R module. Connect an OPM to the OUT port of the TPA-R module in slot 1. Measure the output power of the red band and blue band in dBm and mW.

TPA-R Module Blue-Band Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to continue from the combined output power measurement to calculate and test the TPA-R module blue-band output.
Step 1

Subtract the TPA-R module red-band-only output reading in mW from the combined TPA-R module red-band and blue-band output power reading in mW to determine the TPA-R module blue-band output power in mW. Use the following formula to convert blue-band output power from mW to dBm. Power (dBm) = 10 x log (blue-band power in mW) Verify that the calculated value for the blue-band output power in dBm meets the appropriate power class specification for the TPA-R module blue-band-only entry.

Step 2

Step 3

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable from the MON port of the 24WM-R module. Reinstall the LSM-W module into the backplane.

Step 4 Step 5

RBA-10G Module Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the RBA-10G module output power.
Step 1

Carefully unplug the TPA-B module in slot 2 and the Line Service Modem module (LSM-W) from the backplane by reversing the installation procedure in Chapter 3, Site Installation. Do not remove the modules from the subrack. Use an optical fiber jumper cable to connect the OPM to the OUT port of the RBA-10G module in slot 1. Connect the optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 3 to the MON port of the 24WM-R module. Issue the safety override command from the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software.

Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-143

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Step 5 Step 6

Use the OPM connected to the RBA-10G module in slot 1 to measure the RBA-10G module output power in dBm and mW. Verify that the RBA-10G module red-band output power in dBm and mW meets the RBA-10G specification for the appropriate power class.

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable from the MON port of the 24WM-R module.

Step 7

BBA-10G Module Output Power Measurement


Use this procedure to measure the BBA-10G module red-band output power.
Step 1

Carefully unplug the TPA-B module in slot 2 and the Line Service Modem module (LSM-W) from the backplane by reversing the installation procedure in Chapter 3, Site Installation. Do not remove the modules from the subrack. Use an optical fiber jumper cable to connect the OPM to the OUT port of the BBA-10G module in slot 8. Connect the optical fiber jumper cable from the IN port of the PRE-L module in slot 3 to the MON port of the 24WM-R module. Issue the safety override command from the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. Use the OPM connected to the BBA-10G module in slot 8 to measure the BBA-10G module output power in dBm and mW. Verify that the BBA-10G module output power in dBm and mW meets the BBA-10G specification for the appropriate power class.

Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

Caution

Be sure to perform the next step. Failure to heed this caution causes the amplifier to remain on and possibly damage equipment. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable from the MON port of the 24WM-R module.

Step 7

Mid-Amplifier Loss Verification


This section provides the mid-amplifier loss values dependent on the loss of the span preceding the OLA site. These values are different between each band as shown in Table 4-96.

Note

The following values must be verified within 1.5 dB.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-144

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Table 4-96 Amplifier MAL Regulation

Link Data Span Loss (dB) 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 Typical Span Length [km] (@ 0.25 dB/Km) 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144 148 152

Blue Band Tolerated MAL @ 10 Gbps Ideal MAL 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SMF 9 9 10 10 11 11 11 12 12 13 13 13 14 14 16 16 17 17 17 18 18 18 NA NA NA HEF1 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 NA NA NA

Red Band Tolerated MAL @ 10 Gbps GFF Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N N N Ideal MAL 13 13 13 13 12 12 12 11 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 5 5 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 SMF 14 14 14 14 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 16 17 17 17 18 18 19 19 19 NA NA NA HEF1 14 14 14 14 13 13 13 12 12 11 10 9 8 7 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 NA NA NA

1. Tolerated MAL on HEF can be increased by 2 dB for Teralight fiber in order to accommodate the needed DCU.

Red and Blue Bands Mid-Amplifier Loss Verification


Use the following procedures to activate the OLA amplifiers:
Step 1 Step 2

Connect a laser source to the PRE-L module input. Turn the laser source on.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-145

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Step 3 Step 4

Connect an optical fiber jumper between the PRE-L module (red band) MON port and to the MON port of the 24WM-R module. Set the safety override command to RBA-10G module.

Perform the following procedures to obtain the MAL measurement:


Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Measure the PRE-L module (red band) output power using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. Measure the RBA-10G or BBA-10G module input power using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. The MAL value is the difference between the power level measured on the preceding steps 1 and 2.

Booster Amplifier Threshold Settings


The following paragraphs provide the input and output booster amplifier threshold settings.

RBA and RBA-10G Module Input Power Threshold Setting


The RBA and RBA-10G factory default input power thresholds are valid for MAL up to 15 dB. When the mid-amplifier loss is higher than 15 dB the input power alarm threshold settings listed in Table 4-97 need to be applied.
Table 4-97 RBA and RBA-10G Module Input Power Threshold Setting for MAL Higher than 15 dB

MAL MAL 15 (factory default thresholds) 16 MAL 17 18 MAL 19

Degrade Low -6.5 -9.5 -14

Fail Low -9 -12 -16.5

Input power threshold setting changes are performed using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software.

RBA and RBA-10G Module Output Power Threshold Setting


The RBA and RBA-10G factory default output power thresholds are valid for MAL up to 17 dB. The RBA and RBA-10G output power thresholds (degrade low and degrade high) are automatically calculated according to a nominal value for each power class. Table 4-98 lists the nominal RBA module output power values (dBm).
Table 4-98 RBA Module Nominal Output Power

MAL MAL 17 (factory default thresholds) MAL 17

Low Class 11 9.5

Mid Class 14 12.5

High Class 16.5 15

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-146

78-13120-02

Chapter 4

Site Setup and Test 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Table 4-99 list the nominal RBA-10G module output power values (dBm).
Table 4-99 RBA-10G Module Nominal Output Power

MAL MAL 17 (factory default thresholds) MAL 17

Low Class 13.5 12

Mid Class 16.5 15

High Class 18.5 17

Output power threshold setting changes are performed using the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software.

BBA and BBA-10G Module Input Power Threshold Setting


The BBA and BBA-10G factory default input power thresholds are valid for MAL up to 15 dB. When the mid-amplifier loss is higher than 15 dB the input power alarm threshold settings listed in Table 4-100 need to be applied.
Table 4-100 BBA and BBA-10G Module Input Power Threshold Setting for MAL Higher than 15 dB

MAL MAL 15 (factory default thresholds) 16 MAL 17 18 MAL 19

Degrade Low -23 -28 -32

Fail Low -24 -29 -33

Input power threshold settings are performed using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software.

BBA and BBA-10G Module Output Power Threshold Setting


The BBA and BBA-10G factory default output power thresholds are valid for MAL up to 13 dB. The BBA and BBA-10G module output power thresholds (degrade low and degrade high) are automatically calculated according to a nominal value for each power class. Table 4-101 lists the nominal output power values for the BBA module in dBm.
Table 4-101 BBA Module Nominal Output Power

Span Budget MAL 13 (factory default thresholds) 14 MAL 17 18 MAL 19

Low Class 12 9.75 8.25

Mid Class 14 11.75 10.25

High Class 15.25 13 11.5

Table 4-102 lists the nominal output power values for the BBA-10G module in dBm.
Table 4-102 BBA-10G Module Nominal Output Power

Span Budget MAL 13 (factory default thresholds)

Low Class 12

Mid Class 14

High Class 15.25

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

4-147

Chapter 4 10-Gbps Setup and Test

Site Setup and Test

Table 4-102 BBA-10G Module Nominal Output Power (continued)

Span Budget 14 MAL 17 18 MAL 19

Low Class 9.75 8.25

Mid Class 11.75 10.25

High Class 13 11.5

Output power threshold settings are performed using the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

4-148

78-13120-02

C H A P T E R

Site-to-Site Testing
This chapter covers system installation tests for signal transfer between multiple sites in the ONS 15800 system. Use these tests in conjunction with the single-site setup procedures in Chapter 4, Site Setup and Test. Tests are performed on each individual site to test signal transfer between the sites. These steps are performed after each system site is installed and after all outside plant optical fiber connections are made. General configuration instructions can be found in the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System. Diagrams for standard configurations can be found in the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Configuration Manual. Technical specifications for the system can be found in the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Technical Specifications Manual. For amplifier configuration procedures, refer to the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System.

Installation Test Prerequisites


The following conditions must be met before a site can be tested:

The installation of the system as described in Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual must be complete. All required modules and front-panel optical fiber cables, including outside plant optical fibers, must be installed as described in Chapter 3, Site Installation, of this manual. The setup of the system as described in the Chapter 4, Site Setup and Test, must be complete. Power must be applied to the bays. Both power distribution panel (PDP) LEDs in each bay must be green. Power switches in the Battery Management (BAT) module of each shelf must be ON. The green PWR LED in the Subrack Common Functions (SCF) module of each shelf must be lit. Amplifiers must be configured as described in the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System and must be set up and tested as described in Chapter 4, Site Setup and Test, of this manual. All other setup and procedures in Chapter 4, Site Setup and Test, of this manual must be carried out and criteria must be met.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-1

Chapter 5 System Testing Requirements

Site-to-Site Testing

System Testing Requirements


To test an ONS 15800 system, the following items are required:

Fixed optical attenuators (value and quantity determined by span budget) Laser light source PC with a modem, as well as the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software and the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software installed Optical attenuators Optical power meter (OPM) (Pin max > +26 dBm), capable of reading dB and mW Optical spectrum analyzer (OSA) Optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR) Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH) STM-64 (STM-64)/SONET Optical Channel-192 (OC-192) test set SONET equipment (channels 132) SDH STM-16/SONET OC-48 test set Tested optical fiber jumper cables (1 meter [3.3 feet] long) with SC or FC adapters attached

General Site-to-Site Testing


This section provides the general ONS 15800 system tests.
Note

The Control and Monitoring Processor (CMP-W) module or the Control and Monitoring Processor module2 Ethernet (CMP-W-2E) will hereafter be referred to as the CMP module.

Line Service Modem Status Test


Line Service Modem modules (LSM-W) are located at every site. Use this procedure to set up the modules to enable communication between orderwires.

Warning

The ONS 15800 system equipment contains Class IIIb laser products. The maximum output power is 50 mW with front access or 100 mW with rear access in the 12601605 nm wavelength range. Laser radiation presents an invisible hazard, so personnel should avoid exposure to the laser beam. Personnel must be qualified in laser safety and must use proper eye protection before working on this equipment.

Caution

When the subrack power is ON, unplugging the amplifier modules (or removing connectors from those modules) can cause carbonization of the connectors. To test the working status of the LSM-W module:

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-2

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing General Site-to-Site Testing

Step 1

Verify the LSM-W module configuration and use local terminal software to verify that there are no alarms. (Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for details.) Record any alarms. Repeat the procedure for each LSM-W module in the system.

Step 2 Step 3

Demultiplexer Test
Use this procedure to test the demultiplexer modules at each site.

Warning

The ONS 15800 system equipment contains Class IIIb laser products. The maximum output power is 50 mW with front access or 100 mW with rear access in the 12601605 nm wavelength range. Laser radiation presents an invisible hazard, so personnel should avoid exposure to the laser beam. Personnel must be qualified in laser safety and must use proper eye protection before working on this equipment.

Caution

When the subrack power is ON, unplugging the amplifier modules (or removing connectors from those modules) can cause carbonization of the connectors.

Note

If measurements are not within the ranges specified, first verify that input power to the demultiplexer is within specification (maximum of 3 dBm from the measured output power from the PRE-L module). Then, verify that the demultiplexer path loss is within specifications.

Note

Optical power losses can be caused by the E-2000 optical connections on the modules or on the backplane. However, only qualified personnel are authorized to remove, adjust, or clean ONS 15800 system E-2000 connections. Measure and record the optical power at the output of each demultiplexer (8WD-B, 24WD-R, and 24WD-LLR) front-panel port (OUT 1 64) with an optical jumper cable and an OPM (Figure 5-1).

Step 1

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-3

Chapter 5 General Site-to-Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Figure 5-1

Demultiplexer Output Measurement Test Setup


(Subrack varies) 32WD-IR Subrack 1 24WD-R or 24WD-LLR (Subrack varies) 8WD-B

When removing, disconnect this end first.

33

34

35

36

37

38

9
OUT

10
OUT

11
OUT

12
OUT

13
OUT

14
OUT

1
OUT

2
OUT

39

40

41

42

43

44

Optical fiber jumper cable When installing, connect this end first.
Optical power meter

15
OUT

16
OUT

17
OUT

18
OUT

19
OUT

20
OUT

3
OUT

4
OUT

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

21
OUT

22
OUT

23
OUT

24
OUT

25
OUT

26
OUT

5
OUT

6
OUT

57

58

59

60

61

62

27
63 64
OUT

28
OUT

29
OUT

30
OUT

31
OUT

32
OUT

7
OUT

8
OUT

Note

If OC-48 and OC-192 channels are present in the same band, OC-48 channels may require attenuation. Record the power level. All output power levels for OC-48 channels must be between 22 dBm and 10 dBm. Refer to Table 5-1 for pass-or-fail criteria.
Table 5-1 Demultiplexer Optical Output Power Criteria for 2.5-Gbps Channels

Step 2

Measurement Point

24 channels (8 blue band and Instrument 16 red band) 20 to 11 20 to 11

12 Channels (4 blue band and 8 red band) 16 to 10 16 to 10

32 Channels (8 blue band and 24 red band) 22 to 11 22 to 11

16 Channels (4 blue band and 12 red band) 19 to 10 19 to 10

Per channel output OPM powerred band Per channel output OPM powerblue band

Note Step 3

All output power levels for OC-192 channels must be between 11 dBm and 1 dBm. At 10-Gbps sites, the following rules have to be applied when increasing the number of channels in order to guarantee a non-traffic-affecting upgrade:

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-4

78-13120-02

69035

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing General Site-to-Site Testing

Note

Padding must be used between demultiplexer modules and RXT modules to increase channel flatness and to meet input power dynamic range specifications required at the RXT modules.
a. b. c.

System installation should start with 1 channel in blue band and 4 channels in red band, with amplifiers regulated as required. Padding must be used on these starting channels in order to obtain a power level at the RXT module input just below 1 dBm in the blue band and just below 2 dBm in the red band. Insert the following channels one at a time following the path upgrade and regulating the receive site BBA-10G module and RBA-10G module according to the rules in Table 5-2.
Power Class Regulation for Receive Site Amplifiers (BBA-10G and RBA-10G)

Table 5-2

Blue Band (BBA-10G) Low All Fibers All Links


d.

Red Band (RBA-10G High 68 Low 1 6 Mid 7 12 High 13 24

Mid 4 5

1 3

Padding must be used on the added channel in order to obtain RXT module input power just below 2 dBm if the new channel requires the power class regulation, or just below 4 dBm if the new channel does not require power class regulation. Padding must be used after the last added channel in order to obtain RXT module input power just below 2 dBm.

e.

Note

Channel specific attenuation might be required for channels exceeding specified power class.

Note

LEM-EM-Fxx module, LEM-10G-Fxx module, WCM-EM-Fxx module, and WCM-10G-Fxx module output power can be regulated within the 5 to +2 dBm range using the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software transponder output power tuning feature. The default value is set to 0 dBm. The output power level of the transponder can be increased up to +2 dBm if the OSNR or output power level of the demultiplexers are below the required minimum values.

Optical Service Channel Test


The OSC must be present and working at every ONS 15800 system site. Use this procedure to test communication on the OSC.

Warning

The ONS 15800 system equipment contains Class IIIb laser products. The maximum output power is 50 mW with front access or 100 mW with rear access in the 12601605 nm wavelength range. Laser radiation presents an invisible hazard, so personnel should avoid exposure to the laser beam. Personnel must be qualified in laser safety and must use proper eye protection before working on this equipment.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-5

Chapter 5 General Site-to-Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Step 1 Step 2

Connect a PC to the local network element (NE). At the MS-DOS prompt, type the following for each NE in the line: ping <NE IP address> If a successful result is achieved for each NE, go to the next step. If not, troubleshoot as necessary.

Step 3

Open the local terminal software and connect to the NE by specifying the IP address. (Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for instructions.) Connect to the NE from the local terminal software to verify that the connection has been established. If the connection fails, verify the following for each NE on the line:
Selected NE (CMP module) is switched on. Correctness of IP address Condition of Ethernet connection (refer to the Ethernet cabling procedure in the Cisco ONS

Step 4 Step 5

15800 DWDM System Common Platform Installation Manual.)

Orderwire Communications Test


Orderwire communication is to be established at every NE. Use this procedure to check communication through the orderwire to other NEs.

Warning

The ONS 15800 system equipment contains Class IIIb laser products. The maximum output power is 50 mW with front access or 100 mW with rear access in the 12601605 nm wavelength range. Laser radiation presents an invisible hazard, so personnel should avoid exposure to the laser beam. Personnel must be qualified in laser safety and must use proper eye protection before working on this equipment.

Step 1

Connect all appropriate outside plant fibers.

Note Step 2 Step 3

The orderwire speaker volume must be set to a reasonable level. Select the channel-1 or channel-2 button on the orderwire equipment. Lift the handset and establish communication with all sites.

Ethernet Connection Test


Use this procedure to test the Ethernet connection of a site to other sites.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-6

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing General Site-to-Site Testing

Warning

The ONS 15800 system equipment contains Class IIIb laser products. The maximum output power is 50 mW with front access or 100 mW with rear access in the 12601605 nm wavelength range. Laser radiation presents an invisible hazard, so personnel should avoid exposure to the laser beam. Personnel must be qualified in laser safety and must use proper eye protection before working on this equipment.

Step 1

With the PC connected to the local NE (via an RS-232 cable to the connector on the front of shelf 1), type this command at the MS-DOS prompt: ping -t -l 10000 <IP address> Verify that all hosts answer correctly by allowing the command to run for 5 minutes with a pass-or-fail criterion of 2 percent. Ping all CMP modules in the link simultaneously by typing the following: ping -t -l 5000 <IP address> Verify that all hosts answer correctly by allowing the command to run for 5 minutes with a pass-or-fail criterion of 5 percent. If the ping command does not meet the criterion, check the following:

Step 2 Step 3

Step 4 Step 5

The selected NE (CMP module) is switched on. Ethernet connectors and cables are properly connected:
50-ohm impedance cables must be used. The subrack Ethernet interfaces that are not used must have 50-ohm termination. The coaxial cable can be directly connected to the subrack BNC interfaces, while the other end

has to be closed with a 50-ohm terminator. Connection to the PC (or other equipment) uses a T-connector.
Step 6 Step 7

Confirm that the IP address specified corresponds to the local NE. Confirm that the PC IP address and NE IP address are on the same network.

Open the local terminal software and select an Ethernet connection. Specify the NE IP address. Connect to the host and verify the connection.

Network Operation Center Visibility Test


This test is used to test the visibility between the network operation center (NOC) and the ONS 15800 system.

Note

This test is valid when the ONS 15800 equipment is to report alarms to the Network Operations Center from a local site.

Step 1 Step 2

Connect to the NOC as necessary. Confirm operation of the ONS 15800 system.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-7

Chapter 5 2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Testing


This section provides the 2.5-Gbps terminal site test procedures.
Warning

The ONS 15800 system equipment contains Class IIIb laser products. The maximum output power is 50 mW with front access or 100 mW with rear access in the 12601605 nm wavelength range. Laser radiation presents an invisible hazard, so personnel should avoid exposure to the laser beam. Personnel must be qualified in laser safety and must use proper eye protection before working on this equipment.

Caution

When the subrack power is ON, unplugging the amplifiers modules (or removing connectors from those modules) can cause carbonization of the connectors.

Note

A span begins at the output of a TPA-R module in terminal sites and regeneration sites or at the output of an RBA module in OLA sites and OADM sites. A span ends at the input to the first PRE-L module in the next site in the line.

Note

Clean and inspect optical connectors and adapters as described in your company s recommended procedures. If your company does not have these procedures, refer to the supplement titled Optical Connector Cleaning Procedures available from Cisco Customer Service and the Technical Assistance Center. Two technicians are required for these tests, one at each site. The technicians must be in constant communication while the tests are performed. The recommended procedure for testing span budgets uses OTDR equipment to gain the most accurate measurements.

Terminal Site to Terminal Site


This section provides the terminal site to terminal site span testing procedures.

Span Budget Test Using an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify a terminal site to terminal site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

Measure the terminal site to terminal site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the terminal site to terminal site span loss. Connect the laser source to the terminal site to terminal site fiber span at the first terminal site. Measure and record power received at the second terminal site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-8

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Testing

Step 7 Step 8

Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Span Budget Test Without an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify a terminal site to terminal site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect the OPM to a 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable. Turn on the laser source and record the value that registers on the OPM in mW. Record this value as PBOS (Power, beginning of span). Turn off the laser source and disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the power meter.

Warning

Always remove the input to an amplifier module before disconnecting any of the module outputs in a system. Failure to heed this warning can result in injury.

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the first terminal site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the second terminal site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the first terminal site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the second terminal site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the first terminal site, turn on the laser source. At the second terminal site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS (power, end of span). At the first terminal site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS

Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12

Step 13

Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the first terminal site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module.

Step 14 Step 15

Step 16

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-9

Chapter 5 2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Step 17

At the second terminal site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.

OSNR Measurement
This procedure is carried out from terminal site to terminal site in systems without OADM sites. The testing is performed at one end of the span and repeated at the other. Two technicians are required (one at each of the terminal sites being tested).

Measuring Red-Band OSNR for All Systems Without Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites
Test the OSNR of the red-band signals as follows.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5

At one terminal site, verify that all lasers are switched on. If blue-band channels are not present on the system, the TPA-B and BBA module alarms will be present and are considered a normal condition. Verify the power class of the TPA-R module. Reset the class if necessary according to the procedure in the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System. Connect an OSA to the MON R port of the PRE-L module. Set the OSA center wavelength to 1551 nm. Set the span to 20 nm for the red band. Set the OSA resolution to 0.5 nm. Observe the entire spectrum on the OSA display. Choose the signal that appears to have the worst OSNR and position one marker at the peak of that signal. Place another marker at 0.4 nm on one side of the peak. Verify that the OSNR is within the limits shown in Table 5-3.
Table 5-3 OSNR Pass or Fail Criteria

Bandwidth 0.5 nm 0.2 nm


Step 6 Step 7

OC-48 (no RXT module) 13 dB 17 dB

OC-48 (with RXT module) 10 dB 14 dB

OC-48 OOB-FEC 7 dB 11 dB

OC-192 (no FEC) 17 dB 21 dB

OC-192 (with IB FEB) 16 dB 20 dB

OC-192 OOB-FEC 10 dB 14 dB

Measure the OSNR of all active red-band channels. Record the OSNR. Record an OSA plot of the red-band spectrum at the MON R port of the PRE-L module.

Measuring the Blue-Band OSNR for All Systems Without Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites
Use this procedure to test the blue-band OSNR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Connect the OSA to the MON B port of the PRE-L module. Set the OSA center wavelength to 1533 nm. Set the span to 10 nm for the blue band. Observe the entire spectrum on the OSA display. Choose the signal that appears to have the worst OSNR and position one marker at the peak of that signal. Place another marker at 0.4 nm on one side of the peak. Verify that the OSNR is within the limits shown in Table 5-3.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-10

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Testing

Step 5 Step 6

Measure the OSNR of all active blue-band channels. Record the values. Record an OSA plot of the blue-band spectrum at the MON B port of the PRE-L module.

Note

Repeat the red-band and blue-band procedures at the opposite terminal site.

Bit Error Rate Test


Use this procedure to test the BER of an OC-48 system. The procedure uses two SDH STM-16/SONET OC-48 test sets for transmit and receive, one at each terminal site.

Note

The optical signal-to-noise ratio must be within specifications before the BER test procedure is performed.

Step 1

At the transmit terminal, using an SDH STM-16/SONET OC-48 test set apply an input signal to the appropriate transponder module. Adjust the input signal level according to the module specifications by adding an attenuator if necessary. At the receive terminal, connect the test set receive input to the corresponding demultiplexer channel output. Adjust the test set input level according to the manufacturers specifications. If a receive transponder module is used, adjust the test by connecting the output to the test set receive input. Connect the receive transponder module input to the demultiplexer channel output. Test all channels for 1 hour and 10 minutes to achieve a BER of 1 x 10 -13 or less, or test according to customer requirements.

Step 2

Step 3

Terminal Site to Optical Line Amplification Site


This section provides the terminal site to OLA site span testing procedures.

Span Budget Test Using an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify a terminal site to OLA site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

Measure the terminal site to OLA site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the terminal site to OLA site span loss. Connect the laser source to the terminal site to OLA site fiber span at the terminal site. Measure and record power received at the OLA site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-11

Chapter 5 2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Step 7 Step 8

Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Span Budget Test Without an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify a terminal site to OLA site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect the OPM to a 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable. Turn on the laser source and record the value that registers on the OPM in mW. Record this value as PBOS (Power, beginning of span). Turn off the laser source and disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the power meter.

Warning

Always remove the input to an amplifier module before disconnecting any of the module outputs in a system. Failure to heed this warning can result in injury.

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the terminal site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the OLA site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the terminal site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the OLA site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the terminal site, turn on the laser source. At the OLA site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS (power, end of span). At the terminal site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS

Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12

Step 13

Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the terminal site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module.

Step 14 Step 15 Step 16

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-12

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Testing

Step 17

At the OLA site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.

Terminal Site to Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site


This section provides the terminal site to OADM site span testing procedures.

Span Budget Test Using an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify a terminal site to OADM site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Measure the terminal site to OADM site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the terminal site to OADM site span loss. Connect the laser source to the terminal site to OADM site fiber span at the terminal site. Measure and record power received at the OADM site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Span Budget Test Without an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify a terminal site to OADM site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect the OPM to a 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable. Turn on the laser source and record the value that registers on the OPM in mW. Record this value as PBOS. Turn off the laser source and disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the power meter.

Warning

Always remove the input to an amplifier module before disconnecting any of the module outputs in a system. Failure to heed this warning can result in injury.

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the terminal site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the OADM site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-13

Chapter 5 2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Step 7

At the terminal site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the OADM site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the terminal site, turn on the laser source. At the OADM site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the terminal site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the terminal site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the OADM site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.

Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12

Step 13

Step 14 Step 15 Step 16 Step 17

PRE-L Module Threshold Test


Use this procedure and data to set PRE-L module thresholds for sites that precede OADM sites.
Step 1 Step 2

Select the PRE-L module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Select the input power item (InPwr1). Change the threshold according to Table 5-4 on the Power Fail item of Alarm Description and apply the change.
Table 5-4 PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Precede Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites

Span Budget 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

Fail Low -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB

Degrade Low -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-14

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Testing

Table 5-4

PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Precede Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites

Span Budget 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
Step 3 Step 4 Step 5

Fail Low -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB -32 dB -33 dB -34 dB -35 dB

Degrade Low -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB

Select the PowerDeg item under Alarm Description and change the threshold according to Table 5-4. Apply the change. Save the changes on the Action List tab. Click in the column next to the input power item (Inpwr1) and save the item permanently. Verify that the operation is complete.

Red- and Blue-Band OSNR Measurement


Use this procedure to measure OSNR in a system with OADM functions. Two technicians are needed for this test. One technician performs the tests from the OADM site and the other tests from the remote terminal site. The entire test is to be repeated for the remote terminal site in the other direction. At the OADM site:
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect an OSA to the MON port of the RBA module. Set the OSA center wavelength to 1551 nm. Set the span to 20 nm for the red band. Set the OSA resolution to 0.2 nm. Using the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software, calculate the correct ADA module output power. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for information.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-15

Chapter 5 2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Step 4

Set the correct ADA module output power using the local terminal software. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for information. Record a plot of the red-band spectrum. Connect an OSA to the MON port of the BBA module.

Step 5 Step 6

At the remote terminal site:


Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

Set the OSA center wavelength to 1533 nm. Set the span to 10 nm for the blue band. Record a plot of the blue-band spectrum. Connect an OSA to the MON R port of the PRE-L module. Verify that all transmitted channels are being received by observing the spectral peaks on the OSA. Set the OSA center wavelength to 1551 nm. Set the span to 20 nm for the red band. Set the OSA resolution to 0.5 nm. Observe the entire spectrum on the OSA display. Choose the signal that appears to have the worst OSNR and position one marker at the peak of that signal. Place another marker at 0.4 nm on one side of the center of the OSNR peak. Verify that the OSNR is within the limits shown in Table 5-3. Measure all active red-band channels. Record a plot of the red-band spectrum at the MON R port of the PRE-L module. Connect the OSA to the MON port of the TPA-R module. Record a plot of the red band. Connect the OSA to the MON B port of the PRE-L module. Set the OSA center wavelength to 1533 nm. Set the span to 10 nm for the blue band. Check the OSNR for all active blue-band channels. Measure all active blue-band channels. Record a plot of the blue-band spectrum at the MON R port of the PRE-L module. Connect an OSA to the MON port of the TPA-B module. Obtain an OSA plot of the blue-band spectrum.

Step 7 Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12 Step 13 Step 14 Step 15 Step 16 Step 17 Step 18

Terminal Site to Regeneration Site


This section provides the terminal site to regeneration site span testing procedures.

Span Budget Test Using an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify a terminal site to regeneration site fiber span budget with an OTDR.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-16

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 2.5-Gbps Terminal Site Testing

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Measure the terminal site to regeneration site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the terminal site to regeneration site span loss. Connect the laser source to the terminal site to regeneration site fiber span at the terminal site. Measure and record power received at the regeneration site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Span Budget Test Without an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify a terminal site to regeneration site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect the OPM to a 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable. Turn on the laser source and record the value that registers on the OPM in mW. Record this value as PBOS. Turn off the laser source and disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the power meter.

Warning

Always remove the input to an amplifier module before disconnecting any of the module outputs in a system. Failure to heed this warning can result in injury.

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the terminal site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the regeneration site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the terminal site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the regeneration site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the terminal site, turn on the laser source. At the regeneration site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the terminal site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS

Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-17

Chapter 5 2.5-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Step 13

Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the terminal site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the regeneration site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.

Step 14 Step 15 Step 16 Step 17

2.5-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Testing


This section provides the 2.5-Gbps OLA site test procedures.
Warning

The ONS 15800 system equipment contains Class IIIb laser products. The maximum output power is 50 mW with front access or 100 mW with rear access in the 12601605 nm wavelength range. Laser radiation presents an invisible hazard, so personnel should avoid exposure to the laser beam. Personnel must be qualified in laser safety and must use proper eye protection before working on this equipment.

Caution

When the subrack power is ON, unplugging the amplifiers modules (or removing connectors from those modules) can cause carbonization of the connectors.

Note

A span begins at the output of a TPA-R module in terminal sites and regeneration sites or at the output of an RBA module in OLA sites and OADM sites. A span ends at the input to the first PRE-L module in the next site in the line.

Note

Clean and inspect optical connectors and adapters as described in your company s recommended procedures. If your company does not have these procedures, refer to the supplement titled Optical Connector Cleaning Procedures available from Cisco Customer Service and the Technical Assistance Center. Two technicians are required for these tests, one at each site. The technicians must be in constant communication while the tests are performed. The recommended procedure for testing span budgets uses OTDR equipment to gain the most accurate measurements.

Optical Line Amplification Site to Terminal Site


This section provides the OLA site to terminal site span testing procedures.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-18

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 2.5-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Testing

Span Budget Test Using an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify an OLA site to terminal site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Measure the OLA site to terminal site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the OLA site to terminal site span loss. Connect the laser source to the OLA site to terminal site fiber span at the OLA site. Measure and record power received at the terminal site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Span Budget Test Without an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify an OLA site to terminal site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect the OPM to a 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable. Turn on the laser source and record the value that registers on the OPM in mW. Record this value as PBOS. Turn off the laser source and disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the power meter.

Warning

Always remove the input to an amplifier module before disconnecting any of the module outputs in a system. Failure to heed this warning can result in injury.

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the OLA site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the terminal site disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the OLA site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the terminal site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the OLA site, turn on the laser source. At the terminal site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the OLA site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation:

Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-19

Chapter 5 2.5-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Span Loss = PBOS PEOS


Step 13

Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the OLA site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the terminal site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.

Step 14 Step 15 Step 16 Step 17

Optical Line Amplification Site to Optical Line Amplification Site


This section provides the OLA site to OLA site span testing procedures.

Span Budget Test Using an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify an OLA site to OLA site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Measure the OLA site to OLA site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the OLA site to OLA site span loss. Connect the laser source to the OLA site to OLA site fiber span at the first OLA site. Measure and record power received at the second OLA site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Span Budget Test Without an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify an OLA site to OLA site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2

Connect the OPM to a 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable. Turn on the laser source and record the value that registers on the OPM in mW. Record this value as PBOS.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-20

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 2.5-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Testing

Step 3

Turn off the laser source and disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the power meter.

Warning

Always remove the input to an amplifier module before disconnecting any of the module outputs in a system. Failure to heed this warning can result in injury.

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the first OLA site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the second OLA site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the first OLA site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the second OLA site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the first OLA site, turn on the laser source. At the second OLA site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the first OLA site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the first OLA site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the second OLA site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.

Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12

Step 13

Step 14 Step 15

Step 16 Step 17

Optical Line Amplification Site to Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site


This section provides the OLA site to OADM site span testing procedures.

Span Budget Test Using an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify an OLA site to OADM site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2

Measure the OLA site to OADM site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-21

Chapter 5 2.5-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the OLA site to OADM site span loss. Connect the laser source to the OLA site to OADM site fiber span at the OLA site. Measure and record power received at the OADM site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Span Budget Test Without an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify an OLA site to OADM site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect the OPM to a 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable. Turn on the laser source and record the value that registers on the OPM in mW. Record this value as PBOS. Turn off the laser source and disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the power meter.

Warning

Always remove the input to an amplifier module before disconnecting any of the module outputs in a system. Failure to heed this warning can result in injury.

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the OLA site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the OADM site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the OLA site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the OADM site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the OLA site, turn on the laser source. At the OADM site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the OLA site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source

Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12

Step 13

Step 14

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-22

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 2.5-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Testing

Step 15 Step 16 Step 17

At the OLA site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the OADM site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.

PRE-L Module Threshold Test


Use this procedure and data to set PRE-L module thresholds for sites that precede OADM sites.
Step 1 Step 2

Select the PRE-L module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Select the input power item (InPwr1). Change the threshold according to Table 5-5 on the Power Fail item of Alarm Description and apply the change.
Table 5-5 PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Precede Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites

Span Budget 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

Fail Low -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB

Degrade Low -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-23

Chapter 5 2.5-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Table 5-5

PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Precede Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites

Span Budget 35 36 37 38
Step 3 Step 4 Step 5

Fail Low -32 dB -33 dB -34 dB -35 dB

Degrade Low -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB

Select the PowerDeg item under Alarm Description and change the threshold according to Table 5-5. Apply the change. Save the changes on the Action List tab. Click in the column next to the input power item (Inpwr1) and save the item permanently. Verify that the operation is complete.

Optical Line Amplification Site to Regeneration Site


This section provides the OLA site to regeneration site span testing procedures.

Span Budget Test Using an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify an OLA site to regeneration site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Measure the OLA site to regeneration site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the OLA site to regeneration site span loss. Connect the laser source to the OLA site to regeneration site fiber span at the OLA site. Measure and record power received at the regeneration site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Span Budget Test Without an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify an OLA site to regeneration site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Step 1

Connect the OPM to a 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-24

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Step 2 Step 3

Turn on the laser source and record the value that registers on the OPM in mW. Record this value as PBOS. Turn off the laser source and disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the power meter.

Warning

Always remove the input to an amplifier module before disconnecting any of the module outputs in a system. Failure to heed this warning can result in injury.

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the OLA site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the regeneration site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the OLA site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the regeneration site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the OLA site, turn on the laser source. At the regeneration site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the OLA site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS

Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12

Step 13

Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the OLA site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the regeneration site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.

Step 14 Step 15 Step 16 Step 17

2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing


This section provides the 2.5-Gbps OADM site test procedures.
Warning

The ONS 15800 system equipment contains Class IIIb laser products. The maximum output power is 50 mW with front access or 100 mW with rear access in the 12601605 nm wavelength range. Laser radiation presents an invisible hazard, so personnel should avoid exposure to the laser beam. Personnel must be qualified in laser safety and must use proper eye protection before working on this equipment.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-25

Chapter 5 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Caution

When the subrack power is ON, unplugging the amplifiers modules (or removing connectors from those modules) can cause carbonization of the connectors.

Note

A span begins at the output of a TPA-R module in terminal sites and regeneration sites or at the output of an RBA module in OLA sites and OADM sites. A span ends at the input to the first PRE-L module in the next site in the line.

Note

Clean and inspect optical connectors and adapters as described in your company s recommended procedures. If your company does not have these procedures, refer to the supplement titled Optical Connector Cleaning Procedures available from Cisco Customer Service and the Technical Assistance Center. Two technicians are required for these tests, one at each site. The technicians must be in constant communication while the tests are performed. The recommended procedure for testing span budgets uses OTDR equipment to gain the most accurate measurements.

Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site to Terminal Site


This section provides the OADM site to terminal site span testing procedures.

Span Budget Test Using an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify an OADM site to terminal site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Measure the OADM site to terminal site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the OADM site to terminal site span loss. Connect the laser source to the OADM site to terminal site fiber span at the OADM site. Measure and record power received at the terminal site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Span Budget Test Without an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify an OADM site to terminal site fiber span budget without an OTDR.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-26

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect the OPM to a 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable. Turn on the laser source and record the value that registers on the OPM in mW. Record this value as PBOS. Turn off the laser source and disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the power meter.

Warning

Always remove the input to an amplifier module before disconnecting any of the module outputs in a system. Failure to heed this warning can result in injury.

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the OADM site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the terminal site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the OADM site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the terminal site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the OADM site, turn on the laser source. At the terminal site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the OADM site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the OADM site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the terminal site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.

Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12

Step 13

Step 14 Step 15 Step 16 Step 17

PRE-L Module Threshold Test


The following paragraphs contain the PRE-L module threshold procedures.

PRE-L Module Threshold Test for Sites That Follow Optical Add-Drop SitesFour Channels Added and Dropped
Use this procedure and data to set PRE-L module thresholds for sites that follow OADM sites.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-27

Chapter 5 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Note

Span loss for PRE-L modules following OADM sites must be determined within 1 dB.

Note

The span loss to be determined includes every loss between the RBA module OUT connection and the PRE-L module IN connection. Select the PRE-L module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Select the input power item (InPwr1) on the Analog I/O tab and select Power Fail under Alarm Description. Change the threshold according to Table 5-6, and apply the change.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Note

This threshold adjustment applies to PRE-L modules directly following OADM sites.
Table 5-6 PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Follow Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites

Span 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35

Power Fail Low1 -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26dB -27 dB -28 dB

Power Degrade Low2 -4 dB -5 dB -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-28

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Table 5-6

PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Follow Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites

Span 36 37 38

Power Fail Low1 -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB

Power Degrade Low2 -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB

1. Maximum power in the fiber when the line is down, including PRE-L module red band and blue band from the previous span, the ADA output power, and the LSM-W module output power 2. Minimum power available on the blue band with a 1 dB margin

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

Select Power Deg under Alarm Description, and modify the value according to Table 5-6. Apply the value and save the value. Click beside the input power item (Inpwr1) and store the item permanently. Verify that the storage procedure is complete.

PRE-L Module Threshold Test for Sites That Follow Optical Add-Drop SitesFull Blue Band Demultiplexing
Use this procedure and data to set PRE-L module thresholds for modules that directly follow OADM sites with full blue-band demultiplexing.

Note

Span loss for PRE-L modules following OADM sites must be determined within 1 dB.

Note

The span loss to be determined includes every loss between the RBA module OUT connection and the PRE-L module IN connection. Select the PRE-L module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Select the input power item (InPwr1) of the module. Select the BATMOD item of Alarm Description, and change the threshold value according to Table 5-7. Apply the value.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Note

This threshold adjustment applies to PRE-L modules directly following OADM sites with full blue-band demultiplexing.
Table 5-7 PRE-L Module Thresholds for All Sites That Follow-Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites With Full Blue-Band Demultiplexing

Span 13 14 15

Power Fail Low1 -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB

Power Degrade Low2 -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-29

Chapter 5 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Table 5-7

PRE-L Module Thresholds for All Sites That Follow-Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites With Full Blue-Band Demultiplexing (continued)

Span 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38

Power Fail Low1 -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB -32 dB -33 dB

Power Degrade Low2 -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB

1. Maximum power in the fiber when the line is down, including PRE-L module red band and blue band from the previous span, the ADA output power, and the LSM-W module output power 2. Minimum power available on the blue band with a 1 dB margin

Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Select the Power Deg item under Alarm Description and change the threshold value according to Table 5-7. Apply the change. Save the change. Click beside the input power item (InPwr1 ) and save the change permanently. Verify that the change is saved.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-30

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Red- and Blue-Band OSNR Measurement


Use this procedure to measure OSNR in a system with OADM functions. Two technicians are needed for this test. One technician performs the tests from the OADM site and the other tests from the remote terminal site. The entire test is to be repeated for the remote terminal site in the other direction. At the OADM site:
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect an OSA to the MON port of the RBA module. Set the OSA center wavelength to 1551 nm. Set the span to 20 nm for the red band. Set the OSA resolution to 0.2 nm. Using the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software, calculate the correct ADA module output power. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for information. Set the correct ADA module output power using the local terminal software. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for information. Record a plot of the red-band spectrum. Connect an OSA to the MON port of the BBA module.

Step 4

Step 5 Step 6

At the remote terminal site:


Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

Set the OSA center wavelength to 1533 nm. Set the span to 10 nm for the blue band. Record a plot of the blue-band spectrum. Connect an OSA to the MON R port of the PRE-L module. Verify that all transmitted channels are being received by observing the spectral peaks on the OSA. Set the OSA center wavelength to 1551 nm. Set the span to 20 nm for the red band. Set the OSA resolution to 0.5 nm. Observe the entire spectrum on the OSA display. Choose the signal that appears to have the worst OSNR and position one marker at the peak of that signal. Place another marker at 0.4 nm on one side of the center of the OSNR peak. Verify that the OSNR is within the limits shown in Table 5-3. Measure all active red-band channels. Record a plot of the red-band spectrum at the MON R port of the PRE-L module. Connect the OSA to the MON port of the TPA-R module. Record a plot of the red band. Connect the OSA to the MON B port of the PRE-L module. Set the OSA center wavelength to 1533 nm. Set the span to 10 nm for the blue band. Check the OSNR for all active blue-band channels. Measure all active blue-band channels. Record a plot of the blue-band spectrum at the MON R port of the PRE-L module. Connect an OSA to the MON port of the TPA-B module.

Step 7 Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12 Step 13 Step 14 Step 15 Step 16 Step 17

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-31

Chapter 5 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Step 18

Obtain an OSA plot of the blue-band spectrum.

Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site to Optical Line Amplification Site


This section provides the OADM site to OLA site span testing procedures.

Span Budget Test Using an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify an OADM site to OLA site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Measure the OADM site to OLA site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the OADM site to OLA site span loss. Connect the laser source to the OADM site to OLA site fiber span at the OADM site. Measure and record power received at the OLA site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Span Budget Test Without an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify an OADM site to OLA site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect the OPM to a 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable. Turn on the laser source and record the value that registers on the OPM in mW. Record this value as PBOS. Turn off the laser source and disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the power meter.

Warning

Always remove the input to an amplifier module before disconnecting any of the module outputs in a system. Failure to heed this warning can result in injury.

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the OADM site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the OLA site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-32

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Step 7

At the OADM site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the OLA site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the OADM site, turn on the laser source. At the OLA site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the OADM site, turn off the laser source.

Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-33

Chapter 5 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Step 12

Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS

Step 13

Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the OADM site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the OLA site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.

Step 14 Step 15 Step 16 Step 17

PRE-L Module Threshold Test


The following paragraphs contain the PRE-L module threshold procedures.

PRE-L Module Threshold Test for Sites That Follow Optical Add-Drop SitesFour Channels Added and Dropped
Use this procedure and data to set PRE-L module thresholds for sites that follow OADM sites.

Note

Span loss for PRE-L modules following OADM sites must be determined within 1 dB.

Note

The span loss to be determined includes every loss between the RBA module OUT connection and the PRE-L module IN connection. Select the PRE-L module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Select the input power item (InPwr1) on the Analog I/O tab and select Power Fail under Alarm Description. Change the threshold according to Table 5-8, and apply the change.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Note

This threshold adjustment applies to PRE-L modules directly following OADM sites.
Table 5-8 PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Follow Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites

Span 13 14 15 16

Power Fail Low1 -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB

Power Degrade Low2 -4 dB -5 dB -6 dB -7 dB

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-34

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Table 5-8

PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Follow Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites

Span 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38

Power Fail Low1 -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB

Power Degrade Low2 -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB

1. Maximum power in the fiber when the line is down, including PRE-L module red band and blue band from the previous span, the ADA output power, and the LSM-W module output power 2. Minimum power available on the blue band with a 1 dB margin

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

Select Power Deg under Alarm Description, and modify the value according to Table 5-8. Apply the value and save the value. Click beside the input power item (Inpwr1) and store the item permanently. Verify that the storage procedure is complete.

PRE-L Module Threshold Test for Sites That Follow Optical Add-Drop SitesFull Blue Band Demultiplexing
Use this procedure and data to set PRE-L module thresholds for modules that directly follow OADM sites with full blue-band demultiplexing.

Note

Span loss for PRE-L modules following OADM sites must be determined within 1 dB.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-35

Chapter 5 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Note

The span loss to be determined includes every loss between the RBA module OUT connection and the PRE-L module IN connection.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Select the PRE-L module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Select the input power item (InPwr1) of the module. Select the BATMOD item of Alarm Description, and change the threshold value according to Table 5-9. Apply the value.

Note

This threshold adjustment applies to PRE-L modules directly following OADM sites with full blue-band demultiplexing.
Table 5-9 PRE-L Module Thresholds for All Sites That Follow-Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites With Full Blue-Band Demultiplexing

Span 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35

Power Fail Low1 -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB

Power Degrade Low2 -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-36

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Table 5-9

PRE-L Module Thresholds for All Sites That Follow-Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites With Full Blue-Band Demultiplexing (continued)

Span 36 37 38

Power Fail Low1 -31 dB -32 dB -33 dB

Power Degrade Low2 -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB

1. Maximum power in the fiber when the line is down, including PRE-L module red band and blue band from the previous span, the ADA output power, and the LSM-W module output power 2. Minimum power available on the blue band with a 1 dB margin

Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Select the Power Deg item under Alarm Description and change the threshold value according to Table 5-9. Apply the change. Save the change. Click beside the input power item (InPwr1 ) and save the change permanently. Verify that the change is saved.

Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site to Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site


This section provides the OADM site to OADM site span testing procedures.

Span Budget Test Using an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify an OADM site to OADM site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Measure the OADM site to OADM site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the OADM site to OADM site span loss. Connect the laser source to the OADM site to OADM site fiber span at the first OADM site. Measure and record power received at the second OADM site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Span Budget Test Without an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify an OADM site to OADM site fiber span budget without an OTDR.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-37

Chapter 5 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect the OPM to a 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable. Turn on the laser source and record the value that registers on the OPM in mW. Record this value as PBOS. Turn off the laser source and disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the power meter.

Warning

Always remove the input to an amplifier module before disconnecting any of the module outputs in a system. Failure to heed this warning can result in injury.

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the first OADM site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the second OADM site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the first OADM site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the second OADM site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the first OADM site, turn on the laser source. At the second OADM site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the first OADM site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the first OADM site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the second OADM site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.

Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12

Step 13

Step 14 Step 15

Step 16 Step 17

PRE-L Module Threshold Test


Use this procedure and data to set PRE-L module thresholds for sites that precede OADM sites.
Step 1 Step 2

Select the PRE-L module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Select the input power item (InPwr1). Change the threshold according to Table 5-10 on the Power Fail item of Alarm Description and apply the change.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-38

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Table 5-10 PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Precede Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites

Span Budget 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
Step 3 Step 4 Step 5

Fail Low -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB -32 dB -33 dB -34 dB -35 dB

Degrade Low -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB

Select the PowerDeg item under Alarm Description and change the threshold according to Table 5-10. Apply the change. Save the changes on the Action List tab. Click in the column next to the input power item (Inpwr1) and save the item permanently. Verify that the operation is complete.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-39

Chapter 5 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site to Regeneration Site


This section provides the OADM site to regeneration site span testing procedures.

Span Budget Test Using an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify an OADM site to regeneration site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Measure the OADM site to regeneration site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the OADM site to regeneration site span loss. Connect the laser source to the OADM site to regeneration site fiber span at the OADM site. Measure and record power received at the regeneration site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Span Budget Test Without an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify an OADM site to regeneration site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect the OPM to a 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable. Turn on the laser source and record the value that registers on the OPM in mW. Record this value as PBOS. Turn off the laser source and disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the power meter.

Warning

Always remove the input to an amplifier module before disconnecting any of the module outputs in a system. Failure to heed this warning can result in injury.

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the OADM site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the regeneration site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the OADM site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-40

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12

At the regeneration site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the OADM site, turn on the laser source. At the regeneration site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the OADM site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the OADM site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the regeneration site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.

Step 13

Step 14 Step 15 Step 16 Step 17

PRE-L Module Threshold Test


The following paragraphs contain the PRE-L module threshold procedures.

PRE-L Module Threshold Test for Sites That Follow Optical Add-Drop SitesFour Channels Added and Dropped
Use this procedure and data to set PRE-L module thresholds for sites that follow OADM sites.

Note

Span loss for PRE-L modules following OADM sites must be determined within 1 dB.

Note

The span loss to be determined includes every loss between the RBA module OUT connection and the PRE-L module IN connection.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Select the PRE-L module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Select the input power item (InPwr1) on the Analog I/O tab and select Power Fail under Alarm Description. Change the threshold according to Table 5-11, and apply the change.

Note

This threshold adjustment applies to PRE-L modules directly following OADM sites.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-41

Chapter 5 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Table 5-11 PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Follow Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites

Span 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38

Power Fail Low1 -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 db

Power Degrade Low2 -4 dB -5 dB -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB

1. Maximum power in the fiber when the line is down, including PRE-L module red band and blue band from the previous span, the ADA output power, and the LSM-W module output power 2. Minimum power available on the blue band with a 1 dB margin

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

Select Power Deg under Alarm Description, and modify the value according to Table 5-11. Apply the value and save the value. Click beside the input power item (Inpwr1) and store the item permanently. Verify that the storage procedure is complete.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-42

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

PRE-L Module Threshold Test for Sites That Follow Optical Add-Drop SitesFull Blue Band Demultiplexing
Use this procedure and data to set PRE-L module thresholds for modules that directly follow OADM sites with full blue-band demultiplexing.

Note

Span loss for PRE-L modules following OADM sites must be determined within 1 dB.

Note

The span loss to be determined includes every loss between the RBA module OUT connection and the PRE-L module IN connection. Select the PRE-L module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Select the input power item (InPwr1) of the module. Select the BATMOD item of Alarm Description, and change the threshold value according to Table 5-12. Apply the value.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Note

This threshold adjustment applies to PRE-L modules directly following OADM sites with full blue-band demultiplexing.
Table 5-12 PRE-L Module Thresholds for All Sites That Follow-Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites With Full Blue-Band Demultiplexing

Span 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29

Power Fail Low1 -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB

Power Degrade Low2 -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-43

Chapter 5 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Table 5-12 PRE-L Module Thresholds for All Sites That Follow-Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites With Full Blue-Band Demultiplexing (continued)

Span 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38

Power Fail Low1 -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB -32 dB -33 dB

Power Degrade Low2 -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB

1. Maximum power in the fiber when the line is down, including PRE-L module red band and blue band from the previous span, the ADA output power, and the LSM-W module output power 2. Minimum power available on the blue band with a 1 dB margin

Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Select the Power Deg item under Alarm Description and change the threshold value according to Table 5-12. Apply the change. Save the change. Click beside the input power item (InPwr1 ) and save the change permanently. Verify that the change is saved.

Channel Output Power Measurement


The procedures in this section are used to measure output power of isolated channels and dropped channels.

Measuring East-to-West Isolated-Channel Output Power


Use this procedure to check output power of east-to-west isolated channels at OADM sites.

Note

Perform the following steps only on OADM sites. Remove ADA module input from the OADM-P4-Rx module to remove the added channels. Turn on the laser of the TPA-R module of the terminal site or the RBA module inserted in an OADM site using the local terminal software Safety Override command. Connect the OSA to the MON R port of the PRE-L module in slot 1 (Figure 5-2).

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-44

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Figure 5-2

East-to-West Site Connections for Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites


East-to-west West-to-east Slot 3 BBA Slot 4 PRE-L MON MON B R Slot 5 RBA Slot 6 BBA

Slot 1 PRE-L MON MON B R

Slot 2 RBA

IN

MON OUT

MON

IN

MON OUT

MON

Optical spectrum analyzer

Optical fiber jumper cable

Step 4 Step 5

Record the PRE-L module MON levels of channels 9, 11, 13, and 15 for the OADM-P4-R1 module, or channels 17, 19, 21, and 23 for the OADM-P4-R3 module. If available, record an OSA plot of the levels. Figure 5-3 shows a sample plot.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

69023

5-45

Chapter 5 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Figure 5-3

Sample OSA Plot for PRE-L Module MON Port Channels

Step 6 Step 7 Step 8 Step 9

Remove the OSA from the MON port of the PRE-L module in slot 1. Connect the OSA to the MON port of the OADM-P4-Rx module in slot 1 of shelf 2. Record the OADM-P4-R1 module MON levels for channels 9, 11, 13, and 15. If applicable, record the OADM-P4-R3 module MON levels of channels 17, 19, 21, and 23. If available, record an OSA plot of the levels. Figure 5-4 shows a typical plot with noise floor levels.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-46

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Figure 5-4

Typical Spectrum Analyzer Plot Showing Noise Floor

Step 10 Step 11

For each channel, subtract the OADM-P4-RX module MON reading from the PRE-L module MON R reading. Record the values.

Note

The difference between the peak of the adjacent channel and the notch of the dropped channel should be greater than 25 dB.

Measuring East-to-West Dropped-Channel Output Power


Use this procedure to check the output power of dropped channels.

Note

This procedure is performed only on OADM sites.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

With an OPM, measure the output at the 9 OUT, 11 OUT, 13 OUT, and 15 OUT ports on the OADM-P4-R1 module in slot 1 of shelf 2. If applicable, measure the output with an OPM at the 17 OUT, 19 OUT, 21 OUT, and 23 OUT ports on OADM-P4-R3 module in slot 1 of shelf 2. Record the values on.

Note

If the OADM-P4-RX module output goes to an RXT-DM-M module, proceed to the next step. If not, proceed to the next chapter.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-47

Chapter 5 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Step 4

The OADM-P4-RX module output must be padded to meet input specifications of the receive transponders. Add any necessary fixed attenuators to the appropriate OADM-P4-RX module dropped-channel OUT connector. With an OPM, measure the output power at the 9 OUT, 11 OUT, 13 OUT, and 15 OUT ports on the OADM-P4-R1 module in slot 1 of shelf 2 with the pads in place. If applicable, measure the output with an OPM at the 17 OUT, 19 OUT, 21 OUT, and 23 OUT ports on the OADM-P4-R3 module in slot 1 of shelf 2 with the pads in place. Record the output values.

Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Measuring West-to-East Isolated-Channel Output Power


Use this procedure to measure the output power of isolated channels at west-to-east OADM sites.

Note

No inserted channels should be present.

Note

This procedure is performed only at OADM sites. Remove the ADA input to the OADM-P4-RX module to remove the inserted channels. Connect the OSA to the MON R port of the PRE-L module in slot 4 (Figure 5-5).

Step 1 Step 2

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-48

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 2.5-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Figure 5-5

West-to-East Isolated-Channel Measurement Setup


East-to-west West-to-east Slot 3 BBA Slot 4 PRE-L
MON MON B R

Slot 1 PRE-L
MON MON B R

Slot 2 RBA

Slot 5 RBA

Slot 6 BBA

IN

MON OUT

MON

IN

MON OUT

MON

Optical spectrum analyzer

Optical fiber jumper cable

Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8 Step 9

Record the levels of channels 9, 11, 13, and 15 (OADM-P4-R1), or channels 17, 19, 21, and 23 (OADM-P4-R3). If available, record an OSA plot of the levels. Remove OSA from the PRE-L module in slot 4 IN port and connect it to the MON port of the OADM-P4-RX module in slot 3 of shelf 2. Record the levels of channels 9, 11, 13, and 15 (OADM-P4-R1), or channels 17, 19, 21, and 23 (OADM-P4-R3). If available, record an OSA plot of the levels. For each channel, subtract the PRE-L module MON R reading from the OADM module MON reading. Record the channel values.

Note

The difference between the two readings for each channel should be greater than 25 dB.

Measuring West-to-East Dropped-Channel Output Power


Use this procedure to measure output power of west-to-east dropped channels.

Note

The following procedure is performed only on OADM sites.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

69024

5-49

Chapter 5 2.5-Gbps Regeneration Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

With an OPM, measure the output power before and after padding at the 9 OUT, 11 OUT, 13 OUT, and 15 OUT ports on the OADM-P4-R1 module in slot 3 of shelf 2. If applicable, measure the output power with an OPM before and after padding at the 17 OUT, 19 OUT, 21 OUT, and 23 OUT ports on the OADM-P4-R3 module in slot 3 of shelf 2. Record the channel values.

Note

If the OADM-P4-RX module output goes to an RXT-DM-M module, proceed to the next step. If not, proceed to the next chapter. The OADM-P4-RX module output must be padded to meet input specifications of the receive transponders. Add any necessary fixed attenuators to the appropriate OADM-P4-RX module dropped-channel OUT connector. With an OPM, measure the output power at the 9 OUT, 11 OUT, 13 OUT, and 15 OUT ports on the OADM-P4-R1 module in slot 3 of shelf 2 with the pads in place. If applicable, measure the output power with an OPM at the 17 OUT, 19 OUT, 21 OUT, and 23 OUT ports on the OADM-P4-R3 module in slot 3 of shelf 2 with the pads in place. Record the output values.

Step 4

Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

2.5-Gbps Regeneration Site Testing


This section provides the 2.5-Gbps regeneration site test procedures.
Warning

The ONS 15800 system equipment contains Class IIIb laser products. The maximum output power is 50 mW with front access or 100 mW with rear access in the 12601605 nm wavelength range. Laser radiation presents an invisible hazard, so personnel should avoid exposure to the laser beam. Personnel must be qualified in laser safety and must use proper eye protection before working on this equipment.

Caution

When the subrack power is ON, unplugging the amplifiers modules (or removing connectors from those modules) can cause carbonization of the connectors.

Note

A span begins at the output of a TPA-R module in terminal sites and regeneration sites or at the output of an RBA module in OLA sites and OADM sites. A span ends at the input to the first PRE-L module in the next site in the line.

Note

Clean and inspect optical connectors and adapters as described in your company s recommended procedures. If your company does not have these procedures, refer to the supplement titled Optical Connector Cleaning Procedures available from Cisco Customer Service and the Technical Assistance Center.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-50

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 2.5-Gbps Regeneration Site Testing

Two technicians are required for these tests, one at each site. The technicians must be in constant communication while the tests are performed. The recommended procedure for testing span budgets uses OTDR equipment to gain the most accurate measurements.

Regeneration Site to Terminal Site


This section provides the regeneration site to terminal site span testing procedures.

Span Budget Test Using an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify a regeneration site to terminal site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Measure the regeneration site to terminal site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the regeneration site to terminal site span loss. Connect the laser source to the regeneration site to terminal site fiber span at the regeneration site. Measure and record power received at the terminal site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Span Budget Test Without an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify a regeneration site to terminal site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect the OPM to a 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable. Turn on the laser source and record the value that registers on the OPM in mW. Record this value as PBOS. Turn off the laser source and disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the power meter.

Warning

Always remove the input to an amplifier module before disconnecting any of the module outputs in a system. Failure to heed this warning can result in injury.

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the regeneration site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the terminal site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-51

Chapter 5 2.5-Gbps Regeneration Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Step 7

At the regeneration site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the terminal site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the regeneration site, turn on the laser source. At the terminal site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the regeneration site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the regeneration site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the terminal site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.

Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12

Step 13

Step 14 Step 15

Step 16 Step 17

Regeneration Site to Optical Line Amplification Site


This section provides the regeneration site to OLA site span testing procedures.

Span Budget Test Using an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify a regeneration site to OLA site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Measure the regeneration site to OLA site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the regeneration site to OLA site span loss. Connect the laser source to the regeneration site to OLA site fiber span at the regeneration site. Measure and record power received at the OLA site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-52

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 2.5-Gbps Regeneration Site Testing

Step 8

Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Span Budget Test Without an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify a regeneration site to OLA site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect the OPM to a 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable. Turn on the laser source and record the value that registers on the OPM in mW. Record this value as PBOS. Turn off the laser source and disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the power meter.

Warning

Always remove the input to an amplifier module before disconnecting any of the module outputs in a system. Failure to heed this warning can result in injury.

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the regeneration site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the OLA site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the regeneration site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the OLA site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the regeneration site, turn on the laser source. At the OLA site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the regeneration site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the regeneration site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the OLA site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.

Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12

Step 13

Step 14 Step 15

Step 16 Step 17

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-53

Chapter 5 2.5-Gbps Regeneration Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Regeneration Site to Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site


This section provides the regeneration site to OADM site span testing procedures.

Span Budget Test Using an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify a regeneration site to OADM site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Measure the regeneration site to OADM site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the regeneration site to OADM site span loss. Connect the laser source to the regeneration site to OADM site fiber span at the regeneration site. Measure and record power received at the OADM site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Span Budget Test Without an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify a regeneration site to OADM site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect the OPM to a 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable. Turn on the laser source and record the value that registers on the OPM in mW. Record this value as PBOS. Turn off the laser source and disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the power meter.

Warning

Always remove the input to an amplifier module before disconnecting any of the module outputs in a system. Failure to heed this warning can result in injury.

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the regeneration site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the OADM site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the regeneration site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-54

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 2.5-Gbps Regeneration Site Testing

Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12

At the OADM site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the regeneration site, turn on the laser source. At the OADM site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the regeneration site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the regeneration site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the OADM site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.

Step 13

Step 14 Step 15

Step 16 Step 17

PRE-L Module Threshold Test


Use this procedure and data to set PRE-L module thresholds for sites that precede OADM sites.
Step 1 Step 2

Select the PRE-L module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Select the input power item (InPwr1). Change the threshold according to Table 5-13 on the Power Fail item of Alarm Description and apply the change.
Table 5-13 s for Sites That Precede Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites

Span Budget 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

Fail Low -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB

Degrade Low -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-55

Chapter 5 2.5-Gbps Regeneration Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Table 5-13 s for Sites That Precede Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites (continued)

Span Budget 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
Step 3 Step 4 Step 5

Fail Low -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB -32 dB -33 dB -34 dB -35 dB

Degrade Low -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB

Select the PowerDeg item under Alarm Description and change the threshold according to Table 5-13. Apply the change. Save the changes on the Action List tab. Click in the column next to the input power item (Inpwr1) and save the item permanently. Verify that the operation is complete.

Regeneration Site to Regeneration Site


This section provides the regeneration site to regeneration site span testing procedures.

Span Budget Test Using an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify a regeneration site to regeneration site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Measure the regeneration site to regeneration site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the regeneration site to regeneration site span loss.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-56

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 2.5-Gbps Regeneration Site Testing

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Connect the laser source to the regeneration site to regeneration site fiber span at the first regeneration site. Measure and record power received at the second regeneration site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Span Budget Test Without an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify a regeneration site to regeneration site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect the OPM to a 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable. Turn on the laser source and record the value that registers on the OPM in mW. Record this value as PBOS. Turn off the laser source and disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the power meter.

Warning

Always remove the input to an amplifier module before disconnecting any of the module outputs in a system. Failure to heed this warning can result in injury.

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the first regeneration site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the second regeneration site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the first regeneration site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the second regeneration site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the first regeneration site, turn on the laser source. At the second regeneration site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the first regeneration site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS

Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12

Step 13

Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source

Step 14

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-57

Chapter 5 10-Gbps Terminal Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Step 15

At the first regeneration site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the second regeneration site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.

Step 16 Step 17

10-Gbps Terminal Site Testing


This section provides the 10-Gbps terminal site test procedures.
Warning

The ONS 15800 system equipment contains Class IIIb laser products. The maximum output power is 50 mW with front access or 100 mW with rear access in the 12601605 nm wavelength range. Laser radiation presents an invisible hazard, so personnel should avoid exposure to the laser beam. Personnel must be qualified in laser safety and must use proper eye protection before working on this equipment.

Caution

When the subrack power is ON, unplugging the amplifiers modules (or removing connectors from those modules) can cause carbonization of the connectors.

Note

A span begins at the output of a TPA-R module in terminal sites and regeneration sites or at the output of an RBA module in OLA sites and OADM sites. A span ends at the input to the first PRE-L module in the next site in the line.

Note

Clean and inspect optical connectors and adapters as described in your company s recommended procedures. If your company does not have these procedures, refer to the supplement titled Optical Connector Cleaning Procedures available from Cisco Customer Service and the Technical Assistance Center. Two technicians are required for these tests, one at each site. The technicians must be in constant communication while the tests are performed. The recommended procedure for testing span budgets uses OTDR equipment to gain the most accurate measurements.

Terminal Site to Terminal Site


This section provides the terminal site to terminal site span testing procedures.

Span Budget Test Using an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify a terminal site to terminal site fiber span budget with an OTDR.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-58

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 10-Gbps Terminal Site Testing

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Measure the terminal site to terminal site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the terminal site to terminal site span loss. Connect the laser source to the terminal site to terminal site fiber span at the first terminal site. Measure and record power received at the second terminal site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Span Budget Test Without an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify a terminal site to terminal site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect the OPM to a 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable. Turn on the laser source and record the value that registers on the OPM in mW. Record this value as PBOS (Power, beginning of span). Turn off the laser source and disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the power meter.

Warning

Always remove the input to an amplifier module before disconnecting any of the module outputs in a system. Failure to heed this warning can result in injury.

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the first terminal site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the second terminal site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the first terminal site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the second terminal site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the first terminal site, turn on the laser source. At the second terminal site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS (power, end of span). At the first terminal site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS

Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-59

Chapter 5 10-Gbps Terminal Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Step 13

Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the first terminal site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the second terminal site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.

Step 14 Step 15

Step 16 Step 17

OSNR Measurement
This procedure is carried out from terminal site to terminal site in systems without OADM sites. The testing is performed at one end of the span and repeated at the other. Two technicians are required (one at each of the terminal sites being tested).

Measuring Red-Band OSNR for All Systems Without Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites
Test the OSNR of the red-band signals as follows.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5

At one terminal site, verify that all lasers are switched on. If blue-band channels are not present on the system, the TPA-B and BBA module alarms will be present and are considered a normal condition. Verify the power class of the TPA-R module. Reset the class if necessary according to the procedure in the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System. Connect an OSA to the MON R port of the RBA-10G module. Set the OSA center wavelength to 1551 nm. Set the span to 20 nm for the red band. Set the OSA resolution to 0.5 nm. Observe the entire spectrum on the OSA display. Choose the signal that appears to have the worst OSNR and position one marker at the peak of that signal. Place another marker at 0.4 nm on one side of the peak. Verify that the OSNR is within the limits shown in Table 5-14.
Table 5-14 OSNR Pass or Fail Criteria

Bandwidth 0.5 nm 0.2 nm


Step 6 Step 7

OC-48 (no RXT module) 13 dB 17 dB

OC-48 (with RXT module) 10 dB 14 dB

OC-48 OOB-FEC 7 dB 11 dB

OC-192 (no FEC) 17 dB 21 dB

OC-192 (with IB FEB) 16 dB 20 dB

OC-192 OOB-FEC 10 dB 14 dB

Measure the OSNR of all active red-band channels. Record the OSNR. Record an OSA plot of the red-band spectrum at the MON R port of the PRE-L module.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-60

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 10-Gbps Terminal Site Testing

Measuring the Blue-Band OSNR for All Systems Without Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites
Use this procedure to test the blue-band OSNR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

Connect the OSA to the MON B port of the BBA-10G module. Set the OSA center wavelength to 1533 nm. Set the span to 10 nm for the blue band. Observe the entire spectrum on the OSA display. Choose the signal that appears to have the worst OSNR and position one marker at the peak of that signal. Place another marker at 0.4 nm on one side of the peak. Verify that the OSNR is within the limits shown in Table 5-14. Measure the OSNR of all active blue-band channels. Record the values. Record an OSA plot of the blue-band spectrum at the MON B port of the PRE-L module.

Note

Repeat the red-band and blue-band procedures at the opposite terminal site.

Bit Error Rate Test


Use this procedure to test the BER of an OC-192 system. Use two SDH STM-64/SONET 192 test sets for transmit and receive, one at each terminal site.

Note

The optical signal-to-noise ratio must be within specifications before the BER test procedure is performed.

Step 1

At the transmit terminal, using an SDH STM-64/SONET OC-192 test set, apply an input signal to the appropriate transponder module. If necessary, adjust the input signal level by adding an attenuator to meet the module specifications. At the receive terminal, connect the test set receive input to the corresponding demultiplexer channel output. Adjust the test set input level according to manufacturers instructions. If a receive transponder module is used, connect its output to the test set receive input. Connect the transponder module input to the channel OUT port of the demultiplexer. Test all channels for 20 minutes to achieve a BER of 1 x 10-13 or less.

Step 2

Step 3

Terminal Site to Optical Line Amplification Site


This section provides the terminal site to OLA site span testing procedures.

Span Budget Test Using an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify a terminal site to OLA site fiber span budget with an OTDR.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-61

Chapter 5 10-Gbps Terminal Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Measure the terminal site to OLA site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the terminal site to OLA site span loss. Connect the laser source to the terminal site to OLA site fiber span at the terminal site. Measure and record power received at the OLA site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Span Budget Test Without an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify a terminal site to OLA site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect the OPM to a 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable. Turn on the laser source and record the value that registers on the OPM in mW. Record this value as PBOS (Power, beginning of span). Turn off the laser source and disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the power meter.

Warning

Always remove the input to an amplifier module before disconnecting any of the module outputs in a system. Failure to heed this warning can result in injury.

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the terminal site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the OLA site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the terminal site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the OLA site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the terminal site, turn on the laser source. At the OLA site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS (power, end of span). At the terminal site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS

Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-62

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 10-Gbps Terminal Site Testing

Step 13

Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the terminal site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the OLA site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.

Step 14 Step 15 Step 16 Step 17

Terminal Site to Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site


This section provides the terminal site to OADM site span testing procedures.

Span Budget Test Using an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify a terminal site to OADM site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Measure the terminal site to OADM site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the terminal site to OADM site span loss. Connect the laser source to the terminal site to OADM site fiber span at the terminal site. Measure and record power received at the OADM site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Span Budget Test Without an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify a terminal site to OADM site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect the OPM to a 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable. Turn on the laser source and record the value that registers on the OPM in mW. Record this value as PBOS. Turn off the laser source and disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the power meter.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-63

Chapter 5 10-Gbps Terminal Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Warning

Always remove the input to an amplifier module before disconnecting any of the module outputs in a system. Failure to heed this warning can result in injury.

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the terminal site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the OADM site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the terminal site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the OADM site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the terminal site, turn on the laser source. At the OADM site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the terminal site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the terminal site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the OADM site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.

Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12

Step 13

Step 14 Step 15 Step 16 Step 17

PRE-L Module Threshold Test


Use this procedure and data to set PRE-L module thresholds for sites that precede OADM sites.
Step 1 Step 2

Select the PRE-L module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Select the input power item (InPwr1). Change the threshold according to Table 5-15 on the Power Fail item of Alarm Description and apply the change.
Table 5-15 PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Precede Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites

Span Budget 13 14

Fail Low -10 dB -11 dB

Degrade Low -6 dB -7 dB

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-64

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 10-Gbps Terminal Site Testing

Table 5-15 PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Precede Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites

Span Budget 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38

Fail Low -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB -32 dB -33 dB -34 dB -35 dB

Degrade Low -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-65

Chapter 5 10-Gbps Terminal Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Step 3 Step 4 Step 5

Select the PowerDeg item under Alarm Description and change the threshold according to Table 5-15. Apply the change. Save the changes on the Action List tab. Click in the column next to the input power item (Inpwr1) and save the item permanently. Verify that the operation is complete.

Red- and Blue-Band OSNR Measurement


Use this procedure to measure OSNR in a system with OADM functions. Two technicians are needed for this test. One technician performs the tests from the OADM site and the other tests from the remote terminal site. The entire test is to be repeated for the remote terminal site in the other direction. At the OADM site:
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect an OSA to the MON port of the RBA module. Set the OSA center wavelength to 1551 nm. Set the span to 20 nm for the red band. Set the OSA resolution to 0.2 nm. Using the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software, calculate the correct ADA module output power. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for information. Set the correct ADA module output power using the local terminal software. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for information. Record a plot of the red-band spectrum. Connect an OSA to the MON port of the BBA module.

Step 4

Step 5 Step 6

At the remote terminal site:


Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

Set the OSA center wavelength to 1533 nm. Set the span to 10 nm for the blue band. Record a plot of the blue-band spectrum. Connect an OSA to the MON R port of the RBA-10G module. Verify that all transmitted channels are being received by observing the spectral peaks on the OSA. Set the OSA center wavelength to 1551 nm. Set the span to 20 nm for the red band. Set the OSA resolution to 0.5 nm. Observe the entire spectrum on the OSA display. Choose the signal that appears to have the worst OSNR and position one marker at the peak of that signal. Place another marker at 0.4 nm on one side of the center of the OSNR peak. Verify that the OSNR is within the limits shown in Table 5-14. Measure all active red-band channels. Record a plot of the red-band spectrum at the MON R port of the PRE-L module. Connect the OSA to the MON port of the TPA-R module. Record a plot of the red band.

Step 7 Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-66

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 10-Gbps Terminal Site Testing

Step 12 Step 13 Step 14 Step 15 Step 16 Step 17 Step 18

Connect the OSA to the MON B port of the BBA-10G module. Set the OSA center wavelength to 1533 nm. Set the span to 10 nm for the blue band. Check the OSNR for all active blue-band channels. Measure all active blue-band channels. Record a plot of the blue-band spectrum at the MON R port of the PRE-L module. Connect an OSA to the MON port of the TPA-B module. Obtain an OSA plot of the blue-band spectrum.

Terminal Site to Regeneration Site


This section provides the terminal site to regeneration site span testing procedures.

Span Budget Test Using an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify a terminal site to regeneration site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Measure the terminal site to regeneration site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the terminal site to regeneration site span loss. Connect the laser source to the terminal site to regeneration site fiber span at the terminal site. Measure and record power received at the regeneration site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Span Budget Test Without an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify an terminal site to regeneration site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect the OPM to a 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable. Turn on the laser source and record the value that registers on the OPM in mW. Record this value as PBOS. Turn off the laser source and disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the power meter.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-67

Chapter 5 10-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Warning

Always remove the input to an amplifier module before disconnecting any of the module outputs in a system. Failure to heed this warning can result in injury.

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the terminal site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the regeneration site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the terminal site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the regeneration site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the terminal site, turn on the laser source. At the regeneration site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the terminal site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the terminal site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the regeneration site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.

Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12

Step 13

Step 14 Step 15 Step 16 Step 17

10-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Testing


This section provides the 10-Gbps OLA site test procedures.
Warning

The ONS 15800 system equipment contains Class IIIb laser products. The maximum output power is 50 mW with front access or 100 mW with rear access in the 12601605 nm wavelength range. Laser radiation presents an invisible hazard, so personnel should avoid exposure to the laser beam. Personnel must be qualified in laser safety and must use proper eye protection before working on this equipment.

Caution

When the subrack power is ON, unplugging the amplifiers modules (or removing connectors from those modules) can cause carbonization of the connectors.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-68

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 10-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Testing

Note

A span begins at the output of a TPA-R module in terminal sites and regeneration sites or at the output of an RBA module in OLA sites and OADM sites. A span ends at the input to the first PRE-L module in the next site in the line.

Note

Clean and inspect optical connectors and adapters as described in your company s recommended procedures. If your company does not have these procedures, refer to the supplement titled Optical Connector Cleaning Procedures available from Cisco Customer Service and the Technical Assistance Center. Two technicians are required for these tests, one at each site. The technicians must be in constant communication while the tests are performed. The recommended procedure for testing span budgets uses OTDR equipment to gain the most accurate measurements.

Optical Line Amplification Site to Terminal Site


This section provides the OLA site to terminal site span testing procedures.

Span Budget Test Using an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify an OLA site to terminal site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Measure the OLA site to terminal site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the OLA site to terminal site span loss. Connect the laser source to the OLA site to terminal site fiber span at the OLA site. Measure and record power received at the terminal site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Span Budget Test Without an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify an OLA site to terminal site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2

Connect the OPM to a 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable. Turn on the laser source and record the value that registers on the OPM in mW. Record this value as PBOS.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-69

Chapter 5 10-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Step 3

Turn off the laser source and disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the power meter.

Warning

Always remove the input to an amplifier module before disconnecting any of the module outputs in a system. Failure to heed this warning can result in injury.

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the OLA site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the terminal site disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the OLA site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the terminal site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the OLA site, turn on the laser source. At the terminal site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the OLA site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the OLA site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the terminal site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.

Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12

Step 13

Step 14 Step 15 Step 16 Step 17

Optical Line Amplification Site to Optical Line Amplification Site


This section provides the OLA site to OLA site span testing procedures.

Span Budget Test Using an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify an OLA site to OLA site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2

Measure the OLA site to OLA site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-70

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 10-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Testing

Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the OLA site to OLA site span loss. Connect the laser source to the OLA site to OLA site fiber span at the first OLA site. Measure and record power received at the second OLA site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Span Budget Test Without an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify an OLA site to OLA site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect the OPM to a 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable. Turn on the laser source and record the value that registers on the OPM in mW. Record this value as PBOS. Turn off the laser source and disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the power meter.

Warning

Always remove the input to an amplifier module before disconnecting any of the module outputs in a system. Failure to heed this warning can result in injury.

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the first OLA site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the second OLA site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the first OLA site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the second OLA site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the first OLA site, turn on the laser source. At the second OLA site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the first OLA site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source

Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12

Step 13

Step 14

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-71

Chapter 5 10-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Step 15

At the first OLA site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the second OLA site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.

Step 16 Step 17

Optical Line Amplification Site to Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site


This section provides the OLA site to OADM site span testing procedures.

Span Budget Test Using an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify an OLA site to OADM site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Measure the OLA site to OADM site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the OLA site to OADM site span loss. Connect the laser source to the OLA site to OADM site fiber span at the OLA site. Measure and record power received at the OADM site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Span Budget Test Without an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify an OLA site to OADM site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect the OPM to a 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable. Turn on the laser source and record the value that registers on the OPM in mW. Record this value as PBOS. Turn off the laser source and disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the power meter.

Warning

Always remove the input to an amplifier module before disconnecting any of the module outputs in a system. Failure to heed this warning can result in injury.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-72

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 10-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Testing

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the OLA site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the OADM site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the OLA site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the OADM site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the OLA site, turn on the laser source. At the OADM site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the OLA site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the OLA site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the OADM site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.

Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12

Step 13

Step 14 Step 15 Step 16 Step 17

PRE-L Module Threshold Test


Use this procedure and data to set PRE-L module thresholds for sites that precede OADM sites.
Step 1 Step 2

Select the PRE-L module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Select the input power item (InPwr1). Change the threshold according to Table 5-16 on the Power Fail item of Alarm Description and apply the change.
Table 5-16 PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Precede Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites

Span Budget 13 14 15 16 17

Fail Low -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB

Degrade Low -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-73

Chapter 5 10-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Table 5-16 PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Precede Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites

Span Budget 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
Step 3 Step 4 Step 5

Fail Low -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB -32 dB -33 dB -34 dB -35 dB

Degrade Low -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB

Select the PowerDeg item under Alarm Description and change the threshold according to Table 5-16. Apply the change. Save the changes on the Action List tab. Click in the column next to the input power item (Inpwr1) and save the item permanently. Verify that the operation is complete.

Optical Line Amplification Site to Regeneration Site


This section provides the OLA site to regeneration site span testing procedures.

Span Budget Test Using an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify an OLA site to regeneration site fiber span budget with an OTDR.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-74

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 10-Gbps Optical Line Amplification Site Testing

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Measure the OLA site to regeneration site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the OLA site to regeneration site span loss. Connect the laser source to the OLA site to regeneration site fiber span at the OLA site. Measure and record power received at the regeneration site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Span Budget Test Without an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify an OLA site to regeneration site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect the OPM to a 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable. Turn on the laser source and record the value that registers on the OPM in mW. Record this value as PBOS. Turn off the laser source and disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the power meter.

Warning

Always remove the input to an amplifier module before disconnecting any of the module outputs in a system. Failure to heed this warning can result in injury.

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the OLA site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the regeneration site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the OLA site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the regeneration site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the OLA site, turn on the laser source. At the regeneration site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the OLA site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS

Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-75

Chapter 5 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Step 13

Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the OLA site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the regeneration site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.

Step 14 Step 15 Step 16 Step 17

10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing


This section provides the 10-Gbps OADM site test procedures.
Warning

The ONS 15800 system equipment contains Class IIIb laser products. The maximum output power is 50 mW with front access or 100 mW with rear access in the 12601605 nm wavelength range. Laser radiation presents an invisible hazard, so personnel should avoid exposure to the laser beam. Personnel must be qualified in laser safety and must use proper eye protection before working on this equipment.

Caution

When the subrack power is ON, unplugging the amplifiers modules (or removing connectors from those modules) can cause carbonization of the connectors.

Note

A span begins at the output of a TPA-R module in terminal sites and regeneration sites or at the output of an RBA module in OLA sites and OADM sites. A span ends at the input to the first PRE-L module in the next site in the line.

Note

Clean and inspect optical connectors and adapters as described in your company s recommended procedures. If your company does not have these procedures, refer to the supplement titled Optical Connector Cleaning Procedures available from Cisco Customer Service and the Technical Assistance Center. Two technicians are required for these tests, one at each site. The technicians must be in constant communication while the tests are performed. The recommended procedure for testing span budgets uses OTDR equipment to gain the most accurate measurements.

Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site to Terminal Site


This section provides the OADM site to terminal site span testing procedures.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-76

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Span Budget Test Using an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify an OADM site to terminal site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Measure the OADM site to terminal site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the OADM site to terminal site span loss. Connect the laser source to the OADM site to terminal site fiber span at the OADM site. Measure and record power received at the terminal site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Span Budget Test Without an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify an OADM site to terminal site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect the OPM to a 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable. Turn on the laser source and record the value that registers on the OPM in mW. Record this value as PBOS. Turn off the laser source and disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the power meter.

Warning

Always remove the input to an amplifier module before disconnecting any of the module outputs in a system. Failure to heed this warning can result in injury.

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the OADM site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the terminal site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the OADM site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the terminal site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the OADM site, turn on the laser source. At the terminal site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the OADM site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation:

Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-77

Chapter 5 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Span Loss = PBOS PEOS


Step 13

Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the OADM site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the terminal site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.

Step 14 Step 15 Step 16 Step 17

PRE-L Module Threshold Test


The following paragraphs contain the PRE-L module threshold procedures.

PRE-L Module Threshold Test for Sites That Follow Optical Add-Drop SitesFour Channels Added and Dropped
Use this procedure and data to set PRE-L module thresholds for sites that follow OADM sites.

Note

Span loss for PRE-L modules following OADM sites must be determined within 1 dB.

Note

The span loss to be determined includes every loss between the RBA module OUT connection and the PRE-L module IN connection. Select the PRE-L module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Select the input power item (InPwr1) on the Analog I/O tab and select Power Fail under Alarm Description. Change the threshold according to Table 5-17, and apply the change.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Note

This threshold adjustment applies to PRE-L modules directly following OADM sites.
Table 5-17 PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Follow Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites

Span 13 14 15 16 17

Power Fail Low1 -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB

Power Degrade Low2 -4 dB -5 dB -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-78

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Table 5-17 PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Follow Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites

Span 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38

Power Fail Low1 -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB

Power Degrade Low2 -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB

1. Maximum power in the fiber when the line is down, including PRE-L module red band and blue band from the previous span, the ADA output power, and the LSM-W module output power 2. Minimum power available on the blue band with a 1 dB margin

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

Select Power Deg under Alarm Description, and modify the value according to Table 5-17. Apply the value and save the value. Click beside the input power item (Inpwr1) and store the item permanently. Verify that the storage procedure is complete.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-79

Chapter 5 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

PRE-L Module Threshold Test for Sites That Follow Optical Add-Drop SitesFull Blue Band Demultiplexing
Use this procedure and data to set PRE-L module thresholds for modules that directly follow OADM sites with full blue-band demultiplexing.

Note

Span loss for PRE-L modules following OADM sites must be determined within 1 dB.

Note

The span loss to be determined includes every loss between the RBA module OUT connection and the PRE-L module IN connection. Select the PRE-L module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Select the input power item (InPwr1) of the module. Select the BATMOD item of Alarm Description, and change the threshold value according to Table 5-18. Apply the value.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Note

This threshold adjustment applies to PRE-L modules directly following OADM sites with full blue-band demultiplexing.
Table 5-18 PRE-L Module Thresholds for All Sites That Follow-Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites With Full Blue-Band Demultiplexing

Span 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29

Power Fail Low1 -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB

Power Degrade Low2 -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-80

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Table 5-18 PRE-L Module Thresholds for All Sites That Follow-Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites With Full Blue-Band Demultiplexing (continued)

Span 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38

Power Fail Low1 -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB -32 dB -33 dB

Power Degrade Low2 -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB

1. Maximum power in the fiber when the line is down, including PRE-L module red band and blue band from the previous span, the ADA output power, and the LSM-W module output power 2. Minimum power available on the blue band with a 1 dB margin

Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Select the Power Deg item under Alarm Description and change the threshold value according to Table 5-18. Apply the change. Save the change. Click beside the input power item (InPwr1 ) and save the change permanently. Verify that the change is saved.

PRed- and Blue-Band OSNR Measurement


Use this procedure to measure OSNR in a system with OADM functions. Two technicians are needed for this test. One technician performs the tests from the OADM site and the other tests from the remote terminal site. The entire test is to be repeated for the remote terminal site in the other direction. At the OADM site:
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect an OSA to the MON port of the RBA module. Set the OSA center wavelength to 1551 nm. Set the span to 20 nm for the red band. Set the OSA resolution to 0.2 nm. Using the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software, calculate the correct ADA module output power. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for information. Set the correct ADA module output power using the local terminal software. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for information. Record a plot of the red-band spectrum. Connect an OSA to the MON port of the BBA module.

Step 4

Step 5 Step 6

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-81

Chapter 5 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

At the remote terminal site:


Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

Set the OSA center wavelength to 1533 nm. Set the span to 10 nm for the blue band. Record a plot of the blue-band spectrum. Connect an OSA to the MON R port of the RBA-10G module. Verify that all transmitted channels are being received by observing the spectral peaks on the OSA. Set the OSA center wavelength to 1551 nm. Set the span to 20 nm for the red band. Set the OSA resolution to 0.5 nm. Observe the entire spectrum on the OSA display. Choose the signal that appears to have the worst OSNR and position one marker at the peak of that signal. Place another marker at 0.4 nm on one side of the center of the OSNR peak. Verify that the OSNR is within the limits shown in Table 5-14. Measure all active red-band channels. Record a plot of the red-band spectrum at the MON R port of the PRE-L module. Connect the OSA to the MON port of the TPA-R module. Record a plot of the red band. Connect the OSA to the MON B port of the BBA-10G module. Set the OSA center wavelength to 1533 nm. Set the span to 10 nm for the blue band. Check the OSNR for all active blue-band channels. Measure all active blue-band channels. Record a plot of the blue-band spectrum at the MON R port of the PRE-L module. Connect an OSA to the MON port of the TPA-B module. Obtain an OSA plot of the blue-band spectrum.

Step 7 Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12 Step 13 Step 14 Step 15 Step 16 Step 17 Step 18

Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site to Optical Line Amplification Site


This section provides the OADM site to OLA site span testing procedures.

Span Budget Test Using an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify an OADM site to OLA site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5

Measure the OADM site to OLA site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the OADM site to OLA site span loss. Connect the laser source to the OADM site to OLA site fiber span at the OADM site. Measure and record power received at the OLA site.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-82

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Span Budget Test Without an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify an OADM site to OLA site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect the OPM to a 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable. Turn on the laser source and record the value that registers on the OPM in mW. Record this value as PBOS. Turn off the laser source and disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the power meter.

Warning

Always remove the input to an amplifier module before disconnecting any of the module outputs in a system. Failure to heed this warning can result in injury.

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the OADM site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the OLA site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the OADM site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the OLA site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the OADM site, turn on the laser source. At the OLA site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the OADM site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the OADM site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module.

Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12

Step 13

Step 14 Step 15 Step 16

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-83

Chapter 5 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Step 17

At the OLA site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.

PRE-L Module Threshold Test


The following paragraphs contain the PRE-L module threshold procedures.

PRE-L Module Threshold Test for Sites That Follow Optical Add-Drop SitesFour Channels Added and Dropped
Use this procedure and data to set PRE-L module thresholds for sites that follow OADM sites.

Note

Span loss for PRE-L modules following OADM sites must be determined within 1 dB.

Note

The span loss to be determined includes every loss between the RBA module OUT connection and the PRE-L module IN connection.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Select the PRE-L module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Select the input power item (InPwr1) on the Analog I/O tab and select Power Fail under Alarm Description. Change the threshold according to Table 5-19, and apply the change.

Note

This threshold adjustment applies to PRE-L modules directly following OADM sites.
Table 5-19 PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Follow Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites

Span 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

Power Fail Low1 -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB

Power Degrade Low2 -4 dB -5 dB -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-84

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Table 5-19 PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Follow Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites

Span 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38

Power Fail Low1 -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB

Power Degrade Low2 -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB

1. Maximum power in the fiber when the line is down, including PRE-L module red band and blue band from the previous span, the ADA output power, and the LSM-W module output power 2. Minimum power available on the blue band with a 1 dB margin

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

Select Power Deg under Alarm Description, and modify the value according to Table 5-19. Apply the value and save the value. Click beside the input power item (Inpwr1) and store the item permanently. Verify that the storage procedure is complete.

PRE-L Module Threshold Test for Sites That Follow Optical Add-Drop SitesFull Blue Band Demultiplexing
Use this procedure and data to set PRE-L module thresholds for modules that directly follow OADM sites with full blue-band demultiplexing.

Note

Span loss for PRE-L modules following OADM sites must be determined within 1 dB.

Note

The span loss to be determined includes every loss between the RBA module OUT connection and the PRE-L module IN connection.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Select the PRE-L module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Select the input power item (InPwr1) of the module. Select the BATMOD item of Alarm Description, and change the threshold value according to Table 5-20. Apply the value.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-85

Chapter 5 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Note

This threshold adjustment applies to PRE-L modules directly following OADM sites with full blue-band demultiplexing.
Table 5-20 PRE-L Module Thresholds for All Sites That Follow-Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites With Full Blue-Band Demultiplexing

Span 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38

Power Fail Low1 -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB -32 dB -33 dB

Power Degrade Low2 -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB

1. Maximum power in the fiber when the line is down, including PRE-L module red band and blue band from the previous span, the ADA output power, and the LSM-W module output power 2. Minimum power available on the blue band with a 1 dB margin

Step 5 Step 6

Select the Power Deg item under Alarm Description and change the threshold value according to Table 5-20. Apply the change.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-86

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Step 7

Save the change. Click beside the input power item (InPwr1 ) and save the change permanently. Verify that the change is saved.

Red- and Blue-Band OSNR Measurement


Use this procedure to measure OSNR in a system with OADM functions. Two technicians are needed for this test. One technician performs the tests from the OADM site and the other tests from the remote terminal site. The entire test is to be repeated for the remote terminal site in the other direction. At the OADM site:
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect an OSA to the MON port of the RBA module. Set the OSA center wavelength to 1551 nm. Set the span to 20 nm for the red band. Set the OSA resolution to 0.2 nm. Using the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit software, calculate the correct ADA module output power. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Tool Kit Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for information. Set the correct ADA module output power using the local terminal software. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for information. Record a plot of the red-band spectrum. Connect an OSA to the MON port of the BBA module.

Step 4

Step 5 Step 6

At the remote terminal site:


Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

Set the OSA center wavelength to 1533 nm. Set the span to 10 nm for the blue band. Record a plot of the blue-band spectrum. Connect an OSA to the MON R port of the RBA-10G module. Verify that all transmitted channels are being received by observing the spectral peaks on the OSA. Set the OSA center wavelength to 1551 nm. Set the span to 20 nm for the red band. Set the OSA resolution to 0.5 nm. Observe the entire spectrum on the OSA display. Choose the signal that appears to have the worst OSNR and position one marker at the peak of that signal. Place another marker at 0.4 nm on one side of the center of the OSNR peak. Verify that the OSNR is within the limits shown in Table 5-14. Measure all active red-band channels. Record a plot of the red-band spectrum at the MON R port of the PRE-L module. Connect the OSA to the MON port of the TPA-R module. Record a plot of the red band. Connect the OSA to the MON B port of the BBA-10G module. Set the OSA center wavelength to 1533 nm. Set the span to 10 nm for the blue band.

Step 7 Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12 Step 13

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-87

Chapter 5 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Step 14 Step 15 Step 16 Step 17 Step 18

Check the OSNR for all active blue-band channels. Measure all active blue-band channels. Record a plot of the blue-band spectrum at the MON R port of the PRE-L module. Connect an OSA to the MON port of the TPA-B module. Obtain an OSA plot of the blue-band spectrum.

Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site to Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site


This section provides the OADM site to OADM site span testing procedures.

Span Budget Test Using an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify an OADM site to OADM site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Measure the OADM site to OADM site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the OADM site to OADM site span loss. Connect the laser source to the OADM site to OADM site fiber span at the first OADM site. Measure and record power received at the second OADM site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Span Budget Test Without an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify an OADM site to OADM site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect the OPM to a 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable. Turn on the laser source and record the value that registers on the OPM in mW. Record this value as PBOS. Turn off the laser source and disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the power meter.

Warning

Always remove the input to an amplifier module before disconnecting any of the module outputs in a system. Failure to heed this warning can result in injury.

Step 4

Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-88

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

At the first OADM site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the second OADM site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the first OADM site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the second OADM site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the first OADM site, turn on the laser source. At the second OADM site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the first OADM site, turn off the laser source.

Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-89

Chapter 5 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Step 12

Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS

Step 13

Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the first OADM site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the second OADM site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.

Step 14 Step 15

Step 16 Step 17

PRE-L Module Threshold Test


Use this procedure and data to set PRE-L module thresholds for sites that precede OADM sites.
Step 1 Step 2

Select the PRE-L module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Select the input power item (InPwr1). Change the threshold according to Table 5-21 on the Power Fail item of Alarm Description and apply the change.
Table 5-21 PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Precede Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites

Span Budget 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

Fail Low -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB

Degrade Low -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-90

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Table 5-21 PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Precede Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites

Span Budget 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
Step 3 Step 4 Step 5

Fail Low -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB -32 dB -33 dB -34 dB -35 dB

Degrade Low -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB

Select the PowerDeg item under Alarm Description and change the threshold according to Table 5-21. Apply the change. Save the changes on the Action List tab. Click in the column next to the input power item (Inpwr1) and save the item permanently. Verify that the operation is complete.

Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site to Regeneration Site


This section provides the OADM site to regeneration site span testing procedures.

Span Budget Test Using an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify an OADM site to regeneration site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Measure the OADM site to regeneration site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the OADM site to regeneration site span loss. Connect the laser source to the OADM site to regeneration site fiber span at the OADM site. Measure and record power received at the regeneration site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-91

Chapter 5 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Step 8

Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Span Budget Test Without an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify an OADM site to regeneration site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect the OPM to a 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable. Turn on the laser source and record the value that registers on the OPM in mW. Record this value as PBOS. Turn off the laser source and disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the power meter.

Warning

Always remove the input to an amplifier module before disconnecting any of the module outputs in a system. Failure to heed this warning can result in injury.

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the OADM site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the regeneration site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the OADM site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the regeneration site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the OADM site, turn on the laser source. At the regeneration site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the OADM site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the OADM site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the regeneration site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.

Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12

Step 13

Step 14 Step 15 Step 16 Step 17

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-92

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

PRE-L Module Threshold Test


The following paragraphs contain the PRE-L module threshold procedures.

PRE-L Module Threshold Test for Sites That Follow Optical Add-Drop SitesFour Channels Added and Dropped
Use this procedure and data to set PRE-L module thresholds for sites that follow OADM sites.

Note

Span loss for PRE-L modules following OADM sites must be determined within 1 dB.

Note

The span loss to be determined includes every loss between the RBA module OUT connection and the PRE-L module IN connection. Select the PRE-L module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Select the input power item (InPwr1) on the Analog I/O tab and select Power Fail under Alarm Description. Change the threshold according to Table 5-22, and apply the change.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Note

This threshold adjustment applies to PRE-L modules directly following OADM sites.
Table 5-22 PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Follow Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites

Span 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29

Power Fail Low1 -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB

Power Degrade Low2 -4 dB -5 dB -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-93

Chapter 5 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Table 5-22 PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Follow Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites

Span 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38

Power Fail Low1 -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB

Power Degrade Low2 -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB

1. Maximum power in the fiber when the line is down, including PRE-L module red band and blue band from the previous span, the ADA output power, and the LSM-W module output power 2. Minimum power available on the blue band with a 1 dB margin

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

Select Power Deg under Alarm Description, and modify the value according to Table 5-22. Apply the value and save the value. Click beside the input power item (Inpwr1) and store the item permanently. Verify that the storage procedure is complete.

PRE-L Module Threshold Test for Sites That Follow Optical Add-Drop SitesFull Blue Band Demultiplexing
Use this procedure and data to set PRE-L module thresholds for modules that directly follow OADM sites with full blue-band demultiplexing.

Note

Span loss for PRE-L modules following OADM sites must be determined within 1 dB.

Note

The span loss to be determined includes every loss between the RBA module OUT connection and the PRE-L module IN connection. Select the PRE-L module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Select the input power item (InPwr1) of the module. Select the BATMOD item of Alarm Description, and change the threshold value according to Table 5-23. Apply the value.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Note

This threshold adjustment applies to PRE-L modules directly following OADM sites with full blue-band demultiplexing.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-94

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Table 5-23 PRE-L Module Thresholds for All Sites That Follow-Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites With Full Blue-Band Demultiplexing

Span 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38

Power Fail Low1 -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB -32 dB -33 dB

Power Degrade Low2 -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB

1. Maximum power in the fiber when the line is down, including PRE-L module red band and blue band from the previous span, the ADA output power, and the LSM-W module output power 2. Minimum power available on the blue band with a 1 dB margin

Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Select the Power Deg item under Alarm Description and change the threshold value according to Table 5-23. Apply the change. Save the change. Click beside the input power item (InPwr1 ) and save the change permanently. Verify that the change is saved.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-95

Chapter 5 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Channel Output Power Measurement


The procedures in this section are used to measure output power of isolated channels and dropped channels.

Measuring East-to-West Isolated-Channel Output Power


Use this procedure to check output power of east-to-west isolated channels at OADM sites.

Note

Perform the following steps only on OADM sites. Remove ADA module input from the OADM-P4-Rx module to remove the added channels. Turn on the laser of the TPA-R module of the terminal site or the RBA module inserted in an OADM site using the local terminal software Safety Override command. Connect the OSA to the MON R port of the PRE-L module in slot 1 (Figure 5-6).
Figure 5-6 East-to-West Site Connections for Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites
East-to-west Slot 1 PRE-L MON MON B R Slot 2 RBA Slot 3 BBA Slot 4 PRE-L MON MON B R West-to-east Slot 5 RBA Slot 6 BBA

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

IN

MON OUT

MON

IN

MON OUT

MON

Optical spectrum analyzer

Optical fiber jumper cable

Step 4 Step 5

Record the PRE-L module MON levels of channels 9, 11, 13, and 15 for the OADM-P4-R1 module, or channels 17, 19, 21, and 23 for the OADM-P4-R3 module. If available, record an OSA plot of the levels. Figure 5-7 shows a sample plot.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-96

69023

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Figure 5-7

Sample OSA Plot for PRE-L Module MON Port Channels

Step 6 Step 7 Step 8 Step 9

Remove the OSA from the MON port of the PRE-L module in slot 1. Connect the OSA to the MON port of the OADM-P4-Rx module in slot 1 of shelf 2. Record the OADM-P4-R1 module MON levels for channels 9, 11, 13, and 15. If applicable, record the OADM-P4-R3 module MON levels of channels 17, 19, 21, and 23. If available, record an OSA plot of the levels. Figure 5-8 shows a typical plot with noise floor levels.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-97

Chapter 5 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Figure 5-8

Typical Spectrum Analyzer Plot Showing Noise Floor

Step 10 Step 11

For each channel, subtract the OADM-P4-RX module MON reading from the PRE-L module MON R reading. Record the values.

Note

The difference between the peak of the adjacent channel and the notch of the dropped channel should be greater than 25 dB.

Measuring East-to-West Dropped-Channel Output Power


Use this procedure to check the output power of dropped channels.

Note

This procedure is performed only on OADM sites.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

With an OPM, measure the output at the 9 OUT, 11 OUT, 13 OUT, and 15 OUT ports on the OADM-P4-R1 module in slot 1 of shelf 2. If applicable, measure the output with an OPM at the 17 OUT, 19 OUT, 21 OUT, and 23 OUT ports on OADM-P4-R3 module in slot 1 of shelf 2. Record the values on.

Note

If the OADM-P4-RX module output goes to an RXT-DM-M module, proceed to the next step. If not, proceed to the next chapter.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-98

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Step 4

The OADM-P4-RX module output must be padded to meet input specifications of the receive transponders. Add any necessary fixed attenuators to the appropriate OADM-P4-RX module dropped-channel OUT connector. With an OPM, measure the output power at the 9 OUT, 11 OUT, 13 OUT, and 15 OUT ports on the OADM-P4-R1 module in slot 1 of shelf 2 with the pads in place. If applicable, measure the output with an OPM at the 17 OUT, 19 OUT, 21 OUT, and 23 OUT ports on the OADM-P4-R3 module in slot 1 of shelf 2 with the pads in place. Record the output values.

Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Measuring West-to-East Isolated-Channel Output Power


Use this procedure to measure the output power of isolated channels at west-to-east OADM sites.

Note

No inserted channels should be present.

Note

This procedure is performed only at OADM sites. Remove the ADA input to the OADM-P4-RX module to remove the inserted channels. Connect the OSA to the MON R port of the PRE-L module in slot 4 (Figure 5-9).

Step 1 Step 2

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-99

Chapter 5 10-Gbps Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Figure 5-9

West-to-East Isolated-Channel Measurement Setup


East-to-west West-to-east Slot 3 BBA Slot 4 PRE-L
MON MON B R

Slot 1 PRE-L
MON MON B R

Slot 2 RBA

Slot 5 RBA

Slot 6 BBA

IN

MON OUT

MON

IN

MON OUT

MON

Optical spectrum analyzer

Optical fiber jumper cable

Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8 Step 9

Record the levels of channels 9, 11, 13, and 15 (OADM-P4-R1), or channels 17, 19, 21, and 23 (OADM-P4-R3). If available, record an OSA plot of the levels. Remove OSA from the PRE-L module in slot 4 IN port and connect it to the MON port of the OADM-P4-RX module in slot 3 of shelf 2. Record the levels of channels 9, 11, 13, and 15 (OADM-P4-R1), or channels 17, 19, 21, and 23 (OADM-P4-R3). If available, record an OSA plot of the levels. For each channel, subtract the PRE-L module MON R reading from the OADM module MON reading. Record the channel values.

Note

The difference between the two readings for each channel should be greater than 25 dB.

Measuring West-to-East Dropped-Channel Output Power


Use this procedure to measure output power of west-to-east dropped channels.

Note

The following procedure is performed only on OADM sites.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-100

69024

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 10-Gbps Regeneration Site Testing

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

With an OPM, measure the output power before and after padding at the 9 OUT, 11 OUT, 13 OUT, and 15 OUT ports on the OADM-P4-R1 module in slot 3 of shelf 2. If applicable, measure the output power with an OPM before and after padding at the 17 OUT, 19 OUT, 21 OUT, and 23 OUT ports on the OADM-P4-R3 module in slot 3 of shelf 2. Record the channel values.

Note

If the OADM-P4-RX module output goes to an RXT-DM-M module, proceed to the next step. If not, proceed to the next chapter. The OADM-P4-RX module output must be padded to meet input specifications of the receive transponders. Add any necessary fixed attenuators to the appropriate OADM-P4-RX module dropped-channel OUT connector. With an OPM, measure the output power at the 9 OUT, 11 OUT, 13 OUT, and 15 OUT ports on the OADM-P4-R1 module in slot 3 of shelf 2 with the pads in place. If applicable, measure the output power with an OPM at the 17 OUT, 19 OUT, 21 OUT, and 23 OUT ports on the OADM-P4-R3 module in slot 3 of shelf 2 with the pads in place. Record the output values.

Step 4

Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

ADA Module Output Power Test


This procedure must be performed after the amplifiers power regulation as specified in previous chapter.
Step 1 Step 2

Connect an OSA to RBA module MON port. Measure the power of added channels (9, 11, 13, and 15 for OADM-P4-R1) or (17, 19, 21, and 23 for OADM-P4-R3) and the power of adjacent channels (10, 12, 14, and 16 for OADM-P4-R1) and 18, 20, 22, and 24 for OADM-P4-R3). If each added channel has a power level within 3dB with respect to the adjacent channel of the ADA it is then well regulated. If there are added channels with a power level lower than 3 dB with respect to the adjacent channel then unplug the ADA and remove the 3 dB attenuator at the OADM ADA IN port and then recheck the channel power level. If there are added channels with a power level greater than 3 dB with respect to the adjacent channel reduce the ADA output power setting by 3 dBm using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software. If the ADA output is already at this minimum power output level (+5 dBm) then increase the attenuation at the OADM ADA IN port (5 dB).

Step 3 Step 4

Step 5

10-Gbps Regeneration Site Testing


This section provides the 10-Gbps regeneration site test procedures.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-101

Chapter 5 10-Gbps Regeneration Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Warning

The ONS 15800 system equipment contains Class IIIb laser products. The maximum output power is 50 mW with front access or 100 mW with rear access in the 12601605 nm wavelength range. Laser radiation presents an invisible hazard, so personnel should avoid exposure to the laser beam. Personnel must be qualified in laser safety and must use proper eye protection before working on this equipment.

Caution

When the subrack power is ON, unplugging the amplifiers modules (or removing connectors from those modules) can cause carbonization of the connectors.

Note

A span begins at the output of a TPA-R module in terminal sites and regeneration sites or at the output of an RBA module in OLA sites and OADM sites. A span ends at the input to the first PRE-L module in the next site in the line.

Note

Clean and inspect optical connectors and adapters as described in your company s recommended procedures. If your company does not have these procedures, refer to the supplement titled Optical Connector Cleaning Procedures available from Cisco Customer Service and the Technical Assistance Center. Two technicians are required for these tests, one at each site. The technicians must be in constant communication while the tests are performed. The recommended procedure for testing span budgets uses OTDR equipment to gain the most accurate measurements.

Regeneration Site to Terminal Site


This section provides the regeneration site to terminal site span testing procedures.

Span Budget Test Using an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify a regeneration site to terminal site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Measure the regeneration site to terminal site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the regeneration site to terminal site span loss. Connect the laser source to the regeneration site to terminal site fiber span at the regeneration site. Measure and record power received at the terminal site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-102

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 10-Gbps Regeneration Site Testing

Step 8

Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Span Budget Test Without an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify a regeneration site to terminal site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect the OPM to a 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable. Turn on the laser source and record the value that registers on the OPM in mW. Record this value as PBOS. Turn off the laser source and disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the power meter.

Warning

Always remove the input to an amplifier module before disconnecting any of the module outputs in a system. Failure to heed this warning can result in injury.

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the regeneration site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the terminal site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the regeneration site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the terminal site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the regeneration site, turn on the laser source. At the terminal site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the regeneration site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the regeneration site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the terminal site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.

Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12

Step 13

Step 14 Step 15

Step 16 Step 17

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-103

Chapter 5 10-Gbps Regeneration Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Regeneration Site to Optical Line Amplification Site


This section provides the regeneration site to OLA site span testing procedures.

Span Budget Test Using an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify a regeneration site to OLA site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Measure the regeneration site to OLA site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the regeneration site to OLA site span loss. Connect the laser source to the regeneration site to OLA site fiber span at the regeneration site. Measure and record power received at the OLA site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Span Budget Test Without an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify a regeneration site to OLA site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect the OPM to a 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable. Turn on the laser source and record the value that registers on the OPM in mW. Record this value as PBOS. Turn off the laser source and disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the power meter.

Warning

Always remove the input to an amplifier module before disconnecting any of the module outputs in a system. Failure to heed this warning can result in injury.

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the regeneration site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the OLA site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the regeneration site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the OLA site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM.

Step 8

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-104

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 10-Gbps Regeneration Site Testing

Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12

At the regeneration site, turn on the laser source. At the OLA site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the regeneration site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS

Step 13

Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the regeneration site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the OLA site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.

Step 14 Step 15

Step 16 Step 17

Regeneration Site to Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site


This section provides the regeneration site to OADM site span testing procedures.

Span Budget Test Using an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify a regeneration site to OADM site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Measure the regeneration site to OADM site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the regeneration site to OADM site span loss. Connect the laser source to the regeneration site to OADM site fiber span at the regeneration site. Measure and record power received at the OADM site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-105

Chapter 5 10-Gbps Regeneration Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Span Budget Test Without an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify a regeneration site to OADM site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect the OPM to a 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable. Turn on the laser source and record the value that registers on the OPM in mW. Record this value as PBOS. Turn off the laser source and disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the power meter.

Warning

Always remove the input to an amplifier module before disconnecting any of the module outputs in a system. Failure to heed this warning can result in injury.

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections. At the regeneration site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the OADM site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the regeneration site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the OADM site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the regeneration site, turn on the laser source. At the OADM site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the regeneration site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the regeneration site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the OADM site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.

Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12

Step 13

Step 14 Step 15

Step 16 Step 17

PRE-L Module Threshold Test


Use this procedure and data to set PRE-L module thresholds for sites that precede OADM sites.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-106

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 10-Gbps Regeneration Site Testing

Step 1 Step 2

Select the PRE-L module on the local terminal software Network Element screen. Select the input power item (InPwr1). Change the threshold according to Table 5-24 on the Power Fail item of Alarm Description and apply the change.
Table 5-24 PRE-L Module Thresholds for Sites That Precede Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Sites

Span Budget 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
Step 3 Step 4

Fail Low -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB -32 dB -33 dB -34 dB -35 dB

Degrade Low -6 dB -7 dB -8 dB -9 dB -10 dB -11 dB -12 dB -13 dB -14 dB -15 dB -16 dB -17 dB -18 dB -19 dB -20 dB -21 dB -22 dB -23 dB -24 dB -25 dB -26 dB -27 dB -28 dB -29 dB -30 dB -31 dB

Select the PowerDeg item under Alarm Description and change the threshold according to Table 5-24. Apply the change. Save the changes on the Action List tab.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-107

Chapter 5 10-Gbps Regeneration Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Step 5

Click in the column next to the input power item (Inpwr1) and save the item permanently. Verify that the operation is complete.

Regeneration Site to Regeneration Site


This section provides the regeneration site to regeneration site span testing procedures.

Span Budget Test Using an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify a regeneration site to regeneration site fiber span budget with an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Measure the regeneration site to regeneration site fiber span with the OTDR to check for bad connectors, pinched fibers, etc. Record the OTDR length and loss values. Measure and record the output power of the 1550-nm laser source to be used to test the regeneration site to regeneration site span loss. Connect the laser source to the regeneration site to regeneration site fiber span at the first regeneration site. Measure and record power received at the second regeneration site. Subtract the two measurements to calculate the loss of the fiber span. Compare the calculated loss value with the loss value obtained from the OTDR. The calculated value should be within 2 dB of the OTDR value. Compare the calculated loss value with the desired loss value obtained from Cisco Photonics for the route being tested.

Span Budget Test Without an OTDR


Use this procedure to test and verify a regeneration site to regeneration site fiber span budget without an OTDR.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Connect the OPM to a 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable. Turn on the laser source and record the value that registers on the OPM in mW. Record this value as PBOS. Turn off the laser source and disconnect the optical fiber jumper cable from the power meter.

Warning

Always remove the input to an amplifier module before disconnecting any of the module outputs in a system. Failure to heed this warning can result in injury.

Step 4

Label all plant fiber connections to avoid mistakes when replacing connections.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-108

78-13120-02

Chapter 5

Site-to-Site Testing 10-Gbps Regeneration Site Testing

Step 5 Step 6 Step 7

At the first regeneration site, disconnect the outside plant fiber from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. At the second regeneration site, disconnect the outside plant fiber connected to the IN port of the PRE-L module to shut down amplifier modules and ensure the safety of personnel. At the first regeneration site, locate the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier. Connect this outside plant fiber to the 1550-nm laser source with an optical fiber jumper cable and an FC/FC bulkhead optical connector. At the second regeneration site, locate the outside plant fiber that was disconnected from the IN port of the PRE-L module. Connect this fiber to the OPM. At the first regeneration site, turn on the laser source. At the second regeneration site, read the value on the power meter and record the value as PEOS. At the first regeneration site, turn off the laser source. Calculate the span loss using the following equation: Span Loss = PBOS PEOS

Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12

Step 13

Compare the calculated span loss with the desired span loss obtained from the route-specific engineering documentation. If the calculated value is more than 2 dB higher than the desired value, inspect the span for bad connectors, pinched fibers, or other problems. Disconnect the outside plant fiber from the laser source At the first regeneration site, add any necessary fixed attenuation to the outside plant fiber disconnected from the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module to bring the calculated value within 1 dB of the desired value. Connect the outside plant fiber with any added attenuators to the OUT port of the transmit amplifier module. At the second regeneration site, disconnect the OPM from the outside plant fiber and reconnect the fiber to the IN port of the PRE-L module.

Step 14 Step 15

Step 16 Step 17

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

5-109

Chapter 5 10-Gbps Regeneration Site Testing

Site-to-Site Testing

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

5-110

78-13120-02

C H A P T E R

Site Uninstall
Use the procedures in this chapter if the ONS 15800 system equipment does not meet the testing specifications in Chapter 4, Site Setup and Test, and Chapter 5, Site-to-Site Testing. The procedures are used to verify equipment operation or performance and to guide uninstalling the system if deemed necessary by site engineering personnel.

Tools and Test Equipment Required


This section lists the tools and test equipment that are required to test and uninstall the ONS 15800 system.

Tools
To perform the uninstall procedure, the following tools are required:

Standard installation tools Standard electrical tools

Test Equipment
To perform the pretest procedures, the following test equipment is required:

Optical spectrum analyzer (OSA) Optical power meter (OPM)

The following items should be available, but are not required:


Optical loss test set Optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR)

2.5 Gbps Site Uninstall


Perform the following procedures to verify the system equipment operation prior to uninstalling the system.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

6-1

Chapter 6 2.5 Gbps Site Uninstall

Site Uninstall

Note

Prior to performing any setup or test procedure, disconnect all optical fiber jumper cables from input (IN), output (OUT), and monitoring (MON) ports.

Terminal Site
Perform the following test procedures to verify each terminal site in the ONS 15800 system.

Test Setup
Complete the following test setup for each terminal site before starting the uninstall test procedure:
Step 1 Step 2

Complete an ONS 15800 Site Inventory form. Use the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software to connect to the system being tested. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for step-by-step instructions.

Note Step 3 Step 4

Refer to vendor documentation for OPM operation procedures. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the TPA-R module OUT port. Connect the other end to the OPM. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the 24WM-R module MON port and the other end to the PRE-L module IN port.

Note Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Refer to vendor documentation for OSA operation procedures. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the PRE-L module MON port and the other end to the OSA. Use the OSA to verify that all installed channels are present and meet OSNR specifications. Save the resulting OSA plot. After all readings have been taken and are within the range specified, remove the optical input fiber jumper cables from the PRE-L module IN port and MON port.

Uninstall Test
After finishing the test setup procedure, complete the following uninstall test procedure for each terminal site.
Step 1 Step 2

To record the 8WM-B module output power, measure the value of the TPA-B module input power using the local terminal software. Perform the following steps to record the 24WM-R module output power:
a.

Remove the LSM-W module from the subrack.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

6-2

78-13120-02

Chapter 6

Site Uninstall 2.5 Gbps Site Uninstall

b. c. d. e. Step 3

Remove the TPA-B module. Measure and record the TPA-R module input power using the local terminal software. The TPA-R module input power is the output of the 24WM-R module. Reinstall the LSM-W module in the subrack. Reinstall the TPA-B module.

Perform the following steps to record the OSC output power:


a. b. c.

Connect an OPM to the TPA-R module OUT port using an optical fiber jumper cable. Measure and record the output power of the TPA-R module using the OPM. Verify that the TPA-R module OSC reading in dBm is within the OSC range specified in Table 6-1.
Output Power Range of TPA-R Module

Table 6-1

Output Power (dBm)1 Module TPA-R Red-band-only Class HIGH Class MID Class LOW Blue-band-only Class HIGH Class MID Class LOW TPA-R OSC-only +11 +9.5 +7.5 +0.5 +14.25 +13 +11 +16 +14.5 +12.5 +6.5 +15.5 +13 +10 +16.25 +14 +11 +17.5 +15 +12 Min. Nom. Max.

1. Values for 32 channels, nominal system configuration.

Step 4

Perform the following steps to record the TPA-R module combined red-band and blue-band output power:
a. b. c.

Remove the LSM-W module from the subrack. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the 24WM-R module MON port and the other end to the PRE-L module IN port. Measure and record the combined TPA-R module output power using the local terminal software. Remove the TPA-B module from the subrack. Measure and record the TPA-R module output power using the local terminal software. Reinstall the TPA-B module into the subrack.

Step 5

Perform the following steps to record the TPA-R module output power (red band):
a. b. c.

Step 6 Step 7 Step 8 Step 9

Record the output power of the 8WD-B module and 24WD-R module of each of the multiplexed channels. Measure and record the output power of the PRE-L module blue band using the local terminal software. Measure and record the output power of the PRE-L module red band using the local terminal software. Measure and record the output power of the RBA module using the local terminal software.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

6-3

Chapter 6 2.5 Gbps Site Uninstall

Site Uninstall

Step 10 Step 11

Measure and record the output power of the BBA module using the local terminal software. Remove the optical input fiber jumper cable from the PRE-L module IN port.

Proceed to the System Uninstall section to complete the uninstall procedure.

Optical Line Amplification Site


Perform the following procedures to verify equipment operation in OLA site prior to uninstalling and shipping.

Test Setup
Complete the following test setup procedure for each OLA site before starting the pretest procedure.
Step 1 Step 2

Complete an ONS 15800 Site Inventory form. Connect to the system being tested using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software according to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System.

Note Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

Refer to vendor documentation for optical power meter (OPM) operation procedures. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the east-to-west RBA module OUT port. Connect the other end to an OPM. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the west-to-east RBA module MON port. Connect the other end to the east-to-west PRE-L module IN port. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the east-to-west RBA module MON port. Connect the other end to the west-to-east PRE-L module IN port. Perform a safety override on the east-to-west RBA module.

Uninstall Test
After finishing the test setup procedure, complete the following uninstall test for each OLA site.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Measure and record the PRE-L module blue-band output power at the east-to-west PRE-L module OUT port using the local terminal software. Measure and record the red-band output power at the east-to-west PRE-L module OUT port using the local terminal software. Remove the input optical fiber jumper cable connected to the east-to-west PRE-L module IN port. Perform the following steps to record the east-to-west OSC output power:
a. b.

Connect an OPM to the east-to-west RBA module OUT port using an optical fiber jumper cable. Measure and record the output power of the east-to-west RBA module using the OPM.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

6-4

78-13120-02

Chapter 6

Site Uninstall 2.5 Gbps Site Uninstall

c. Step 5 Step 6

Verify that the OSC reading in dBm on the east-to-west RBA module OSC reading is within the OSC range specified in Table 6-1.

Reconnect the input optical fiber jumper cable to the east-to-west PRE-L module IN port and perform a safety override on the east-to-west RBA module. Perform the following steps to record the east-to-west RBA module and east-to-west BBA module combined output power:
a. b.

Remove the LSM-W module from the subrack. Measure and record the output power of the east-to-west RBA module using the local terminal software.

Step 7 Step 8

Measure and record the output power at the east-to-west BBA module OUT port using the local terminal software. Perform the following steps to record the east-to-west RBA module output power:
a. b.

Remove the east-to-west BBA module from the subrack. Measure and record the output power at the east-to-west RBA module OUT port using the local terminal software.

Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12 Step 13 Step 14 Step 15 Step 16 Step 17 Step 18 Step 19 Step 20

Measure and record the output power of the east-to-west RBA module using the local terminal software. Measure and record the output power of the east-to-west BBA module using the local terminal software. Remove the input optical fiber jumper cable connected to the east-to-west PRE-L module IN port. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the west-to-east RBA module OUT port. Connect the other end to an OPM. Reinstall the LSM-W module. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the east-to-west RBA module MON port. Connect the other end to the west-to-east PRE-L module IN port. Connect one end of an FC-to-FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the west-to-east RBA module MON port. Connect the other end to the east-to-west PRE-L module IN port. Perform a safety override on the west-to-east RBA module. Measure and record the blue-band output power of the west-to-east PRE-L module using the local terminal software. Measure and record the red-band output power of the west-to-east PRE-L module using the local terminal software. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable connected to the west-to-east PRE-L module IN port. Perform the following steps to record the west-to-east OSC output power:
a. b. c.

Connect an OPM to the west-to-east RBA module OUT port using an optical fiber jumper cable. Measure and record the output power of the west-to-east RBA module using the OPM. Verify that the OSC reading in dBm for the west-to-east RBA module is within the OSC range specified in Table 6-1.

Step 21 Step 22

Reconnect the optical fiber jumper cable to the west-to-east PRE-L module IN port and perform a safety override on the west-to-east RBA module. Perform the following steps to record the west-to-east RBA module and west-to-east BBA module combined output power:
a.

Remove the LSM-W module from the subrack.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

6-5

Chapter 6 2.5 Gbps Site Uninstall

Site Uninstall

b. Step 23 Step 24

Measure and record the output power at the west-to-east RBA module OUT port using the local terminal software.

Measure and record the output power of the west-to-east BBA module using the local terminal software. Perform the following steps to record the west-to-east RBA module output power:
a. b.

Remove the west-to-east BBA module from the subrack. Measure and record the output power at the west-to-east RBA module OUT port using the local terminal software.

Step 25 Step 26 Step 27

Measure and record the output power of the west-to-east RBA module using the local terminal software. Measure and record the output power of the west-to-east BBA module using the local terminal software. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable connected to the west-to-east PRE-L module IN port.

Proceed to the System Uninstall section to complete the uninstall procedure.

Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site


Perform the following procedures to verify equipment operation in OADM site prior to uninstalling and shipping.

Test Setup
Complete the following test setup procedure for each OADM site before starting the pretest procedure.
Step 1 Step 2

Complete an ONS 15800 Site Inventory form. Connect to the system being tested using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software according to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System.

Note Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

Refer to vendor documentation for optical power meter (OPM) operation procedures. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the east-to-west RBA module OUT port. Connect the other end to an OPM. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the west-to-east RBA module MON port. Connect the other end to the east-to-west PRE-L module IN port. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the east-to-west RBA module MON port. Connect the other end to the west-to-east PRE-L module IN port. Perform a safety override on the east-to-west RBA module.

Uninstall Test
After finishing the test setup procedure, complete the following uninstall test for each OADM site.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

6-6

78-13120-02

Chapter 6

Site Uninstall 2.5 Gbps Site Uninstall

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Measure and record the PRE-L module blue-band output power at the east-to-west PRE-L module OUT port using the local terminal software. Measure and record the red-band output power at the east-to-west PRE-L module OUT port using the local terminal software. Remove the input optical fiber jumper cable connected to the east-to-west PRE-L module IN port. Perform the following steps to record the east-to-west OSC output power:
a. b. c.

Connect an OPM to the east-to-west RBA module OUT port using an optical fiber jumper cable. Measure and record the output power of the east-to-west RBA module using the OPM. Verify that the OSC reading in dBm on the east-to-west RBA module OSC reading is within the OSC range specified in Table 6-1.

Step 5 Step 6

Reconnect the input optical fiber jumper cable to the east-to-west PRE-L module IN port and perform a safety override on the east-to-west RBA module. Perform the following steps to record the east-to-west RBA module and east-to-west BBA module combined output power:
a. b.

Remove the LSM-W module from the subrack. Measure and record the output power of the east-to-west RBA module using the local terminal software.

Step 7 Step 8

Measure and record the output power at the east-to-west BBA module OUT port using the local terminal software. Perform the following steps to record the east-to-west RBA module output power:
a. b.

Remove the east-to-west BBA module from the subrack. Measure and record the output power at the east-to-west RBA module OUT port using the local terminal software.

Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12 Step 13 Step 14 Step 15 Step 16 Step 17 Step 18 Step 19 Step 20

Measure and record the output power of the east-to-west RBA module using the local terminal software. Measure and record the output power of the east-to-west BBA module using the local terminal software. Remove the input optical fiber jumper cable connected to the east-to-west PRE-L module IN port. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the west-to-east RBA module OUT port. Connect the other end to an OPM. Reinstall the LSM-W module. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the east-to-west RBA module MON port. Connect the other end to the west-to-east PRE-L module IN port. Connect one end of an FC-to-FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the west-to-east RBA module MON port. Connect the other end to the east-to-west PRE-L module IN port. Perform a safety override on the west-to-east RBA module. Measure and record the blue-band output power of the west-to-east PRE-L module using the local terminal software. Measure and record the red-band output power of the west-to-east PRE-L module using the local terminal software. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable connected to the west-to-east PRE-L module IN port. Perform the following steps to record the west-to-east OSC output power:
a.

Connect an OPM to the west-to-east RBA module OUT port using an optical fiber jumper cable.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

6-7

Chapter 6 2.5 Gbps Site Uninstall

Site Uninstall

b. c. Step 21 Step 22

Measure and record the output power of the west-to-east RBA module using the OPM. Verify that the OSC reading in dBm for the west-to-east RBA module is within the OSC range specified in Table 6-1.

Reconnect the optical fiber jumper cable to the west-to-east PRE-L module IN port and perform a safety override on the west-to-east RBA module. Perform the following steps to record the west-to-east RBA module and west-to-east BBA module combined output power:
a. b.

Remove the LSM-W module from the subrack. Measure and record the output power at the west-to-east RBA module OUT port using the local terminal software.

Step 23 Step 24

Measure and record the output power of the west-to-east BBA module using the local terminal software. Perform the following steps to record the west-to-east RBA module output power:
a. b.

Remove the west-to-east BBA module from the subrack. Measure and record the output power at the west-to-east RBA module OUT port using the local terminal software.

Step 25 Step 26 Step 27

Measure and record the output power of the west-to-east RBA module using the local terminal software. Measure and record the output power of the west-to-east BBA module using the local terminal software. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable connected to the west-to-east PRE-L module IN port.

Proceed to the System Uninstall section to complete the uninstall procedure.

Regeneration Site
Perform the following test procedures to verify each regeneration site in the ONS 15800 system.

Test Setup
Complete the following test setup for each regeneration site before starting the uninstall test procedure:
Step 1 Step 2

Complete an ONS 15800 Site Inventory form. Use the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software to connect to the system being tested. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for step-by-step instructions.

Note Step 3 Step 4

Refer to vendor documentation for OPM operation procedures. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the TPA-R module OUT port. Connect the other end to the OPM. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the 24WM-R module MON port and the other end to the PRE-L module IN port.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

6-8

78-13120-02

Chapter 6

Site Uninstall 2.5 Gbps Site Uninstall

Note Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Refer to vendor documentation for OSA operation procedures. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the PRE-L module MON port and the other end to the OSA. Use the OSA to verify that all installed channels are present and meet OSNR specifications. Save the resulting OSA plot. After all readings have been taken and are within the range specified, remove the optical input fiber jumper cables from the PRE-L module IN port and MON port.

Uninstall Test
After finishing the test setup procedure, complete the following uninstall test procedure for each regeneration site.
Step 1 Step 2

To record the 8WM-B module output power, measure the value of the TPA-B module input power using the local terminal software. Perform the following steps to record the 24WM-R module output power:
a. b. c. d. e.

Remove the LSM-W module from the subrack. Remove the TPA-B module. Measure and record the TPA-R module input power using the local terminal software. The TPA-R module input power is the output of the 24WM-R module. Reinstall the LSM-W module in the subrack. Reinstall the TPA-B module. Connect an OPM to the TPA-R module OUT port using an optical fiber jumper cable. Measure and record the output power of the TPA-R module using the OPM. Verify that the TPA-R module OSC reading in dBm is within the OSC range specified in Table 6-1.

Step 3

Perform the following steps to record the OSC output power:


a. b. c.

Step 4

Perform the following steps to record the TPA-R module combined red-band and blue-band output power:
a. b. c.

Remove the LSM-W module from the subrack. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the 24WM-R module MON port and the other end to the PRE-L module IN port. Measure and record the combined TPA-R module output power using the local terminal software.

Step 5

Perform the following steps to record the TPA-R module output power (red band):
a. b. c.

Remove the TPA-B module from the subrack. Measure and record the TPA-R module output power using the local terminal software. Reinstall the TPA-B module into the subrack.

Step 6

Record the output power of the 8WD-B module and 24WD-R module of each of the multiplexed channels.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

6-9

Chapter 6 10-Gbps Site Uninstall

Site Uninstall

Step 7 Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11

Measure and record the output power of the PRE-L module blue band using the local terminal software. Measure and record the output power of the PRE-L module red band using the local terminal software. Measure and record the output power of the RBA module using the local terminal software. Measure and record the output power of the BBA module using the local terminal software. Remove the optical input fiber jumper cable from the PRE-L module IN port.

Proceed to the System Uninstall section to complete the uninstall procedure.

10-Gbps Site Uninstall


Perform the following procedures to verify the system equipment operation prior to uninstalling the system.

Note

Prior to performing any setup or test procedure, disconnect all optical fiber jumper cables from input (IN), output (OUT), and monitoring (MON) ports.

Terminal Site
Perform the following test procedures to verify each terminal site in the ONS 15800 system.

Test Setup
Complete the following test setup for each terminal site before starting the uninstall test procedure:
Step 1 Step 2

Complete an ONS 15800 Site Inventory form. Use Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software to connect to the system being tested. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for step-by-step instructions.

Note Step 3 Step 4

Refer to vendor documentation for OPM operation procedures. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the TPA-R module OUT port. Connect the other end to the OPM. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the 24WM-LLR module MON port and the other end to the PRE-L module IN port.

Note Step 5 Step 6

Refer to vendor documentation for OSA operation procedures. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the PRE-L module MON port and the other end to the OSA. Use the OSA to verify that all installed channels are present and meet OSNR specifications.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

6-10

78-13120-02

Chapter 6

Site Uninstall 10-Gbps Site Uninstall

Step 7 Step 8

Save the resulting OSA plot. After all readings have been taken and are within the range specified, remove the optical input fiber jumper cables from the PRE-L module IN port and MON port.

Uninstall Test
After finishing the test setup procedure, complete the following uninstall test procedure for each terminal site.
Step 1 Step 2

To record the 8WM-B module output power, measure the value of the TPA-B module input power using the local terminal software. Perform the following steps to record the 24WM-LLR module output power:
a. b. c. d. e.

Remove the LSM-W module from the subrack. Remove the TPA-B module. Measure and record the TPA-R module input power using the local terminal software. The TPA-R module input power is measured at the output of the 24WM-LLR module. Reinstall the LSM-W module in the subrack. Reinstall the TPA-B module. Connect an OPM to the TPA-R module OUT port using an optical fiber jumper cable. Measure and record the output power of the TPA-R module using the OPM. Verify that the TPA-R module OSC reading in dBm is within the OSC range specified in Table 6-2.
Output Power Range of TPA-R Module

Step 3

Perform the following steps to record the OSC output power:


a. b. c.

Table 6-2

Output Power (dBm)1 Module TPA-R Red-band-only Class HIGH Class MID Class LOW Blue-band-only Class HIGH Class MID Class LOW TPA-R OSC-only +11 +9.5 +7.5 +0.5 +14.25 +13 +11 +16 +14.5 +12.5 +6.5 +15.5 +13 +10 +16.25 +14 +11 +17.5 +15 +12 Min. Nom. Max.

1. Values for 32 channels, nominal system configuration.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

6-11

Chapter 6 10-Gbps Site Uninstall

Site Uninstall

Step 4

Perform the following steps to record the TPA-R module combined red-band and blue-band output power:
a. b. c.

Remove the LSM-W module from the subrack. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the 24WM-LLR module MON port and the other end to the PRE-L module IN port. Measure and record the combined TPA-R module output power using the local terminal software.

Step 5

Perform the following steps to record the TPA-R module output power (red band):
a. b. c.

Remove the TPA-B module from the subrack. Measure and record the TPA-R module output power using the local terminal software. Reinstall the TPA-B module into the subrack.

Step 6 Step 7 Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11

Record the output power of the 8WD-B module and 24WD-LLR module of each of the multiplexed channels. Measure and record the output power of the PRE-L module blue band using the local terminal software. Measure and record the output power of the PRE-L module red band using the local terminal software. Measure and record the output power of the RBA-10G module using the local terminal software. Measure and record the output power of the BBA-10G module using the local terminal software. Remove the optical input fiber jumper cable from the PRE-L module IN port.

Proceed to the System Uninstall section to complete the uninstall procedure.

Optical Line Amplification Site


Perform the following procedures to verify equipment operation in OLA site prior to uninstalling and shipping.

Test Setup
Complete the following test setup procedure for each OLA site before starting the pretest procedure.
Step 1 Step 2

Complete an ONS 15800 Site Inventory form. Connect to the system being tested using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software according to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System.

Note Step 3 Step 4 Step 5

Refer to vendor documentation for optical power meter (OPM) operation procedures. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the east-to-west RBA module OUT port. Connect the other end to an OPM. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the west-to-east RBA module MON port. Connect the other end to the east-to-west PRE-L module IN port. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the east-to-west RBA module MON port. Connect the other end to the west-to-east PRE-L module IN port.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

6-12

78-13120-02

Chapter 6

Site Uninstall 10-Gbps Site Uninstall

Step 6

Perform a safety override on the east-to-west RBA module.

Uninstall Test
After finishing the test setup procedure, complete the following uninstall test for each OLA site.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Measure and record the PRE-L module blue-band output power at the east-to-west PRE-L module OUT port using the local terminal software. Measure and record the red-band output power at the east-to-west PRE-L module OUT port using the local terminal software. Remove the input optical fiber jumper cable connected to the east-to-west PRE-L module IN port. Perform the following steps to record the east-to-west OSC output power:
a. b. c.

Connect an OPM to the east-to-west RBA module OUT port using an optical fiber jumper cable. Measure and record the output power of the east-to-west RBA module using the OPM. Verify that the OSC reading in dBm on the east-to-west RBA module OSC reading is within the OSC range specified in Table 6-2.

Step 5 Step 6

Reconnect the input optical fiber jumper cable to the east-to-west PRE-L module IN port and perform a safety override on the east-to-west RBA module. Perform the following steps to record the east-to-west RBA module and east-to-west BBA module combined output power:
a. b.

Remove the LSM-W module from the subrack. Measure and record the output power of the east-to-west RBA module using the local terminal software.

Step 7 Step 8

Measure and record the output power at the east-to-west BBA module OUT port using the local terminal software. Perform the following steps to record the east-to-west RBA module output power:
a. b.

Remove the east-to-west BBA module from the subrack. Measure and record the output power at the east-to-west RBA module OUT port using the local terminal software.

Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12 Step 13 Step 14 Step 15 Step 16

Measure and record the output power of the east-to-west RBA module using the local terminal software. Measure and record the output power of the east-to-west BBA module using the local terminal software. Remove the input optical fiber jumper cable connected to the east-to-west PRE-L module IN port. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the west-to-east RBA module OUT port. Connect the other end to an OPM. Reinstall the LSM-W module. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the east-to-west RBA module MON port. Connect the other end to the west-to-east PRE-L module IN port. Connect one end of an FC-to-FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the west-to-east RBA module MON port. Connect the other end to the east-to-west PRE-L module IN port. Perform a safety override on the west-to-east RBA module.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

6-13

Chapter 6 10-Gbps Site Uninstall

Site Uninstall

Step 17 Step 18 Step 19 Step 20

Measure and record the blue-band output power of the west-to-east PRE-L module using the local terminal software. Measure and record the red-band output power of the west-to-east PRE-L module using the local terminal software. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable connected to the west-to-east PRE-L module IN port. Perform the following steps to record the west-to-east OSC output power:
a. b. c.

Connect an OPM to the west-to-east RBA module OUT port using an optical fiber jumper cable. Measure and record the output power of the west-to-east RBA module using the OPM. Verify that the OSC reading in dBm for the west-to-east RBA module is within the OSC range specified in Table 6-2.

Step 21 Step 22

Reconnect the optical fiber jumper cable to the west-to-east PRE-L module IN port and perform a safety override on the west-to-east RBA module. Perform the following steps to record the west-to-east RBA module and west-to-east BBA module combined output power:
a. b.

Remove the LSM-W module from the subrack. Measure and record the output power at the west-to-east RBA module OUT port using the local terminal software.

Step 23 Step 24

Measure and record the output power of the west-to-east BBA module using the local terminal software. Perform the following steps to record the west-to-east RBA module output power:
a. b.

Remove the west-to-east BBA module from the subrack. Measure and record the output power at the west-to-east RBA module OUT port using the local terminal software.

Step 25 Step 26 Step 27

Measure and record the output power of the west-to-east RBA-10G module using the local terminal software. Measure and record the output power of the west-to-east BBA-10G module using the local terminal software. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable connected to the west-to-east PRE-L module IN port.

Proceed to the System Uninstall section to complete the uninstall procedure.

Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Site


Perform the following procedures to verify equipment operation in OADM site prior to uninstalling and shipping.

Test Setup
Complete the following test setup procedure for each OADM site before starting the pretest procedure.
Step 1 Step 2

Complete an ONS 15800 Site Inventory form. Connect to the system being tested using the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software according to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

6-14

78-13120-02

Chapter 6

Site Uninstall 10-Gbps Site Uninstall

Note Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

Refer to vendor documentation for optical power meter (OPM) operation procedures. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the east-to-west RBA module OUT port. Connect the other end to an OPM. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the west-to-east RBA module MON port. Connect the other end to the east-to-west PRE-L module IN port. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the east-to-west RBA module MON port. Connect the other end to the west-to-east PRE-L module IN port. Perform a safety override on the east-to-west RBA module.

Uninstall Test
After finishing the test setup procedure, complete the following uninstall test for each OADM site.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Measure and record the PRE-L module blue-band output power at the east-to-west PRE-L module OUT port using the local terminal software. Measure and record the red-band output power at the east-to-west PRE-L module OUT port using the local terminal software. Remove the input optical fiber jumper cable connected to the east-to-west PRE-L module IN port. Perform the following steps to record the east-to-west OSC output power:
a. b. c.

Connect an OPM to the east-to-west RBA module OUT port using an optical fiber jumper cable. Measure and record the output power of the east-to-west RBA module using the OPM. Verify that the OSC reading in dBm on the east-to-west RBA module OSC reading is within the OSC range specified in Table 6-2.

Step 5 Step 6

Reconnect the input optical fiber jumper cable to the east-to-west PRE-L module IN port and perform a safety override on the east-to-west RBA module. Perform the following steps to record the east-to-west RBA module and east-to-west BBA module combined output power:
a. b.

Remove the LSM-W module from the subrack. Measure and record the output power of the east-to-west RBA module using the local terminal software.

Step 7 Step 8

Measure and record the output power at the east-to-west BBA module OUT port using the local terminal software. Perform the following steps to record the east-to-west RBA module output power:
a. b.

Remove the east-to-west BBA module from the subrack. Measure and record the output power at the east-to-west RBA module OUT port using the local terminal software.

Step 9 Step 10 Step 11

Measure and record the output power of the east-to-west RBA module using the local terminal software. Measure and record the output power of the east-to-west BBA module using the local terminal software. Remove the input optical fiber jumper cable connected to the east-to-west PRE-L module IN port.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

6-15

Chapter 6 10-Gbps Site Uninstall

Site Uninstall

Step 12 Step 13 Step 14 Step 15 Step 16 Step 17 Step 18 Step 19 Step 20

Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the west-to-east RBA module OUT port. Connect the other end to an OPM. Reinstall the LSM-W module. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the east-to-west RBA module MON port. Connect the other end to the west-to-east PRE-L module IN port. Connect one end of an FC-to-FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the west-to-east RBA module MON port. Connect the other end to the east-to-west PRE-L module IN port. Perform a safety override on the west-to-east RBA module. Measure and record the blue-band output power of the west-to-east PRE-L module using the local terminal software. Measure and record the red-band output power of the west-to-east PRE-L module using the local terminal software. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable connected to the west-to-east PRE-L module IN port. Perform the following steps to record the west-to-east OSC output power:
a. b. c.

Connect an OPM to the west-to-east RBA module OUT port using an optical fiber jumper cable. Measure and record the output power of the west-to-east RBA module using the OPM. Verify that the OSC reading in dBm for the west-to-east RBA module is within the OSC range specified in Table 6-2.

Step 21 Step 22

Reconnect the optical fiber jumper cable to the west-to-east PRE-L module IN port and perform a safety override on the west-to-east RBA module. Perform the following steps to record the west-to-east RBA module and west-to-east BBA module combined output power:
a. b.

Remove the LSM-W module from the subrack. Measure and record the output power at the west-to-east RBA module OUT port using the local terminal software.

Step 23 Step 24

Measure and record the output power of the west-to-east BBA module using the local terminal software. Perform the following steps to record the west-to-east RBA module output power:
a. b.

Remove the west-to-east BBA module from the subrack. Measure and record the output power at the west-to-east RBA module OUT port using the local terminal software.

Step 25 Step 26 Step 27

Measure and record the output power of the west-to-east RBA-10G module using the local terminal software. Measure and record the output power of the west-to-east BBA-10G module using the local terminal software. Remove the optical fiber jumper cable connected to the west-to-east PRE-L module IN port.

Proceed to the System Uninstall section to complete the uninstall procedure.

Regeneration Site
Perform the following test procedures to verify each regeneration site in the ONS 15800 system.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

6-16

78-13120-02

Chapter 6

Site Uninstall 10-Gbps Site Uninstall

Test Setup
Complete the following test setup for each regeneration site before starting the uninstall test procedure:
Step 1 Step 2

Complete an ONS 15800 Site Inventory form. Use Cisco Photonics Local Terminal software to connect to the system being tested. Refer to the Cisco Photonics Local Terminal Software Administrator Manual for the ONS 15800/15801 System for step-by-step instructions.

Note Step 3 Step 4

Refer to vendor documentation for OPM operation procedures. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the TPA-R module OUT port. Connect the other end to the OPM. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the 24WM-LLR module MON port and the other end to the PRE-L module IN port.

Note Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Refer to vendor documentation for OSA operation procedures. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the PRE-L module MON port and the other end to the OSA. Use the OSA to verify that all installed channels are present and meet OSNR specifications. Save the resulting OSA plot. After all readings have been taken and are within the range specified, remove the optical input fiber jumper cables from the PRE-L module IN port and MON port.

Uninstall Test
After finishing the test setup procedure, complete the following uninstall test procedure for each regeneration site.
Step 1 Step 2

To record the 8WM-B module output power, measure the value of the TPA-B module input power using the local terminal software. Perform the following steps to record the 24WM-R module output power:
a. b. c. d. e.

Remove the LSM-W module from the subrack. Remove the TPA-B module. Measure and record the TPA-R module input power using the local terminal software. The TPA-R module input power is the output of the 24WM-LLR module. Reinstall the LSM-W module in the subrack. Reinstall the TPA-B module. Connect an OPM to the TPA-R module OUT port using an optical fiber jumper cable. Measure and record the output power of the TPA-R module using the OPM.

Step 3

Perform the following steps to record the OSC output power:


a. b.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

6-17

Chapter 6 System Uninstall

Site Uninstall

c. Step 4

Verify that the TPA-R module OSC reading in dBm is within the OSC range specified in Table 6-2.

Perform the following steps to record the TPA-R module combined red-band and blue-band output power:
a. b. c.

Remove the LSM-W module from the subrack. Connect one end of an FC/FC optical fiber jumper cable with FC/SC adapters to the 24WM-LLR module MON port and the other end to the PRE-L module IN port. Measure and record the combined TPA-R module output power using the local terminal software. Remove the TPA-B module from the subrack. Measure and record the TPA-R module output power using the local terminal software. Reinstall the TPA-B module into the subrack.

Step 5

Perform the following steps to record the TPA-R module output power (red band):
a. b. c.

Step 6 Step 7 Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11

Record the output power of the 8WD-B module and 24WD-LLR module of each of the multiplexed channels. Measure and record the output power of the PRE-L module blue band using the local terminal software. Measure and record the output power of the PRE-L module red band using the local terminal software. Measure and record the output power of the RBA-10G module using the local terminal software. Measure and record the output power of the BBA-10G module using the local terminal software. Remove the optical input fiber jumper cable from the PRE-L module IN port.

Proceed to the System Uninstall section to complete the uninstall procedure.

System Uninstall
If the system operation and performance do not meet the parameters specified in Chapter 4, Site Setup and Test, and Chapter 5, Site-to-Site Testing, and in the preceding sections of this chapter, perform the following procedures to uninstall the system.

Uninstall Preparation
The site technician must notify proper personnel to get clearance prior to performing the uninstall. System operation and performance must be verified before any uninstall takes place.

Uninstall Procedure
Warning

The subrack is energized with 48 VDC power while a Battery Management (BAT) module is turned on. The input voltage and the voltages contained in this device are declared Safety Extra-Low Voltages (SELV) as defined by UL 1950, Section 1.2.8.5: July 28, 1995.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

6-18

78-13120-02

Chapter 6

Site Uninstall System Uninstall

Warning

Connect to an isolated DC power source that is reliably connected to an earth ground. The AC power source must be a device listed with a nationally recognized test lab. Touching electrical connectors or other exposed electrical circuitry inside the subrack when the BAT module is turned on can result in electrical shock.

Warning

During the uninstall procedure, each battery management unit (BATMOD) and the battery distribution bay (BDB) circuit breakers must be de-energized, because they are capable of causing serious injury or death.

Caution

Racks will be unstable while the mounting hardware is removed. Keep racks stable during the entire uninstall procedure to prevent possible equipment damage.

NOTE
Note

To help reassemble the system, tag the location of fibers and patch cords prior to removing them. Perform the following procedure to uninstall an ONS 15800 system site after the pretest procedures are complete:

Step 1 Step 2

Turn off the BATMOD circuit breakers and de-energize the BDB circuit breakers to the assigned bays. Remove the input power cables from the power distribution panel (PDP) side A:
a. b. c.

Remove the red power cable ( ) and tape the end with electrical tape. Ensure that the cable is properly marked. Roll it and place it on top of the ladder rack. Remove the black power cable (+) and tape the end with electrical tape. Ensure that the cable is properly marked. Roll it and place it on top of the ladder rack. Repeat steps a and b for PDP side B.

Step 3

Cap the backbone fibers. Remove them from the bay and place gently in the fiber tray. Ensure that they are properly marked.

Warning

To ensure personal safety when disconnecting fiber cable, always disconnect the input connector first and then the output connector.

Warning

Do not look directly at the optical connector output beams during connector removal and replacement. The beams can cause permanent eye damage.

Warning

Cap the end of a disconnected output connector immediately to disable the live laser signal to avoid possible eye damage and protect the connector from contamination.

Step 4

Cap and remove the channel optical fibers, transmit optical fibers, and receive optical fibers running into the bays:

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

6-19

Chapter 6 System Uninstall

Site Uninstall

At terminal sites, roll fibers and place them gently into the fiber tray. At regeneration sites, roll fibers and place them gently into the fiber tray, then remove all

cross-connect fibers.
At OLA sites, roll fibers and place them gently into the fiber tray. At OADM sites, roll fibers and place them gently into the fiber tray. Step 5 Step 6

At terminal and regeneration sites, remove the control bus (CBUS) cables that connect the racks, and remove the LSM-W module backplane cross-connect fibers. If applicable, disconnect the alarm and Ethernet connections and place gently on the ladder rack.

Caution

Static electricity can damage electro-optical modules. While handling electro-optical modules, wear a grounding wrist strap to discharge the static buildup. Wrist straps are designed to prevent static electricity damage to equipment.

Note

The uninstall procedure will end all traffic through the site. Obtain proper authorization prior to performing the uninstall. Remove all modules from the Optical Subracks (OSR-W) and from the Dispersion Compensating Unit Subracks (OSR-DCU) if applicable. Place modules in the ESD packaging.

Step 7

Note

After cable and module removal, the only items left in the bay should be the Hendry unit, the 24WM-R module, the 8WM-B module, and the subracks. Place dust covers over the backplane bulkhead connectors to prevent contamination. Remove the central office ground from the ground bar at the top of the bay and secure it to the ladder rack. Remove the mounting hardware at the top of the bay. Verify that the fiber downspouts do not interfere with the lowering of the bay. If they do, remove them. Remove the floor-mounting hardware. See Figure 6-1 for an illustration of a rack installation on concrete flooring or Figure 6-2 for an illustration of a rack installation on raised computer flooring. Lower the bay backward and place in the proper container and packaging as described in the Packaging and Preparation for Shipment section. Repeat steps 1 13 for each bay at the site.

Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12 Step 13 Step 14

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

6-20

78-13120-02

Chapter 6

Site Uninstall System Uninstall

Figure 6-1

Rack Installation on Concrete Flooring

Anchor Expansion shield 2" Square washer

Anchor bracket

Cap screws

Hex nuts

Base

Base cover plate

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

64253

Mounting holes

6-21

Chapter 6 Packaging and Preparation for Shipment

Site Uninstall

Figure 6-2

Rack Installation on Raised Computer Flooring

1.59-cm (5/8") hex nut Flat steel washer Rack base plate

Computer floor Flat steel washer Lock washer 1.59-cm (5/8") hex nut

1.59-cm (5/8") hex nut Flat washer 1.59-cm (5/8") spring nut Unistrut Unistrut Subfloor
64271

Packaging and Preparation for Shipment


This section contains general packaging tips and instructions for ONS 15800 system racks, modules, and cables to prepare them for shipment. It also provides information about storing ONS 15800 equipment prior to shipment.

Packaging Tips
When packaging the equipment:

Use the packaging material that was provided at installation. Only package equipment to be shipped or returned immediately. Store equipment to be shipped later under the temperature and environmental conditions described in the Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Technical Specifications Manual.

Packaging Racks
Use the following procedure to package ONS 15800 racks:

Caution

When using a shipping container, use caution to avoid damaging the equipment during packaging.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

6-22

78-13120-02

Chapter 6

Site Uninstall Storage

Caution

Do not remove the rope handles. The banding straps should only be used to secure the container for shipping. Use the rope handles for moving the container.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

Remove the banding straps that secure the original shipping container of the rack. Lift the top off the container. Carefully place the rack inside the container and use protective packing material all around the rack. Use the rope handles at each end of the container to position the container as needed. Push the rope handles inside the cardboard container. Secure the banding straps around the container.

Packaging Modules
Use the following procedure to package ONS 15800 modules:
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Open the original shipping container for the module and remove the packing material. Carefully place the module(s) in the protective packing material provided at installation. If any SC-PC/FC-PC adapters are still attached, remove and keep them for use during reassembly of the site.

Packaging Cables
Use the following procedure to package ONS 15800 cable kits:
Step 1 Step 2

Open the original shipping container for the cable kit and remove the packing material. Carefully place the cables in the protective packing material provided with the cable kit(s) at installation.

Storage
If the equipment must be stored before shipment, do not store it for more than 12 months. The silica gel capsules that help control moisture during storage can become ineffective after that time. Always store the packaged equipment indoors in a well-ventilated and static-safe environment. For the recommended storage temperature range, refer to Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Technical Specifications Manual.

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual 78-13120-02

6-23

Chapter 6 Storage

Site Uninstall

Cisco ONS 15800 DWDM System Installation, Setup, and Test Manual

6-24

78-13120-02